To be able to read comments and to add content you need to register
Sponsor Links
Story
19 Feb 2013 - 8:05pm
Daily Messages of Wisdom and Inspiration
February 19, 2013
ABANDONMENT
Greetings Dear Ones! It is I, Lord Emanuel who greets you this glorious day. Isn't it just glorious Dear Ones? Take a moment to really breathe in life, breathe in all that is good. Think of one thing you are grateful for this day and breathe in that gratitude, allow it to fill your whole being and exhale out any tension or negative thoughts you may have floating through your mind. Know that I AM with you in this moment. Know that you are never alone in any moment, Dear Ones. Never.
This can be such a difficult concept to grasp and one that can cause such inner conflict and frustration on the days when you simply can't believe it to be true. The days when all the evidence points to support the 'truth' that you are alone. The days when you think you can't take any more, the days when you are so weary of this life and the ways of mankind, the days when you feel misunderstood or that no one on this earth understands you or sees your heart. On these days the evidence can be so overwhelming that the words 'you are never alone' can sometimes bring no comfort at all.
Dear Ones, when you are so entrenched in the physical realm and totally overcome by the density and the collective consciousness it can be vey difficult to believe that you are never alone. When you feel so physically separate from the higher dimensions, when you cannot see us or hear us, some days it can take all your strength and faith not to become jaded and hurt, to feel abandoned and helpless.
My Dear Hearts, deep within all of you, entrenched into the very core of your being is a belief that God abandoned you. Many of you came to experience a myriad of challenges in this life time, many of you came to experience very harsh circumstances in this very special life time in order to thoroughly 'clean out your closet' for an opportunity for accelerated growth during this unprecedented time. However, this time, at the core of each of your experiences being played out in this life time is abandonment. Each of you will be experiencing at some level the sense of total abandonment. This is coming up to be dealt with in all of you so that you can finally be clear and free from the core belief that your Father-Mother God abandoned you.
Dear Ones, God never abandoned you. In the Great Fall from Grace, through your own miscreation, humanity fell so deep into the 3rd dimension that your connection to Father-Mother God was all but lost. All that remained was the tiny flicker of Light in your heart, the God spark that flickers within all of you. The Light of God remained but your connection and therefore sense of Oneness, comfort, peace and harmony was lost. In the pain and confusion and over the millennia it has become ingrained into humanity's collective consciousness that a wrathful God abandoned his wayward children and this excruciatingly painful sense of isolation and rejection remains to be healed in all of you.
My Dear Ones, many of you are feeling this pain now as it is coming up to be released and transmuted back into the Light. At a time when you are expecting to feel Oneness, many of you may be feeling more isolated or in more pain as the final death throes of duality consciousness seem to bring your personal worlds into more chaos as old patterns are breaking down and old connections are breaking up as everything that does not serve you is falling away.
Dear Ones now is the time to fully accept that your Father-Mother God never abandoned you. Father-Mother God left a tiny piece of All That Is in you and your Individualised Great God Presence the I AM That I AM has always been with you, waiting, waiting for you to turn to the Light and to look up and look within for your comfort, for your peace, for your harmony and for the inner strength and guidance to navigate this seemingly complicated and harsh outer world.
Dear Ones, whenever the feeling of loneliness overcomes you, when you feel there is no other human being can comfort you, look within, know that your Great God Presence I AM has always been with you and allow in that comfort, that Unconditional Love and understanding, unspeakable appreciation and guidance.
Allow in your Great God Presence I AM in total acceptance that you are never judged and you are Loved and appreciated beyond words, allow in your Great God presence I AM every day and you will know, you will be left in no doubt that you are never alone. This is my promise to you. I AM Lord Emanuel. I will walk with you every step, if you will allow me.
Channeller: Gillian Ruddy
Webpage: Lord Emanuel Messages
Translations
GERMAN
PORTUGUESE
SWEDISH
Story
19 Feb 2013 - 1:30pm
Tuesday, 19 February, 2013
Welcome! and Greetings! My Beautiful Beings of Light. It seems My Beloveds that traversing change is a concern to you now, smile, all is as it should be.
My Beloveds although many of you still feel nothing has changed in your physical visual world, you can tell that something is very different in your sensing world. Perhaps you just can’t put your physical finger right on the reason of uncertainty you are experiencing.
Changing the visual picture your brain perceives will be a while in coming My Divine Beings of Grace, for your physical visual world is not the World of Spirit or Source. It is time to experience the world behind your physical eyes.
The World of Spirit or Source sees this moment in NOW as a new fresh breath of air that is asking you to choose again. My Beloveds Mass Consciousness has been on its negative path for eons and now Mass Consciousness is being asked to clear the decks for a more Divine Playing Field.
Your own Spiritual abilities are changing moment by moment. You might feel as if you are wading into unknown waters. These abilities really are not unknown as you have had these abilities from your moment of original birth into the Universe. They are part of the standard Spiritual Birthing Attributes each Entity is gifted with the moment they burst forth and see The Creator for the very first time. Ah yes! you each were birthed into a Celestial setting before you ever ventured off into incarnated life on any other plane or planet of existence, My Beautiful Beings Of Grace.
My Divine Beings of Grace, perhaps you are remembering yourself slowly as the Spiritual Essence that you Truly Are. Your original Spiritual abilities My Beloveds would blow your socks right off your feet with amazement. You might want to ask yourself “can I really do that?” in such awe and disbelief. The answer My Beloveds is yes, you can and all of those Spiritual Attributes haven’t gone anywhere, they are still with your Higher Essence and expanding on a moment by moment basis. So you are constantly under construction and expanded your awareness on this plane and the Celestial Planes.
Slowly ever so slowly with the beaming of more and more Divine Energies into the Earth Plane perceptions are changing. This is a positive thing that is occurring My Beloveds, as the days of Spiritual Remembrance are moving into place one moment at a time.
Those that are ready are walking forward, however it may seem as if you are navigating in the dark. And defining dark here My Beloveds, this is not a negative darkness, but one of simply the unknown. There are no charts or maps and your local physical incarnate GPS systems have no clue where Non-Local HOME truly is, because the Celestial Realms that you are walking towards are Spiritual in nature.
The human ego of the conscious mind is trying to anchor you to the physical state, but this is not your true identity, only a part you are acting out and experiencing in the Earth Plane Play.
Being patient with yourselves is suggested. Your Spiritual Attributes will come back into your awareness one by one. Your intuitive self is blossoming and just needs your allowance and acceptance to move back into your inner place of remembering.
There will be many things you do not understand and then out of the blue, there will be those that you are starting to see from a higher vantage point. The process will be in baby steps My Beloveds. Some of these awareness’s you might not even realize until you have and AH HA moment and they show themselves, like finding hidden treasure in a chest.
The visual world will change as you change My Beautiful Beings of Light. Your attitude determines your altitude My Beloveds. The higher you allow yourselves to rise the more you will perceive and accept as your ordinary Spiritual Gifts.
My Beloveds, the Creator is handing each one of you a lite candle and is asking you to illuminate your own darkness as you venture forward on your path into uncharted moments of remembering Who You Really Are.
Allow this Messenger to take you on a mediation journey, your Guardian Angels are at your side awaiting permission to help you Navigate in the Darkness, the unknown.
Sit in a chair or lie down whichever is your preference. It’s time to be comfortable and undisturbed for a while as you journey within yourself through meditation.
Close your eyes and take a few deep breaths in and out. Visualize with each in breath, you are breathing in love and renewal. With each out breath, you are breathing out pain, fear, frustrations and doubts.
With the last out breath feel your body relaxing. Allow and give yourself permission to feel the calm, peace and serenity of this safe place.
My Beloveds ask your ego self to perch on your left shoulder. Instruct your ego self that it is only to be an observer on this journey, it is not to participate.
Through prayer to The Creator please ask The Creator to share with you a translucent golden shield of light. Visualize it all around you forming a bubble from head to toe protecting you from all outside influences and giving you warmth, radiance, light and power. Negatives will simply bounce harmlessly off your shield of protective light.
My Beloveds, The Creator has responded to your prayer. Your protective bubble has been supplied. The energies for this bubble will continue to flow from The Creator, cycling back down through you again, and back to The Creator in a continuous circular loop while you are in meditation.
You are now divinely protected at this moment and nothing can even communicate with you, that is not for your highest good, without your permission.
Breathe in deeply My Beautiful Beings of Light and sense the lighter relaxed feelings of being divinely protected & guided into this meditation. Breathe in deeply and know that you are breathing to the Pulse of The Creator.
Breathe in deeply allowing, seeing and sensing within your Spiritual Imagination your Guardian Angels and invited Spirit Guides as they join you now. The Angels take your Spiritual Etheric Essence Hands and guide you out of your physical form. The Angels then direct you into your Etheric Spiritual Heart Chakra. An Angel is staying with your physical essence until you return from your meditation journey.
My Beloveds, You are visualizing, seeing, feeling and sensing this within your imagination, Your Guardian Angels, Spirit Guides and special invited guests are with you now within your Spiritual Heart Chakra. Your Angels and Guides are helping you locate the Golden Door that says “To My Highest Guidance Within”. In your imagination you have located the Golden Door and now you turn the Etheric Spiritual Door Knob, opening the door as you cross over the threshold knowing that you are on a Spiritual Growth Adventure.
You find yourself in a White Marble Corridor. Your Angels and Guides are holding lite candles. They ask you to follow them down the hall to the two hundred and twenty second door on your right. The label on the door says “To Your Path, This Way”. You open the door and cross over the threshold. The room appears all dark, unknown, devoid of all light, the known, accept for the candles that the Angels and Guides are holding.
Odd you tell yourself, this feels kind of like being on a treasure hunt without a map, compass or a starry night sky to guide you. You realize quickly that you must simply trust yourself and give yourself permission to help you discern your own inner clues, as to what your next steps will be and how that will look for you. You give yourself permission to focus and look within for signs or symbols to help guide you.
Your Angels and Spirit Guides are right there by your side offering support, love and guidance. They hand you your own lite candle and ask you to take the first step forward. As you take that first step you sense deep within yourself, the calm and peace of knowing exactly where you are going. You continue with the next step trusting your own inner guidance system and this step brings you the feeling of being safe and secure.
You continue on walking and see something in the distance that you cannot discern. Your Angels tell you to simply wait until you arrive at that location and then see what in truth that shadow might actually represent. Okay you tell them, but you remind them that this approach is completely contrary to what happens in the physical incarnate world. You share with the Angels that in the physical world when you see a shadow up ahead you feel compelled to worry about it.
Your Angels tell you to hold your apprehension for a moment. You arrive next to the shadow and now from the candlelight you realize it is nothing but a large bolder, nothing more. You tell yourself that you would have been worried about nothing, you chuckle to yourself, as the Angels were quite right. You also realize that your own guidance kept you from actually walking directly into the bolder. Interesting you tell yourself. You are learning to use your guidance senses, kind of like an inner radar.
You find that you are becoming used to the exercise of walking in the dark with your own inner guidance and your Angels and Spirit Guides beside you. Feeling more at ease and more centered and balanced now you continue walking just allowing your own inner senses to direct where you are walking.
Continuing on the way your senses perceive that you are coming to a destination. Your Angels confirm that this is true and tell you to extend your hand with the candle a little further out in front of you. You do as suggested and there you see another darker shadow but this time there seems to be a slanted light source surrounding a large dark object.
From the pattern of light you tell yourself that this perhaps is a door into a lighted space.
Arriving at that location that is indeed what your candle is revealing to you. You hold your candle up a little higher to see if perhaps there is a label on the door. Aw! there is one, you tell your Angels. The label reads “Your Crystal Palace”.
You begin laughing so hard it takes you a moment to just calm down enough to realize that you have just remembered a new way through the darkness to arrive at your very own Crystal Palace. Your Angels and Spirit Guides join in your laughter as you reach down to the door knob and open the door. As the door is opened the light comes pouring out into the darkness offering everyone a feeling of accomplishment.
You step across the threshold and pat yourself on the back for allowing yourself to take this journey. At first it felt a little scary being in the darkness, the unknown, but now there is nothing but joy and a new way of arriving at your very own Crystal Palace. You are elated.
Your Angels remind you that there is always light in the darkness even if the light source is only in your heart. They also relay to you that nothing can extinguish that light source. Your Angels ask you to remember always that you are The Light, The Known. The Light, The Known, will always prevail if you but give it permission to expand and guide you along your way.
You and your Angels and Guides walk through the Crystal Palace hallways finding yourself in the grand circular room. You feel so at peace here, so calm and loved. This is your very own inner space and The Creator is always present here.
The Angels tell you it is time to go back, but that you will be returning directly out the front door of your Crystal Palace versus the way that you came in. You walk out the large golden front door and from this point the Angels quickly transport you instantly back into your White Marble Corridor, where you started your meditation adventure.
You take a moment to reflect on your own resourcefulness that lead you through the darkness, the unknown back into the light, the known. You feel good about allowing your inner guidance system to kick in and take you where you were supposed to go, even though you had no clue that you were going there. You begin smiling and nod your head in deep appreciation for this opportunity to remember your own resources.
You catch a glimpse of your glowing Essence in the mirror. Your Angels lead you back across the threshold of the Golden Door Within, back into your Spiritual Heart Chakra and then they assist the return of your Spiritual Essence back into your physical form.
Take a deep breath to help you reorient as you wiggle your fingers and toes. When you are ready open your eyes. Go about your day remembering that your Inner Higher Wisdom and Angelic support staff are always at your service working with you, to help you reach your highest most appropriate potential. Listen for those first thoughts that pop into your awareness and know without a shadow of a doubt that you are receiving daily spiritual guidance.
Beloveds you are blessed beyond words and loved beyond measure, more than any Earth Plane language can ever express.
I Am Archangel Michael, The Creator’s Messenger, of Love, Joy, Wisdom, Light, Peace and Grace.
This Message was Transmitted Through & Transcribed by Carolyn Ann O’Riley.
This is copyrighted material. © It may be shared with those that you sense might resonate with the material provided all the appropriate credits are given and there is no charge for the channeled message shared with another.
Blog entry
19 Feb 2013 - 10:53am
Why I’ve Been MIA Lately
Posted by Denise on February 18, 2013 in Ascension Process & Symptoms
Never since the creation of TRANSITIONS in 2007 have I gone so long without writing anything! I’ve tried a few times to write something in February, but with the current Ascension symptoms I’m going through now, it’s nearly impossible to do anything — especially if physically moving and turning one’s head and/or eyes the slightest bit is required! I’ve tried to push my way through this and just do the work and other things I need to do but there’s a price to pay when I do this and it sends me back to bed to recover from that stupid move, on top of the symptoms I was having. Lesson learned, but I’m not always so great at resting and doing nothing physically when I’d rather be doing something else. I like to rest when I like to rest, not when I’m forced to. Hum, another personal lesson.
The point of this short note is just to let everyone know I’m still here and okay despite this round of intense Ascension “Recalibration” (see Lisa Renee’s February 2013 article about this) symptoms I’ve been going through so far in 2013. I can and have worked and written articles and books while dealing with different Ascension symptoms and other related issues etc., but, when the spinning head business happens I absolutely cannot push my way through that symptom at all! The room/house/reality starts turning counterclockwise and the more I push my body to do physical things, chores, write etc., the faster the spinning. And of course this makes me nauseous which means I’m not doing anything at that point but crawling into bed and hopefully falling asleep (exiting my physical body) for as long as possible. Doing this always seems to help with the spinning head business and related nausea… for a while.
So this is what’s going on for me now along with other Ascension symptoms too. Here’s a short rundown of them because I know some of you reading this are going through this now too:
* Ascension flu-like body aches and pains, chills
* Inner cold flashes that radiates out just like “hot flashes” do
* Parts of body internally and externally feel bruised and sore like I fell or was hit etc.
* Parts of head and skull internally and externally feel bruised and sore like I was hit or hit my head on something etc.
* Sudden nausea immediately followed by my heart/heart area hurting and feeling like a “muscle spasm” for a few seconds then it’s all gone
* Head, skull, eyes, spine pains and pressures
* Blurry vision again, dry sore eyes
* My hair looks and feels like corpse hair again
* Inner body thermostat in flux again. Inner cold flashes followed by inner hot flashes which build up skin sensitivities
* Since 1-1-13 constant ringing in my ears — “ascension tinnitus”
* Bouts of diarrhea (again) due to purging lower frequencies/density etc.
* Sense of smell terribly amplified, smelling cooked food smells for DAYS to the point that it starts to make me nauseous… and pissed!
* “Time” is present and then not, then back again, then not again. Increased difficulty with linear awareness, passage of linear “time”, day, date etc.
* Actual dreaming (not daydreaming) while fully awake and doing other physical things
* Increase of anomalies again. Walking into a room in my house and seeing something very different there instead of what’s normally there.
* Increased awareness of positive higher-dimensional Beings nearby observing me/us, and them waiting for the next phase to begin with us
As usual I’ve most likely forgotten a bunch of other symptoms but we’ll chalk that up to brain fog and the spinning head business! And of course February has been and will continue to be an abnormally busy month for me with lots of extra things that must be done this month. This morning I thought I could run up to the store to pick up a prescription for my Mom because I was feeling better. So off I dashed, only to discover that I wasn’t really “better” at all and needed to walk, turn, move very carefully or I kept tipping slightly and bumping into things in the store. And the head pain and pressure arrived in the store with a blast because I was outside my house and it’s always harder to function out there than it is in my higher vibrating house. So I got the prescription, but learned that I’m still in this latest phase and must take it ease for a while longer like it or not.
I’ll write more when I’m able to not tip over or barf while typing! Are we having fun yet fellow ascenders? Group Hug.
Denise
Copyright © Denise Le Fay and TRANSITIONS, 2013. All Rights Reserved. You may copy and redistribute this material so long as you do not alter it in any way, the content remains complete, credit is given to the author and you include this copyright notice and link. http://deniselefay.wordpress.com/
video
19 Feb 2013 - 10:47am
Published on 19 Feb 2013
The foreclosure on the international banks and the corporate governments in our world changes everything on Planet Earth. In a nutshell, it removes the concept of limited liability by which the actors in the corporations could theoretically shield themselves from accountability. That immunity has been stripped away by the One People's Public Trust. All the bankers, politicians, CEOs and other humans playing authority-figure roles in the corporate structure now stand naked before the world, giving new meaning to the phrase: the emperor has no clothes. Indeed, and they have no actual authority either, except what people give them through ignorance.
Story
19 Feb 2013 - 9:02am
a message from Sarah-Jane Grace
Monday, 18 February, 2013
As we continue to weave our way through the ebb and flow of life, we so often forget to find moments of pause where we reconnect to the ‘bigger picture’ of our lives. It is so easy to become caught up in the throes of life and find ourselves running on the hamster wheel without even realising it. As humans, we are creatures of habit, and our beliefs, thoughts and storylines shape and mould our lives in so many ways; we can get lost in the array of things to do, places to go and people to see, for we can find ourselves stuck in routine and growing increasingly numb and distant from the very things that bring us joy.
After time, such routines shape our lives and we can find ourselves entrenched in a life that doesn’t bring us all that we intuitively know that we want, need or desire. Yet, sensing the discord and acting upon it are quite different things, for it can be so hard to step from A to B, when A is creating a familiar, albeit uncomfortable, ‘norm’. In other words, we can resist creating change for even though we are not happy in the present, we take the ‘better the devil we know’ approach and try to keep on keeping on as best as we can.
There can be no denying that by adopting such an approach things get done, but where is the heart? Where is the joy? It seems that when we step into the world of going with the collective flow rather than finding our own true flow, we can lose the connection to the world within as we start to switch off our expansive and inspirational consciousness in order to keep on keeping on; we become sheep and ‘forget’ how to truly live. Of course, we have responsibilities to meet so this can keep us locked in the belief that we cannot afford to create change or it is too risky to step into the unknown. Yet, when we step back, even momentarily from the hamster wheel, we can see that nothing is ever truly permanent, even the current status quo of our lives.
It is in these moments of stepping back where everything starts to change, for in the pause we re-connect to our essence and our Truth, and the need to stay on the hamster wheel diminishes as we realise that it is possible to live the lives that we know we were born to live. This is not about throwing caution to the wind and starting afresh (although this is possible!), this is more about shifting the focus of the world within to realise that we are not sheep, nor are we hamsters.
Yet, both sheep and hamsters do have something that we have lost sight of, they both live consciously in the present moment. How many sheep do you know that put their lives on hold waiting for the perfect home to come along? Or how many hamsters have you met that refuse to meet someone new because their last liaison proved too emotionally painful? Of course, one could argue, that, as humans, our consciousness and awareness is far more expansive than either a sheep or a hamster, but we can learn a valuable lesson from them, and this lesson is conscious living.
As humans, we tend to make life far more complicated than it needs to be, we find ourselves wrestling with thoughts, ought’s and expectations as our busy minds work overtime. Our minds are valuable assets, but so many lose sight of their true selves and begin to solely identify with the mind. Yet, in those quiet moments, those pauses start to re-connect us to a more vibrant way of living and being; we begin to move beyond the constraints of the mind and feel more expansive and alive. If we then step back, whilst nothing has changed, everything has at the same time, for we bring a little bit of that awakened state back with us.
Of course, the odd moment of pause in a busy life can bring respite, but longer pauses are needed in order to step beyond the world of the mind and embrace a life of living more consciously and vibrantly. Many get stuck at this point, for what does living consciously and vibrantly truly mean? Well, it means feeling truly alive and feeling totally connected to the Universal Whole. In those pauses, we can feel every heartbeat and every breath, and this feels not only right, but natural as well.
We are not meant to live as isolated islands, struggling to keep the wheel turning, and when we take the time to pause, we allow ourselves to step beyond the routine and connect to the joy and the wonder within. It is this joy that can bring us true peace, for in this joy is love, happiness and bliss; when we feel this from within, we no longer feel the pressure to chase life, we start to think about living it instead.
It is so easy to get lost in the churning cogs of everyday life, and this can make it so hard to even notice the pauses, let alone rest in them. Yet, if we take the time to gaze at the night sky or to walk in nature, we can find such opportunities. The stillness and the joy is all around us, as well as within us, we just need to allow ourselves to experience it more. Gazing at the night sky and losing ourselves in the magnificence can help us to connect to the vibrant and divine state of being that is not only possible, but is our birthright as well.
Sensing the expansive nature of the world within changes the shape and the vibration of life, for we no longer feel trapped and confined to the routine; we can see (and feel) how to embrace a new way of living and being that brings us true happiness and joy from within...
You are encouraged to share articles as long as copyright and contact information are always included. Thank you for your courtesy. Sarah-Jane Grace www.sarahjanegrace.com
Copyright © 2006-2013 Sarah-Jane Grace. All Rights Reserved
video
19 Feb 2013 - 2:12am
Published on Feb 16, 2013
Message from The Earth Allies~ The Soul Experience, The Reconnection to Love=Source. Greetings Love Beings, Blessings, Miracles, Many Moments of Gratitude, and Magical Synchronostic Events.
Today we are going to discuss The Experience of the Soul. The Soul does not experience in 2d perception duality, which is where Most of Humanity is currently in, in the old paradigm, the game of illusion. 2d is a lie, because it is based on fantasy and illusion, and a Soul Only Knows and Understands the Language of Love. The Soul only experiences Love and Truth out of the illusion. More: http://soundofheart.org/galacticfreep...
Blog entry
19 Feb 2013 - 12:33am
Sometimes I wake up in the morning sorta wishing I wasn't here anymore. Like maybe I magically zapped off to some
other D in Dreamtime and I'm gonna wake up in a whole other world. Hardly ever happens when I awake to a bright
sunny day. It's days like today, all grey and gloomy and rainy and WAY too cold for February kinda days, that
get me to wishing for...well, I dunno for what...but something different. I sorta miss some of the really fun
stuff that used to be part of this evolutionary process. Miss the thrill rides, miss the AH HA! moments, most
of all I miss shooting off on astral adventures to who knows where. It's like I sorta got anchored to physical
Earth or something. Spose that's how it feels when we are fully present in the physical body.
Sometimes I try anyway. Decide to get outta my physical body and take off into 'out there'. Never works though.
It USED TO. It used to work really well. I could just fly off on all sorta magical adventures. Mostly I never
got to see where those adventures took me, or remember them. With my physical brain memory anyway. I KNOW though
that it was magical, and freeing,and...well, a whole buncha fun. Now it seems that with physical embodiment ya
just can't get there from here anymore. Any time I focus my intent on getting outta body I end up feeling this
overwhelming RESPONSIBILITY to go inward instead. Everything has become about the inner Universe. Almost like
the Universe itself got folded up small enough to be 'contained' in my physical body. If I wanna have any sorta
adventure anywhere, I gotta get there through the inside these days. No more 'out there' joy flights.
It's like part of the process of awakening is to go behind the veil and gather up alla that stuff we had agreed
to leave behind, as part of the rules of this particular game. At first we didn't even realize we HAD more
stuff that we left behind. Didn't even realize there WAS a veil. Then as time went on and consciousness expanded
we remembered all sorta interesting stuff. I kinda think that maybe astral flight was our spirits going out into
the higher Ds to 'visit' those aspects of self that dwelled out there. Like some sorta cosmic telepathy. We could
'see into' those HSs and aspects, actually BE them on an astral level, but we always had to 'come back' to here
and now. Now though, with the aspects of self embodied in the physical, well, there are no more selfs out there
TO visit.
Always found it interesting that the game was laid out this way. I mean let's face it, a 3D duality world isn't
a whole lotta fun. IT WAS fun. For a long time. But now that we are approaching the end phase of the game, well,
it just isn't any more. Not that there's not magic, there is, but it's a planetary sorta magic now. It's only
in the natural world that the magic shines. Well, I'm sure it DOES shine everywhere, but there's so much going
on in our world it's hard to notice it. That's why the freeways are jammed every weekend with folks trying to
get out into nature. We are starving for magic and it's really thin on the ground in cities and such.
Wonder why we decided to have our embodiment on this particular dimension? Maybe that's what the whole new Earth
business was about. Maybe at one point there were options. Maybe we coulda chosen to embody our 5D expression,
or even higher, but decided to stick to the original plan. Don't ask me why we woulda planned for embodiment
to take place on such a DENSE dimension, but we musta had our reasons. Like we took on the biggest possible challenge
available. That's probably why folks say all life in our Universe is watching...cause we did take on such a grand
challenge. I dunno how anybody else feels about it, but I'm all for a 'softer option' in the new game.
I have no desire to turn into a bliss bunny. But it would be nice to have everything around me settled and ummm...
repaired I guess. That we could get past this transition phase from the old game to the new one and just get started
doing everything differently. That's the positive side of extinction level do-overs. Wham, bang, it's done and
you're back in square one. Now it's all so complicated. How do we change, fix, repair, overcome all the problems
that we've got now? It's like we've painted ourselves into this corner and nobody can figure out what to do next.
Well, that was wrong...there are all sorta ideas about what to do next. I just haven't heard anyone address all
the nows that come in between what we're doing now and whatever we will do next. Kinda defeats the whole purpose
of listening to futurists and such if all time is now. So many of us can now see there IS more ahead, but so
far we haven't figured out how to get there from here.
Now and then I wonder if it's a personal option kinda thing. I mean maybe some folks can be 5D souls on a 3D
duality planet and just sorta create some kinda sub-culture or something. Cut some space outta the 3D expression
and squeeze in a whole new way of living. Like the communes in the sixties. Communities that live a 5D life
right here in the middle of the old game. Maybe that's how it works. All sorta small 5D communities come together
and find a new way of living and working in harmony, with each other and the planet. Maybe those little communities
start to grow, and prosper and more and more folks choose that for themselves until finally everything is changed.
Start the whole family, clan, tribe, nation processes of evolution all over again. Only this time we'd actually
know what we were creating. How refreshing would THAT be?
Now and again I review my 'overall plan'. For the most part I think I pretty much got it right. Was born into
a time when the world believed the war to end all wars had been fought and there would be world peace. A time
of prosperity and abundance and opportunity. Grew up in the sixties and seventies when there was a lovely
subculture thing going on that I fit right into. Sometimes though I wish I was a 25 year old warrior out there
on the front like making things happen. Bottom line though...those are mostly I wish it cause it can't happen
kinda wishes. The truth is except for those moments of rashness I'm quite happy and content to just flow along
here is my ease and grace.
I kinda miss some of those old thrill rides and adventures...but all in all, I can't actually complain about
my timing. I was born in a positive time, I grew up with what I consider to be good values and ethics. I
have a good foundation for now. The part of me that wants to be a warrior is really quite small...and only
seems to come out on cool rainy days...when I have too much time on my hands.
yarra
Teaching
18 Feb 2013 - 6:02pm
Edgar Cayce on Meditation
The following is an excerpt from the late great Cayce scholar Elsie Sechrist's book Meditation: Gateway to Light. More information concerning Cayce's insights into meditation can be found at the Cayce research foundation (A.R.E.).
Prayer is speaking to God and mediation is listening to God. Mastering the technique of meditation is not easy. There are three keys necessary to succeed in meditation. The three keys to this door of communication with God are sincerity, enthusiasm and perseverance.
As for sincerity, ask yourself these questions: Do I really know who and what God is? Do I know him personally as a loving Father, or do I just know about him? More important, does he know me? Are we on speaking terms, or do we just nod occasionally? If we find ourselves answering in the negative to these questions, we may begin to realize how greatly we need him. His promise has ever been that if we believe, live by his laws, he will aid us swiftly when we call, no matter where we happen to be.
Enthusiasm is important because it is an inner fire, an inner light seeking its own source. In Webster's dictionary, the origins of the Greek word "enthusiasm" meant to be "inspired, or possessed by a god." In meditation, this inner fire stimulates every cell of the body and every reflex of the brain to listen. How do we evoke enthusiasm for our search for God? By first examining those people who, from the beginning of time, have found him. The Bible tells of man's experiences with God. Studying it in conjunction with efforts at meditation and prayer awakens the necessary enthusiasm to begin.
Perseverance is perhaps the most difficult key. We need to keep on, day after day, in the effort to re-establish our communion. When we first attempt to harness the thoughts, to control the body, to sit still, we realize just how much the body controls us, mind and spirit.
The purification and control of the spiritual body takes place within the endocrine glands, under the direction of the mind. The Cayce readings and modern science concur that constructive thoughts and emotions release healing hormones into the body and mind. But the Cayce readings go further. They suggest that the endocrine glands are the spiritual centers of the body and that through them our spiritual forces find means of expression. Meditation is a key to opening these spiritual centers.
These spiritual centers are: the sex glands, the Lyden gland, the Adrenal glands, the Thymus, the Thyroid, the Pineal and the Pituitary glands. The proper application of the energies illuminates them, transforming the individual into a light in the world.
Ideals enter the mind when led by the spirit. The Cayce readings remind us over and over again that mind is the builder, led by the spirit we are entertaining, the spirit of God or the spirit of the devil - self. What one thinks and eats, one becomes.
Spiritual cleansing begins when the mind is in accord with his spirit. It is across the bridge of the mind that we pass, as we come to know God. Once a soul sets for itself an ideal which is spiritual in essence, every cell in the body is made aware of this and changes begin to take place. Our seven spiritual centers become the points of contact with the divine within; thus we experience a stepping-up of activity in all these centers. We have redirected the use of this energy to its highest function. A refining process has taken place in the body, a lifting of the rate of vibration; these centers now disseminate their energies and hormones to the entire body.
As the individual sits in meditation, his mind focused on an affirmation (an ideal), spiritual energy begins to move upward from the sexual glands. Usually, at this point, a pulsation may be felt at the end of the spine. If the spiritual force has been able to rise unhindered and undefiled to the pineal and pituitary, one may experience an incandescence as if the whole body had been filled with light and become transparent.
It is at the pineal center that we gradually become oriented to the Christ-presence, where we may even receive the Mind of Christ, depending on the degree of the attunement.
This force then flows into the pituitary, from whence, being now in purified form, it flows downward, cleansing and strengthening body and mind.
And Jesus also said, "He that believes on me, as the Scripture has said, out of his belly shall flow rivers of living water." (John 7:38) The movement of these spiritual forces in meditation are the rivers of living water.
The more we become able to still the conscious mind, the more trouble we can expect from the subconscious mind, for it is the conscious mind of the soul. It, too, must be purified. We have stimulated this area of the mind as a result of the ideal we have upheld; attitudes and thoughts previously concealed in the subconscious rise to the surface for examination. Symbols and old familiar scenes begin to flash before us like pictures on a screen. However, this is still only the beginning of meditation. We should not dwell too long on these pictures but press on to the silence. In other words, we must return attention to the affirmation.
We may at this point be fascinated by the many faces appearing, or numerous pairs of eyes staring. We may even hear our names called; we may feel as if we were in the midst of a crowd, listening to chatter and laughter. We must not stop there, for we are not yet in real meditation. Of course, it is fascinating at first, for it is an entirely new experience. The sounds, the voices, the pictures, the eyes and faces may all belong to souls already in the beyond who, having seen the light pouring through the open door (the spiritual center), have been attracted. It is much akin to the sensation of looking through a strange keyhole, only to see another eye looking back. Intriguing, perhaps, but neither stands to gain much from such a restricted encounter.
We must leave this entertainment behind and "press on to the mark of the high calling," his mark, the superconscious mind, the Christ Consciousness, the Holy Spirit, the "hill of the Lord."
Spiritual height is reached by attunement to the Creative Forces in meditation. The release of energy should never be forced by such methods as exercise, or holding the breath, or by focusing one's mind on a special center, or by willing the center to open. When meditation is properly approached, these centers will open voluntarily. The knowledge, power and illumination of the soul which accompany this opening will then be concentrated on the good of others and not to one's own misdoing.
The opening of the centers should come only as a result of spiritual growth, not through any abnormal means. Unless the power released is used to express his spirit with and for others, it will but inflame our lower natures.
The glands of reproduction are the reservoirs of the life force. They house the creative energy of the body. As the individual sits in silence, having lifted his mind by use of the Lord's Prayer (an excellent affirmation), creative energy is released at this level. This energy now carries the stamp of the divine, because both the purpose and the thought which released it were holy.
The Lyden gland, control-center of the soul's activity, opens its doors to this energy, enabling the mind of the soul - the subconscious mind - to rise to the level of the pineal, seat of the Christ consciousness. This energy is then transmitted to the other centers of the body by means of the pituitary. As it passes through the centers, it illuminates them.
Meditation brings an increase in vigor and improved health. An expansion of consciousness is achieved, and with this expansion comes the realization that we are in eternity now. The realization dawns that indeed there is no death. The only real death is the separation in consciousness of the soul from God. When this has been overcome there is no death, for consciousness is continuous in whatever realm one manifests.
Jesus said, "In my Father's house are many mansions." (John 14:2) These mansions of God are afterlife levels of consciousness. Where is consciousness? Within the bodies we now occupy, wherever we are. "For you are the temple of the living God; as God has said, I will dwell in them, and walk in them, and I will be their God, and they shall be my people." (2 Cor. 6:16)
Through meditation, we may become aware of these afterlife realms of consciousness as in dreams. Therefore, whether we are on this Earth, or in another afterlife realm, the "house of the Lord" is the shell which we occupy. For while God wills that no soul shall perish, he will not force humankind to seek him.
Meditation Tips from Edgar Cayce
Meditation is the attuning of the mental and physical body to your spiritual source.
Meditation builds a protective barrier around yourself against harmful forces.
Meditation will help you manifest the fruits of the Holy Spirit and the white light of the Christ.
Meditation allows you to obtain information on any subject and the answer will come from within.
Meditation is the way to at-one-ment with God.
Constant communication with God through meditation will result in spiritual guidance.
During meditation, you can increase the spiritual forces taking place within your inner self.
This is necessary to help you attune and become one with the Creative Force - just as in the pitch of a song of praise.
Raise these spiritual forces in yourself and you will enter the presence of your Maker.
Attunement through meditation comes not above yourself - but within yourself.
No sacrifice is necessary except your desire to be one with God.
You will know within yourself when you are in an at-one-ment with God.
Read about the promises of Jesus in the book of John, chapters 14-17, to learn about the spirit of light within you to help unlock your inner self.
Set definite time periods to listen to the voice of your Maker. Meditate either at 11:00 am to noon in the day or 11:00 pm to midnight in the evening. The best time is 2:00 am to 3:00 am in the morning. (For at least 30 minutes)
Meditate facing east (for polarity with the Earth) and in the same place each day.
For some people, the song of the spheres is necessary for their comfort in meditation and to rest the senses.
Sit or lie in an easy position, without any binding garments around your body.
Sit as in readiness. Crucify desires within yourself. Turn yourself inward.
Quiet yourself mentally. Cleanse the inner room of your mind. No unkind thoughts are allowed.
Shut out all thoughts pertaining to activities or attributes of carnal forces.
The hands should always cross the solar plexus, the balancing between the forces of the body, when meditating or seeking to open yourself to the unseen sources.
Never open yourself without surrounding yourself with the Christ Consciousness by thought, by word of mouth, by impressing it upon yourself - also for protection.
Certain types of breathing are suggested, that there may be an even balance in the respiratory system, that the circulation becomes normal in its flow through the body.
With low music or incantations, let yourself go deeper, to the seeing, feeling, experiencing the creative forces of love and enter into the Holy of Holies.
Then listen to the music of your inner spiritual centers responding.
Enter in the closet of your inner self and pour out your self so that you may be filled with the Spirit of God.
Find what is the impelling desire (i.e., your ideal) in your inner self - council with your soul.
Make your will to be one with the whole.
In your temple, let the voice, the feeling, the spirit of your purpose be free in its direction to yourself.
Meditate on the fruits of the Spirit in the inner secrets of the consciousness and the cells in the body will become aware of the awakening of the life in their activity.
Only in patience can you become aware of your soul's activity.
Attune yourself almost in the same manner as you would tune a violin for harmony.
Seek God's face and God's ways. When you are fully attuned, let your intonations, breathing, and posture be rather an outgrowth of your attunement.
As the body attunes itself, it may be a channel where there may be instant healing with the laying on of hands.
Voices can be heard when attuning yourself during meditation.
Visualizing while attuned in meditation can influence others.
Many people meet their spirit guide during their first experience of meditation. Do not be satisfied with a guide other than one from the Throne of Grace itself.
After raising your consciousness, God meets you in your own temple (the Holy of Holies, the third eye).
No one can know attunement who has not developed their inner self.
If we fail to apply what is given us in meditation, the body will act!
Note: from Cari
This article confirms my experience with my meditation practice. Please do not worry about referrences to God as "he" or the male female referrences in general. They are ways of referring to specific energies in relationship to each other as polar opposites. We are referring to God here as the main control center of creative force. Ultimately we are seeking balance. This is a practice. I will tell you that personally my pineal activated. My pituitary is out of balance. This is why I am having issues with managing body temerature, headaches,not enough lubrication in my joints etc. The pituitary manages these things. If it is not functioning properly we will see the results as physical illness. There are many ways to find balance; food, artificial drugs. . . but if we can balance our main control systems through meditation we would be empowering ourselves as sovereign masters of our mind and body. This is my personal goal.
I am currently able to see the eyes staring back at me, view real time places of this world and others, I hear voices, create entire worlds with my imagination. . . But I am lucid and sane in knowing that they are all illusions that mind creates either my own local brain or the brain of the cosmos. THere are many masters and many mansions. We interact with other masters and some have more control over certain realms than others. It is all about experience and not an ego battle unless we make it that way.
Much love and happy travels. . .
Story
18 Feb 2013 - 5:09pm
Daily Messages of Wisdom and Inspiration
February 18, 2013
RECEIVE
Greetings Dear Ones! It is I, Lord Emanuel come to speak with you again. It is my great privilege and honor that I may be among you today. For those of you who read and resonate deeply with these messages, I AM with you now. Take a moment to feel my presence, receive the Love and healing that is available to you in this moment. Take a moment to be still and to receive.
And this is the subject upon which I wish to speak this day. Receiving. This, my Dear Hearts, is something that the human race has all but forgotten how to do well! The majority of human beings are excellent at giving, it is second nature to most of you and especially those of you who read these messages, you are especially gifted with giving. And while this is a Divine gift in its own right, nothing is healthy when it is out of balance. And actually in reality many people give and give and give to a degree that is not healthy and I can and I will go as far as to say their giving is actually taking.
Let me explain a little further Dear Ones as this may be a little confusing to some of you. Sometimes one gives in order to feel worthy. In order to ‘prove our worth ‘ in the world we give. We give of our time, we give of our money and we give of our energy to others in order to feel better. When the motivation for giving is to make ourselves feel better then the exchange of energy is always for the benefit of those who are giving. When one gives from a place of needing to feel better about oneself, it is still a need. It is giving from a place of need. And when giving from a place of need, without realising it, you are actually taking, energetically speaking.
Many, many of you precious Hearts give of yourself when you have nothing to give. Quite without realizing it and with such wholesome intention you give of yourselves when the tank is empty so to speak, and this is something that cannot sustain itself. Something has to give and giving giving giving with no receiving will lead to unhealthy habits in order to constantly attempt to ‘fill up’. This is unconscious receiving.
Dear Ones this unhealthy and unbalanced way of living can be very easily addressed by learning how to consciously receive. In fact I would go so far as to say unto you, Dear Hearts, put this first above all other practise. Learn to receive. And what do I mean by receive Dear Ones?
So many of you ask for help from the Ascended realm and from Father-Mother God, you pray and you ask and you pray and you ask, you are very good at this! Dear Ones you ask but do not then receive. Your prayers are always answered, you questions are always answered everything you ever ask for is given unto you but you do not wait around long enough to receive that which you asked for! I am especially talking about receiving energy, receiving Father-Mother God into your being, receiving Guidance, receiving Light, all this can be done on a conscious level but it is so alien to most of you that you are not in the habit of making time to receive and yes that means in your terms making time ‘to do nothing’!!
Dear Ones you are so busy busy busy, doing this, doing that, all so very important and all so very fast and all so very totally distracted from your God self and all that is available to you in every moment!!
Take time, Dear Ones to receive. It is the most important thing you can do in your daily life and yet you will all tell me (and yourselves!) that you have way more important things to do, that you simply do not have the time. This is a strategy Dear Ones, to avoid your greatness, for that is what you step into when you allow and receive the Love of Father-Mother God and the Ascended and Angelic Realms into your life every day.
Receiving help Dear Ones is something we all must now do. Reach out Dear Ones, reach out, to your fellow humans, receive them, reach out to the Ascended Realm, receive us, reach out to the Angelic Realm, receive them, reach out to Father-Mother God, receive All That is. Learn to receive and all shall be given unto Thee. This my promise to you. I AM Lord Emanuel. Receive me today. God Bless you Dear Hearts.
Channeller: Gillian Ruddy
Webpage: Lord Emanuel Messages
Translations
GERMAN
PORTUGUESE
SWEDISH
Story
18 Feb 2013 - 3:48pm
Message from Matthew
February 18, 2013
Power, responsibility for world changes; Pope Benedict’s resignation; Vatican history; North Korea’s nuclear test; cost of war, random violence; employment, productivity transition to peace; status of women and gays; seven decades of progress
With loving greetings from all souls at this station, this is Matthew. Since the December solstice the vast majority of Earth’s population has been tending to respective responsibilities and pursuing usual interests. The believers in the doomsday theory connected with the end of the Mayan calendar are feeling a tad foolish, yet relieved if the truth be told.
None of them knows what you do, that during the in-surge of light those few weeks ago Earth took her first steps into fourth density. Many of you still are feeling disappointed, even discouraged, because nothing of apparent change took place, and it is especially these dear ones whom we want to uplift and give renewed confidence.
Think of a newborn babe, who comes with specific talents, skills, interests, independent thoughts and goals. That “package of potentials” isn’t at all evident in the infant’s earliest days; however, as this little person grows, the innate abilities start to emerge and with proper nurturing, they bloom with ever greater creativity and polish.
It is the very same process with Earth’s Golden Age, so recently birthed, and its “package of potentials.” The light intensity in your world has made this infant era extraordinarily “fertile,” you could say, making it easier now than ever before for the fruits of your labors to flourish.
This is a time to feel positive, optimistic, enthusiastic and victorious—you mastered the difficult stages of Earth’s ascension! Her leaving third density when she did was preordained, but the many millions among you who are slumbering to one extent or another might not have made it.
But they did, and it is with thanks both to the in-pouring of light during the solstice and to your radiance. Your light was essential then and it is just as essential now as you move forward in your world co-creating process.
All along you have had not only the power, but the responsibility to make your world whatever you want it to be. In the continuum that glorious world is fait accompli, but in linear time your mission goes on. And what comes next is exceedingly fulfilling and gratifying—restoring to Earth and all her residents peace, health and harmony. You mustn’t “fall down on the job” by letting disillusionment dim your light!
Indeed your universal family has helped immensely throughout Earth’s ascension process and they continue to do so in the many ways we have enumerated. Just as Earth’s entry into fourth density during the solstice was preordained, so was all of that extraterrestrial help—both are major provisions of the Golden Age master plan that was established in consonance with Gaia’s vision for Earth.
Because your family’s light is more intense than yours and their technologies are far advanced of your own, their assistance has been and will continue to be in ways that are beyond your current capabilities. However, the pace of society’s progress always has been determined by the planet’s collective residents—it can be no other way because it is your world.
Let us speak for a moment about some recent developments—first, Pope Benedict. A most unusual event indeed, a pope resigning, and the announced reason, “advanced age,” is factual in a way.
The pope seen publicly is a clone. Because it is aging rapidly and its energy is ebbing, it will not be able to function much longer and replacement clones are hard to come by these days. That is why the pontiff himself, who looks healthier and younger than the clone, will remain in seclusion. Depending upon his life span and the timing of the truth about clones coming forth, he may be seen later on looking quite refreshed.
The significance of this resignation is much more far reaching than a failing clone—it cracks open the door to truths that have been hidden for centuries, such as pedophilia in the priesthood has been rampant for over 1500 years.
The Vatican, which has been a major world player under the Illuminati umbrella, is the international headquarters of Satanism, and its untold wealth includes stolen art treasures acquired in collaboration with Nazis during World War II. Any pope who raised an objection to the mammoth deceit, unconscionable behavior and amassing of fortunes was short-lived.
Yet, possibly the most shocking revelation will be the disclosure of ancient records that will show how the Bible long ago was strategically altered—most notably the fabricated story about Jesus’ crucifixion and resurrection—to give the church control over the Catholic populace.
When all of that becomes public knowledge, the Vatican’s long reign will be over. The crumbling will be extremely sad and difficult for Catholics, but all devout Christians will be profoundly affected by learning that the foundation of their lives was built on lies.
Compassion for all of those souls can help them accept that the truth about Jesus’ life and teachings is far more valuable than what they have been taught. Their beliefs that are based in spirituality rather than in dogma will endure and the rituals based on falsehoods will fade away.
Media around the world also have been abuzz about North Korea’s nuclear test. Launching a missile is one thing, exploding a warhead is quite another, and that test was not nearly as effective as that country would like the world to think. However, like Iran, North Korea is considered “rogue” and a threat that could lead to a nuclear war.
You know that there will be no such war and no attempt to detonate a nuclear warhead in space will be successful, but few others know that. So how to reduce the perceived dire threat those two countries pose is on the world stage, and in the United States it is sharing the spotlight with gun violence.
Beyond the personal tragedies of all who are directly affected, violence deeply touches the global conscience. As conscious and spiritual awareness continues expanding, all will understand that violence breeds only more violence, never harmony or cooperation or respect. Some scattered bellicose chatter will continue for a while, but increasing emphasis on negotiating differences eventually will result in international disarmament.
The incentive to stop warring and random violence goes beyond ending widespread death and grief. The other costs of war—devastation of land and natural resources, destruction of homes, businesses, infrastructure—and of random violence—law enforcement, legal and court proceedings, prisons—is a gargantuan collective expense.
Throughout your world many millions are languishing in prisons because they were captured in war or are incarcerated by unfair laws, corrupt judicial systems, excessively harsh penalties for minor offenses, wrongful conviction or mental disorders. This shameful blot on your history will be cleared in stages as will treating mental illness as long as that condition is an aspect of life.
Funds no longer needed to perpetuate or defend against violence will be directed into areas of critical need like education and health care; energy technologies; innovative business growth; repair and maintenance of roads, rails and bridges; environmental reclamation.
Citizens’ demands for those and other kinds of improvements will force governments to take action. Industries that now fuel war machines will convert their manufacturing processes to other types of production, and employees who need training in fields of their choice will receive it.
In our last message we touched upon equal rights for women and in numerous messages we have said that souls in a third density civilization must attain balanced lifetime experiencing so they can evolve into fourth density. Relegating women to an inferior status was a primary factor in Earth’s spiraling down from fifth density to deep third and staying stuck there.
The karmic merry-go-round kept giving women who were maltreated in one lifetime the opportunity to attain balance in other incarnations by being the oppressors. And so it went millennia after millennia until finally women started inching forward permanently in their fight to obtain an education, to vote, to organize, to speak their minds despite social stigma.
In most countries today women are rightfully recognized as indispensable contributors to society. Homemaking and motherhood no longer is a presumed role—the choice to not marry or to not have children is equally honored. Millions of women are successfully combining family life with university attendance or careers.
Women are distinguishing themselves in fields formerly considered the province of men such as engineering, science, electronics and research, and they are holding political office, owning small businesses or heading corporations.
Many reform movements around the world have been initiated by women. In countries where their civil and God-given rights still are denied, brave individuals are taking bold steps toward ending that cruel unjustness and social media have given global supportiveness to their determined efforts.
The same is true for gay people, who also have long been denied the respect, dignity, opportunities and rights that heterosexuals enjoy. In cultures where that status still is afforded only to men, honoring the rights of gay people will come slowly, just as for women. Eventually everyone will know that homosexuality is an advanced stage of spiritual growth wherein feminine and masculine energies are more balanced than in heterosexual persons.
Achieving peace and full rights for all citizens will lag in the hardcore regions of conflict and oppression—notably the Middle East, some African countries, Afghanistan, Pakistan, India and North Korea. Many of those countries must resolve difficulties due to tribal, religious, caste, gender, cultural and political differences as well as those groups’ economic disparities.
You may think it ironic that the clamor for violence reduction and the rights of women and gay couples is highly publicized in the United States, yet that country’s mainstream media omit what is reported in other “free” countries. For instance, there has been nothing about the arrests of many bankers and other influential individuals in Europe and there’s never been a peep about the obvious presence of spacecraft.
The Rothschild faction of the Illuminati, which governed its empire from London and the Vatican, lost its media foothold along with its other powers in that part of the world. A section of the Illuminati’s Rockefeller faction, headquartered in Washington, DC, and New York City, still has influence on major media in the US as well as on Wall Street; and their lingering foothold in Congress is evident in the intransigence that has stagnated progress.
Yes, we know that for the most part, what we have been speaking about is not new information. So why did we recount those things that you know well? Because you need to think about how far you have progressed since Earth’s ascension started!
Those seven decades back the conviction was that killing the “enemy” was a patriotic duty. Many, many millions eagerly went forth into battle, supported in both spirit and war machinery production by their civilian counterparts. Today the desire of overwhelming numbers around the world is to end bloodshed and live peacefully together.
In the late 1930s, the heavy hand of darkness controlled everything that impacts life on Earth—governments, the economy, commerce and industry, teachings in churches and schools, laws and justice systems, the media, the environment. Very few persons questioned decisions made by any of those authoritative bodies.
Now there is widespread questioning of authorities’ motives and opposition to decisions and actions that are against the common good. Think of the massive amount of corruption, deceit, and depravity that your efforts have “brought to light.” Think of how you have brought the world’s attention to brutality and unjustness that used to be silently endured.
You need to feel encouraged by and grateful for the dramatic advancements and you need to give yourselves credit for your contributions. Recognizing accomplishments is not hubris, it is a source of inspiration and motivation to keep on until the mission is completed. You may not be in the forefront of progressive moments, but please never forget the power of your thoughts and feelings!
To quote from our last message: Just as before—always!—Earth’s residents’ journeys depend upon the choices each makes, and the cumulative choices make up the collective consciousness. So, it is your thoughts, passionate feelings and actions that will set Earth’s pace from now on. Whether that is happily humming through fourth density or soaring like an eagle, Gaia is jubilant—the exceptionally difficult leg of the ascension is over!
It is as imperative now as before to focus on what you want in your world, not on what you don’t want! Please do not lament conditions that are distressing or disparage individuals who don’t share your views. Instead, let your thoughts and feelings be about life in harmony with Nature and an abundance of goodness for everyone.
Steadfastness in the light hastens Earth’s pace toward the healthy, beautiful tranquil world that already exists in the continuum. How we wish that you could see the magnificence of your co-creation just as we do!
The unconditional love and honor of light beings throughout this universe is with you now and evermore.
__________________________
LOVE and PEACE
Suzanne Ward
www.matthewbooks.com
MATTHEW'S LANGUAGES
Armenian
Bulgarian
Brazilian
Chinese
Chinese Traditional
Croatian
Czech
Danish
Dutch
English
Farsi
Finnish
French
German
Greek
Hebrew
Hungarian
Indonesian
Italian
Japanese
Latvian
Polish
Portuguese
Romanian
Russian
Slovenian
Spanish
Swedish
Turkish
video
18 Feb 2013 - 12:03pm
Published on 18 Feb 2013
So many images flash through my mind this morning as I ponder what is happening on Planet Earth. If I had to sum it up in one sentence, I would say that: ALL THE ELEMENTS ARE CONSPIRING TO LIBERATE HUMANITY FROM THE TYRANNY OF IGNORANCE. They blow away falsehoods like a blast of atomic air, sweeping the earth like a tsunami, engulfing the planet like a conflagration, and and knocking down everything in its path like an avalanche. This transformative fire brings judgment to those that resist, and transformation to those who welcome its light. For the latter, the fire burns away the dross and the water cools it down to reveal the gold we are and always have been. This is a new era; and no matter how much the powers that used to be may try to hold onto their illusion of control, the very elements of earth: air, fire, water and earth work on the ethers of human consciousness to ensure that the tyranny of human ignorance will end in mass awakening. It's a new game!
Blog entry
18 Feb 2013 - 12:47am
If we are gonna have a new world, or a new way of living in this world, don'tcha kinda wonder sometimes where
we are gonna fit into that new world? Maybe I'm just being self serving here, but I really would like to think
that things will change in my physical lifetime. That I could see the successful wrap up of this game of Humanity
On 3D Earth. I feel like I've been here since the very beginning and I wanna see how it all turns out. I DO
NOT, however, want it to take so long to change that I'd have to reincarnate to see that ending. Kinda makes me
wonder where folks of my age fit into the overall picture. If the world is gonna change, well, there are gonna
have to be pioneers, front line folks who are going to be at the heart of whatever changes. Somehow I don't see
myself dragging my beyond middle aged body to any front lines. I'm the sort that wants to have a new world, but
keep my mod cons and a good deal of our current technology. I'm really not interested in reverting to pre-
electricity or anything like that. Have the cake AND the eating. That's my style.
What do OLD pioneers do? Make the food and coffee for the front line guys? I know there are folks who are way more
energetic than I am, jumping outta planes for their 90th birthday and stuff, but that just isn't me. I don't even
particularly wish it was me. Kinda happy with who I am and how life is going. Might be nice to be a bit more
motivated to actually DO stuff, but I'm working on that. In fact it's my main focus just now. For the past few
weeks my feeling that there's something big coming just keeps getting stronger and stronger. Makes me feel like it's
time to really get myself together and be ready for it. I'd much rather be motivated by something other than the
feeling that something is about to happen...but heck, I will take what I get.
Sometimes I'm embarrassed by myself. I mean I've seriously started preparing for whatever is ahead, and at the
same time I feel like some sorta idiot for doing it. Did I align myself with the disaster folks without realizing
it? Can I actually trust the feelings I'm having? I don't WANT to feel like something is going to happen, but I
do. It's one of those gut feelings that is really hard to ignore. At the same time, I'm beginning to feel like
some sorta doomsday freak to myself. What's a guy sposed to do?
Do you go with the program and ignore those gut feelings? Or do you stock up and spend the next couple of years
working your way through those unused 'emergency' supplies. Heck, I'd rather have a years worth of toilet tissue
than not any at all. Same with a few other basic essentials. Strangely, nobody but me has actually accused me
of be a crazy ole doomsday lady. Nobody seems surprised or upset about my recent purchases. I'm not exactly sure
what that means. Does my family see the sense in what I'm doing? Or are they being kind and humouring me? Who
could know?
Kinda makes me think of when the American pioneers went west. It was the young folks that did that. It is
young folks that do the building and teaching and all the rest. Can't help wondering what OLD pioneers are gonna
have to do. Maybe there will be youthing. Remember a few years ago there was a theory that everyone would go
back to their perfect age? Wonder why folks stopped talking about that?
I dunno. I dunno if anything ever will happen, or not. I don't even know why all of a sudden it feels so important
to me. It just does. Maybe I've finally gone beyond that proverbial bend, Whatever it is, for right now it feels
like I'm doing exactly the right thing. Guess that's gotta be good enough.
yarra
Blog entry
17 Feb 2013 - 10:22pm
Didja ever wonder if this is ascension? It seems for such a long time folks had this whole idea of zapping
off to another world where we would walk into our paradise. What if this IS the paradise? What if whatever
folks were expecting to happen with the galactic alignment DID happen, and we are IN New Earth right now?
Maybe all those messages about New Earth never did mean a new place? Maybe they always meant right here on
this Earth, our ONLY Earth, is where we'd find all our answers and move forward in our evolution? Maybe it
wasn't ever about a place, but a different expression of the planet herself?
It's not just me who talks about feeling like it's a different world these days. Lottsa folks are feeling it.
A new...ummm...possibility energy. The feeling in the air that if we'd just pay attention to right now we'd
find all we ever sought right here and now. Thing is, we've still got the old world here at the same time
and it's kinda hard to extract oneself from that old world. We are still all bound up in whatever is left of
the old matrix. We haven't yet realized it's time to fold that old matrix up and put it away somewhere. We
are in the process of building a whole new matrix for our game. It's just that humanity hasn't seemed to
notice that yet. Might be nice NOT to have any sorta matrix at all, but if this is a holographic set up I
guess matrices are part and parcel. At least this time WE will be deciding on what we want our new matrix/
holograph to BE.
It's kinda tricky to pay attention to right here and right now when the old system is flooding the world
constantly with their disinfo, distractions and scare tactics. If we can see past alla that, maybe we
ARE in a paradise world where all potential is laid out for us. A whole other kinda do over. An In Place
do over. OK, we've had this alignment and many of us feel something new has arrived...or that we've arrived
IN something new. Seems to me the next logical step is what are we gonna do about it? If humanity could
realize and understand all the potentiality available to us, and have the resources to research and produce
those potentials, well, the old system would simply crumble into itself for once and all. Thing is, guess
who controls the resources???
Now and then I think maybe humanity, or maybe it's me, is missing the point about alla this. Seems folks
wanna go high wide and handsome. Make BIG statements, take BIG actions. I don't feel it's gonna work that
way. I mean by suing a whole buncha corporations we are spending big money attempting to work within the old
system. Seems to me that very system is the problem. Why spend huge dollars attempting to make a big media
splash when those same dollars, applied to free energy research would be contributing to something that actually
CAN change things? I dunno, maybe it's just me, but I don't see the problem as being governments or politics
or even finances. What gives the powers that are hanging on for dear life their power, their control? Fossil
fuels...maybe that's not the only thing, but it's the MAIN THING. Without fossil fuels, even their armies are
useless.
I'd like to see George Garageinvertor get HIS ideas out there. There are some folks experimenting with really
radical ideas that appear to work on very small scales. What if those folks were the focus of our work? What
if folks started supporting the sorta research that will carry us beyond the present system? Things that will
be whatever we have in the way of systems once we finally ditch the present ones. Many of these researchers
and garage inventors refuse to make their discoveries public because the big money folks will come in and attempt
to make them deals they can't refuse. We all know what happens to folks who DON'T take the deals. We have a
whole history of inventors and scientists who were burned at the stake, excommunicated from the church and just
plain 'died mysteriously'.
Seems to me that this next step in the evolution of humanity might be the 'termite stage'. Maybe instead of
being out there waving banners and protesting we should be quietly working behind the scenes in a new/free
energy subculture. NOT an overthrow the government movement...what would we replace it with? The power structures
must not be shut down all at once I don't think. No point in toppling a government and leave everyone without the
basic needs of life. Better to termite our way in from the bottom up. Quietly munch away at the source of the
powers that they have over us. Doesn't matter one single whit if we gave that power away. It's still ours. Like
the money is in the bank, and the bank is using it, but it's our money, our power is just there...WAITING for
humanity to take it back. The power system just might be too big, too complex and waaaay to complicated to bring
down by knocking over the top. What we need to do is erode it from the bottom up, from the outside in. Heck, if
we do this properly, we will be ready to bite their butts before they even realize we're right behind them.
Termites are especially good at munching away at the inside of things and leaving the outer appearance as it always
was. That's what we, evolving humanity, need to do. Let the powers think things are cooking along as normal, and
on the surface they will be. But something will be eating away at their structures, quietly, continually, and
with growing force. Something like the silent majority, but perhaps more like the sneaky majority.
We aren't gladiators. We aren't heroes who will be on the front line of change. We are ordinary, for the most part
middle aged, humans trying to find a way to make a difference to our world. Trying to figure out our part in bringing
the changes we want to see. Maybe we've just been approaching it all wrong. No sense in trying revolution...we've
seen what that accomplished in the middle east...they are still killing each other and nothing much has changed.
We need to get outta confrontational mentality and move into termite mentality. Just undermine this system ourselves,
in any tiny way we can. Every tiny thing we do to remove our selves from reliance on the systems is like one more
termite chomping away at the old game to make way for the new one.
Maybe we've all had our heads in the stars too long. Maybe now it's time to stop wondering about what's beyond
our current human awareness, and fix up what we ARE aware of. I don't have anything to offer like causes or
net sites or anything. We've all been researching our behinds off for years. We have some ideas about what's
out there in the free energy world. Now maybe it's time we focus our attention on what those folks are trying
to achieve. Maybe we can't be hands on. Maybe we aren't in a position to assist with funding. Maybe nobody
will ever even know we HAVE assisted. But where our attention goes our energy flows. Maybe right now all
we have to offer is our attention and our energy. We can support websites, share info, post videos and links.
If we want to we can termite this whole entire system into dust if we just focus on solutions instead of
problems and issues.
We aren't armed like the powers on their way out are armed. We are, however, armed as Universe is armed. With
intent and creator abilities.
yarra
Blog entry
17 Feb 2013 - 7:08pm
Because of Copyright agreements, I can't post the body of the message but instead supply the Link : Karen Bishops latest post. http://www.gamabooks.com/2.15.2013.html
Story
17 Feb 2013 - 3:39pm
Greetings, dear ones,
I am the Keeper of Time.
A New Relationship to Time
I am here in the first place for normally Elrah takes the first place and I have to follow up and pick up all his little pieces that he leaves laying all over the place and try to make sense out of it for you. Today I thought I would come over first and leave all sorts of pieces laying around for him. So, we will see how that works but the reason I wanted to come in first is to tell you all something you started to understand on a very deep level. The whole illusion that you call time is in very specific areas of your existence on Earth. It has helped you greatly to see yourselves as beings on a timeline. It has allowed you so many possibilities for you to see yourself as a spirit pretending to be the human. Not easy and most of the time you were up against challenges with time because you have always believed time to be finite – in other words there is only a specific amount of time. Well, we tell you your relationship to time has now changed and that is the difficult part to understand. It will take some time for all of it to filter into your beings and into your new set of regulations for all of you have your own little set of rules that you go by. You all have your own set of definitions that you are there and it has worked quite well for you so it will continue in that manner; however, you are now starting to see everything from a different perspective for you can actually see more of what you have called time.
There is no challenge with that because there is truly only one piece of it. You see the shadows on both sides of time but you see that as what you call the future and what you call the past for those are the shadows of the only imprint of time that is available anywhere throughout the universe and that is now…right in this moment. Without this moment, without the other parts of it nothing exists for it is only reflections in both of those directions. Now, the challenge has been for most of humans have been controlled quite a bit by your reflections in both of those directions. Most of you have wanted something.
Positive = Future Negative = Past
So when humans have something of value, they place it in their future. If we ask you to all close your eyes for just a moment and go back 12 years from now, just go back 12 years in your own life and pull up an image. Do not call it good or bad, just call it on a scale of 1-5, where is your energy? Good. Now, clear that energy for just a moment and step back into your body. Now close your eyes again and go into the future 12 years. Test your energy, where is it? How do you gauge it? The vast majority of you are going to hide your joy in your future and you hide your pain in your past. That has been the normal part of all of humanity so when you are in the present moment, you still have these strings going to what you are trying to accomplish in the future and what you have experienced in the past and what you are not quite aware of yet is that all of the rules have changed very suddenly. You are still playing the same game because it is the game that you are accustomed to playing and that you have been playing all along. Now, the rules have changed and you are going to find that you do not have the reflection in the future the same way and the past can be much more malleable. Humanity has always considered the past to be something certain and very finite in existence. Dear ones, it is only a memory and if those memories are going to control your life, you can change those memories. Humans can harmonize on the timeline in the present moment.
Harmonizing the Fabric of Time.
It is very easy. Most harmonize in every moment. As you walk into a room full of people the first thing you do is to feel everybody’s energy and harmonize it. You do that by finding a part of yourself in their reflection. That is the connection that all of you have naturally. So, when you are bringing this in and harmonizing in that way, it takes an effort for most of you. That effort comes because of your belief systems about who you are and who you have been. That is your present and the present moment is the only moment that you have. What is taking place now is that humanity will be able to bring all of it into a singular present moment. The energy imprint that this experience leaves on the fabric of time. It will still take some adjustments to utilize. Most systems on planet Earth are still gained and still regulated to measure finite time. Well, time is not finite and never was, therefore human keeping of time will need regular adjustments.
The Call
You will learn more about these yourselves for in this moment is your call. That is the time that you have been called to Earth. This is the part that you have been called for…right now. You are thinking, “Well, when I take all these courses, when I master this, I will step into my work, I will make something available and I will make a difference on the planet.” And dear ones, that is now. That is not in the future; it never was in the future. You placed it there along with many other hopes. Now we say, all humans will change their relationship to their future and past. This is the beginning of altering the expression if linear time on Earth. This will change the marking of time on Earth. This will change much of the illusion of the rigidity of time as it has been defined on this planet so far. We have given exercises and opportunities to bend time and to start playing with it and start making it a little more malleable. The first thing is an understanding and belief system of it. It’s very simple. If you believe you can alter time, you will. And if we tell you that time is not alterable that would even be better because the moment we tell you that you cannot do something, humans will do it. And do it quite well.
The truth is that humanity is learning to look at time differently and that is the beautiful part. There is no time, yes, I have to say it, like the present. There is nothing other than this piece and although humans have divided much of their energy between the past, present and future, they will no longer place them in the same sentence. Humanity will also find out how easy it is to change when the past and future are accessed in the moment. Many walk around with emotional scar tissue which helps to define them. They will not lose their identity; they will only lose how they use it in each moment. They fall into a reactionary lifetime rather than a purposeful action. This is often the result of an imbalance in the importance of the present moment. It is very common on Earth to simply react to everything coming in, rather than to set ones own pace.
Circular Time
Dear ones, you are the greatest angels that have ever lived and you are now in place to make a difference on planet Earth. We will show you only small parts of this as you become aware of them. Watch for them because they will come in slow increments in the beginning. If you miss one or do not grasp each moment and it slips into your past, let it go. You have no control over it but if it is in disharmony, you can change it even though it has gone into your past. Now how do you change the future? You do not need to change the future; you change the future by clearing your energy in the now moment. That is the concept of circular time. I will not spend a great deal of energy on it at this moment, but I will simply say that the energy of what humans call their past, actually creates the fabric of their future. It is a large circle. The fabric of the past and those unresolved issues circle around and recreate the same problems over and over and over on your planet. It is the reason you have the same challenges with different people. Have you not found that interesting? We tell you that all humans learn from repetition. That is how time actually works and that is the beautiful part for now, as you are releasing those parts of your past that have claimed you so dearly, you will find it much easier. Now that you have passed through the portal, you will find it much easier to release those strings that have controlled your life in many ways.
Let’s say that you have a disharmony in your life. You have a confrontation with someone who is very dear to you for example. You say something that is very hurtful, walk away and do not talk to one another for 5 years. We tell you that the pain of what you said to that person is hurting you the whole time – every moment of every day - because you have not reconciled and harmonized that time imprint. Now, does it mean that you must harmonize with every being and every person? Oh no, of course not. That is not what Earth is all about. It is about diversity. We know that you are going to have places where you are going to have challenges as you call them. Sometimes it is actually your challenges that define and bring out the spirit of Home in all of you and it is done very well over the past several years. Now, what is taking place is that your Earth is changing. You have created this opportunity to step into the future and to claim your present now. Do not wait for tomorrow, dear ones, it will not come in the way that you think. If you hold on to your old belief systems in the past, you will also be thwarted form grounding your energy in the most beautiful time stamp in this moment. So, we ask you to be aware of this. You have a habit here on Earth of walking to each other and saying, “Hi. How are you?” Well I am not going to say, “Hi. How are you?” I am going to say, “Hi. How is your time stamp? How are you doing in this moment? How is your spirit adapting to that physical body in this moment only?” It is perfectly fine to say, “Oh, my girdle is too tight,” or whatever it is. For we are sure you are going to have some sort of reaction. But the reason we ask you that is to bring you into awareness of it for that is when you can use it in alignment with your power. That is when it will empower humans and that is as it should be.
Repetition is at the Base of Linear Time
Now, I wish to mention one other piece before I step aside and let my brother come in. I will also tell you that there are cycles. Humanity is going through cycles on many levels including the one you see before you that you call your reality. These cycles are what Elrah calls rhythms. The easiest way to explain that is to compare this with a random pattern on the carpet here right in front of me. I can find one spot where the pattern is different than the rest, but if it is truly a random pattern, that pattern will repeat itself in other places. That is the way the universe is built. It consists of multiples of many things. Over the next 7 months, all of Earth is going to have an opportunity to collectively shift the planet. You are teetering on many of these arguments and many of these challenges on Earth right now. But we tell you that a simple harmonizing technique will work for many of you. I will turn this over to my brother now for he is graciously waiting for me to speak and that is unusual. I will leave you for the moment, but know that I love you dearly and I know each and every one of you from the heart of who you are and I could not be prouder of the beautiful beings that are walking in consciousness on Earth. You are changing this planet with every breath you take and we are cheering you on from this side of the veil in a way that you have never known. Excellent job.
I am the Keeper of Time.
________________________________________
Enter Elrah
Greetings, I’m Elrah of Rhythmic service
Smile Your Way Home
Okay, let me tell you what is going on here because I am here to talk with you about something very important to me and it really is important for all of you. It is not that long ago that the Keeper himself basically pushed us into telling a few stories – writing a narrative about what the whole thing that you call life was about. He wrote a book and put the book out. I was in the book! It was one of the first times I was in an Earth book. He actually called me by name and all. But then I told him, “You know, I want to write my own book. Can I write my own book?” It is called, “Smile Your Way Home.” Smile Your Way Home. Why would I call it Smile Your Way Home? Because every time you smile the spirit leaks through you and brings all of humanity a little higher. So I am going to give you a little effort, a little work to show you how it works because all of you can do it and you do it quite well most of the time so it is not a problem. It is very simple. Ready? Here it comes. (Elrah flashes his infamous “Elrah Smile”) Gotcha! You all smiled back, even those of your reading this. Well, you see how the mirror works. When you shine the energy from Home it comes back to you.
“Well, what am I going to do, just walk around and smile at people? That does not make sense to me. How am I going to use this in some way?”
Dear ones, there are times when you walk past a person on the street and look over and see their soul. It may only be for a split second. It may just be that their eyes lit up and suddenly revealed to you their true self…who they are. In the past this has caused fear. And if you turn around and make contact with them and they look up at you, they see your soul the same way. Although it only happens for a brief moment, it is enough to help you re-member who you are and it is enough to help you imprint the memories of Home because that is what you are doing when you touch these people. You are reminding them of how you know them from Home and which part of you they currently are.
Sneaky Healers
So here is a simple technique. It is a smile, it is a sneaky smile – some of you are sneaky healers anyway. Some of you do not pretend to be healers. You just walk around healing people anyway, so this is a perfect place to do it. The smile. Well, sometimes you can do this and do a whole smile for people - and sometimes you cannot. Sometimes you have to sneak it in a little bit. Sometimes you have to look over at the last minute and give a quick smile. Whatever it is, when you see that energy coming from Home through another person, when you see their eyes light up, when you see their heart, their pulse and they make a rhythm, you have an opportunity to make that connection. Dear ones, you are at the stage in your history of planet Earth where you have gone through this whole contraction in order to get through this portal you have just gone through. How was the contraction? Contraction is very simple…throw yourself into fear and you contract. It is real simple. When you get scared on planet Earth, you pull your energy field very tight around your body and hold it there because it is almost like you are afraid of losing it in some way. You bring it to your body but it makes it very difficult for you to interact with other people. You actually have less eye contact on Earth when there is a lot of fear on Earth. Well, what was the fear? Well, the fear is a little bit about economics. It was one of the easiest ways to spread a wave of fear on planet Earth, to pull the rug out from under some of you, to pull the rug out from under a lot of you just so you can kind of rework your systems to exist in the new vibrations, the higher vibrations of the new planet Earth.
Now you are starting to do well with it so you are starting to climb out of this global economic problem. Well, good for you. It is the first time that all of you have experienced it. We tell you that you have been thinking of your economies as quite different from your personal lives but they are not. The truth is that everybody is invested in everybody else. You cannot go to war on this planet the same way that you have been going to war for very long because those people you go to war for own a lot of the property that you now have here. That is perfect! It is a perfect way to blend the energy. It cannot be done anymore. It is going to work out quite well and yes, we tell you that a lot of your governments and many of your organizations and a lot of the economies of the world are going to have to flex a little bit and get the new pace of the new energy. Humanity is at the stage where you are going to start building again because building is not in the proposition when you pull your energy field around you. All you are thinking about is this moment, now, you are not thinking about where you are going to go or what you really want to do and how you want to set it forward. So right now, what is taking place is that all of humanity is starting to stretch out. You are right on the brink of what we would call an economic recovery. We are not economists and we do not really care about your economies of the world; however, it was able to send a fear shock through all planet Earth and you pulled your energy fields in and you made it through the portal quite well. Now it is time to lose the fear. It is time to start doing something and to start setting things forward. I told this to you before and I will tell it to you now, there is not a greater time on Earth to start something. Any project, any business, anything you want to do will find the wind at your back if you start it in this energy.
Now the biggest problem that you had on planet Earth has been that all of you have been trying to define yourselves so clearly. It is very difficult because when you start to open up energetically, you feel everything and everyone. You start giving too much of yourself, start spreading yourself too thin, you get exhausted and pretty soon you got a problem. So you start defining yourself and you say, “My energy field only goes to here. I am not responsible for…” That is wonderful because now that you define yourself, you can lose the boundaries all together. They do not need to be there. You can look at the person sitting in front of you and see what part of you they are. Did you ever think of that? Now you have a chance because over the next 7 months, there is a teetering balance. You go back into polarity f like your governments, especially the one here in the United States. It is so funny to watch one side fight over here and the other side fight over there and it all stretches into polarity. Well, somewhere you are going to meet in the middle. It is just a game you have been playing. Now it is time to start working with that. So when you start looking at how you are alike with the people and the energies around you rather than how you are different, you can define yourself the same way. It has always been that you define yourself differently. You look at that person and say, “Oh, that person…well, I have something better than they do. I have something I am working with here…” and you define yourself that way. Now it is time to define yourself the other way. How can you be a part of a rather large family that is making a huge difference on this planet right now?
A Tapestry of Love
It is not always easy, dear ones. That is why we call it, smile your way Home. All you have to do is to connect with a few other spirits on the planet every single day and spread your energy. That way you weave a tapestry of love that cannot be beat. It is very magical indeed and you are in the perfect position to do this now. This is the time to really look at your harmony, to really look at the people around you and all the other energies – the people that are working with you, the people that are working against you, even what you call your enemies. Humans need to move away from all this polarity very quickly now because it is going to make a big difference on planet Earth and you are going to build something that will last. It is not going to work the same way it did before, even your economic systems are not going to work the same way they did before. You are welcome, thank you. Good job. You do not need to go through that same problem again. Now, what is going to take place is that it is up to you. So are you going to let the spirit come through you? Are you going to smile with those eyes and plant seeds of light in everything you see? Or are you going to put your stare down and say, “I do not know who I am. I am not valuable enough. I do not know if I have anything to offer. So I am not going to look into others eyes?” Go for it. Now you can make a difference in the smallest ways because if enough of you do it - if only five thousand of you do this over the next 7 months - you are going to change the planet so fast it is going to be really beautiful. You are going to start making Home with a capital H right where you are and we are here to help you. Do not ever think you are alone, dear ones. You could not be even if you tried and we would appreciate it if you would stop trying so hard. Sometimes you try to be separate so much, you sit there and say, “Spirit, touch me. Feel me. Make me feel you. Make me understand what part of spirit I am.” And spirit is standing there telling you the same thing. In reality, you are the ones. You are the creators. Dare to step forward and see yourself in a new light and above all, do not forget to smile your way Home. It is the most beautiful part of being a human. I love you more than you know. I am with you always.
I close now with one little word that came from the story of the Lemurians who simply wanted to pat each other on the back all the time. They came up with a word that they used for hello and goodbye and it is Espavo. It means,
“Thank you for taking your power.” Espavo, dear ones. I am Elrah of rhythmic service.
Espavo.
The group
Blog entry
17 Feb 2013 - 3:12pm
The Little Soul and The Sun
A Children's Parable
Once upon no time, there was a little Soul who said to God, "I know who I am."
And God said, "That's wonderful! Who are you?"
And the Little Soul shouted, "I'm the Light!"
God smiled a big smile. "That's right!" God exclaimed. "You are the Light."
The Little Soul was so happy, for it had figured out what all the souls in the Kingdom were there to figure out.
"Wow," said the Little Soul, "this is really cool!"
But soon, knowing who it was was not enough. The Little Soul felt stirrings inside, and now wanted to be who it was. And so the Little Soul went back to God (which is not a bad idea for all souls who want to be Who They Really Are) and said,
"Hi, God! Now that I know Who I am, is it okay for me to be it?"
And God said, "You mean you want to be Who You Already Are?"
"Well," replied the Little Soul," it's one thing to know Who I Am, and another thing altogether to actually be it. I want to feel what it's like to be the Light!"
"But you already are the Light," God repeated, smiling again.
"Yes, but I want to see what that feels like!" cried the Little Soul.
"Well," said God with a chuckle, "I suppose I should have known. You always were the adventuresome one."
Then God's expression changed. "There's only one thing..."
"What?" asked the Little Soul.
"Well, there is nothing else but the Light. You see, I created nothing but what you are; and so, there is no easy way for you to experience yourself as Who You Are, since there is nothing that you are not."
"Huh?" said the Little Soul, who was now a little confused.
"Think of it this way," said God. "You are like a candle in the Sun. Oh, you're there all right. Along with a million, gazillion other candles who make up the Sun. And the sun would not be the Sun without you. Nay, it would be a sun without one of its candles...and that would not be the Sun at all; for it would not shine as brightly. Yet, how to know yourself as the Light when you are amidst the Light -that is the question."
"Well," the Little Soul perked up, "you're God. Think of something!"
Once more God smiled. "I already have," God said. "Since you cannot see yourself as the Light when you are in the Light, we'll surround you with darkness."
"What's darkness?" the Little Soul asked.
God replied, "It is that which you are not."
"Will I be afraid of the dark?" cried the Little Soul.
"Only if you choose to be," God answered. "There is nothing, really, to be afraid of, unless you decide that there is. You see, we are making it all up. We are pretending."
"Oh," said the Little Soul, and felt better already.
Then God explained that, in order to experience anything at all, the exact opposite of it will appear. "It is a great gift," God said, "because without it, you could not know what anything is like. You could not know Warm without Cold, Up without Down, Fast without Slow. You could not know Left without Right, Here without There, Now without Then."
"And so," God concluded, "when you are surrounded with darkness, do not shake your fist and raise your voice and curse the darkness. Rather be a Light unto the darkness, and don't be mad about it. Then you will know Who You Really Are, and all others will know, too. Let your Light shine so that everyone will know how special you are!"
"You mean it's okay to let others see how special I am?" asked the Little Soul.
"Of course!" God chuckled. "It's very okay! But remember,'special' does not mean 'better.' Everybody is special, each in their own way! Yet many others have forgotten that. They will see that it is okay for them to be special only when you see that it is okay for you to be special."
"Wow," said the Little Soul, dancing and skipping and laughing and jumping with joy. "I can be as special as I want to be!"
"Yes, and you can start right now," said God, who was dancing and skipping and laughing right along with the Little Soul.
"What part of special do you want to be?"
"What part of special?" the Little Soul repeated. "I don't understand."
"Well," God explained, "being the Light is being special, and being special has a lot of parts to it. It is special to be kind. It is special to be gentle. It is special to be creative. It is special to be patient. Can you think of any other ways it is special to be?"
The Little Soul sat quietly for a moment. "I can think of lots of ways to be special!" the Little Soul then exclaimed. "It is special to be helpful. It is special to be sharing. It is special to be friendly. It is special to be considerate of others!"
"Yes!" God agreed, "and you can be all of those things, or any part of special you wish to be, at any moment. That's what it means to be the Light."
"I know what I want to be, I know what I want to be!" the Little Soul announced with great excitement. "I want to be the part of special called 'forgiving'. Isn't it special to be forgiving?"
"Oh, yes," God assured the Little Soul. "That is very special."
"Okay," said the Little Soul. "That's what I want to be. I want to be forgiving. I want to experience myself as that."
"Good," said God, "but there's one thing you should know."
The Little Soul was becoming a bit impatient now. It always seemed as though there were some complication.
"What is it?" the Little Soul sighed.
"There is no one to forgive."
"No one?" The Little Soul could hardly believe what had been said.
"No one!" God repeated. "Everything I have made is perfect. There is not a single soul in all creation less perfect than you. Look around you."
It was then that the Little Soul realized a large crowd had gathered. Souls had come from far and wide ~ from all over the Kingdom ~ for the word had gone forth that the Little Soul was having this extraordinary conversation with God, and everyone wanted to hear what they were saying. Looking at the countless other souls gathered there, the Little Soul had to agree. None appeared less wonderful, less magnificent, or less perfect than the Little Soul itself. Such was the wonder of the souls gathered around, and so bright was their Light, that the Little Soul could scarcely gaze upon them.
"Who, then, to forgive?" asked God.
"Boy, this is going to be no fun at all!" grumbled the Little Soul. "I wanted to experience myself as One Who Forgives. I wanted to know what that part of special felt like."
And the Little Soul learned what it must feel like to be sad. But just then a Friendly Soul stepped forward from the crowd.
"Not to worry, Little Soul," the Friendly Soul said, "I will help you."
"You will?" the Little Soul brightened. "But what can you do?"
"Why, I can give you someone to forgive!"
"You can?"
"Certainly!" chirped the Friendly Soul. "I can come into your next lifetime and do something for you to forgive."
"But why? Why would you do that?" the Little Soul asked. "You, who are a Being of such utter perfection! You, who vibrate with such a speed that it creates a Light so bright that I can hardly gaze upon you! What could cause you to want to slow down your vibration to such a speed that your bright Light would become dark and dense? What could cause you ~ who are so light that you dance upon the stars and move through the Kingdom with the speed of your thought--to come into my life and make yourself so heavy that you could do this bad thing?"
"Simple," the Friendly Soul said. "I would do it because I love you."
The Little Soul seemed surprised at the answer.
"Don't be so amazed," said the Friendly Soul, "you have done the same thing for me. Don't you remember? Oh, we have danced together, you and I, many times. Through the eons and across all the ages have we danced. Across all time and in many places have we played together. You just don't remember."
"We have both been All Of It. We have been the Up and the Down of it, the Left and the Right of it. We have been the Here and the There of it, the Now and the Then of it. We have been the male and the female, the good and the bad; we have both been the victim and the villain of it."
"Thus have we come together, you and I, many times before; each bringing to the other the exact and perfect opportunity to Express and to Experience Who We Really Are. And so," the Friendly Soul explained further, "I will come into your next lifetime and be the 'bad one' this time. I will do something really terrible, and then you can experience yourself as the One Who Forgives.
"But what will you do?" the Little Soul asked, just a little nervously, "that will be so terrible?"
"Oh," replied the Friendly Soul with a twinkle, "we'll think of something."
Then the Friendly Soul seemed to turn serious, and said in a quiet voice, "You are right about one thing, you know."
"What is that?" the Little Soul wanted to know.
"I will have to slow down my vibration and become very heavy to do this not-so-nice thing. I will have to pretend to be something very unlike myself. And so, I have but one favour to ask of you in return."
"Oh, anything, anything!" cried the Little Soul, and began to dance and sing, "I get to be forgiving, I get to be forgiving!"
Then the Little Soul saw that the Friendly Soul was remaining very quiet.
"What is it?" the Little Soul asked. "What can I do for you? You are such an angel to be willing to do this for me!"
"Of course this Friendly Soul is an angel!" God interrupted. "Everyone is! Always remember: I have sent you nothing but angels."
And so the Little Soul wanted more than ever to grant the Friendly Soul's request. "What can I do for you?" the Little Soul asked again.
"In the moment that I strike you and smite you," the Friendly Soul replied, "in the moment that I do the worst to you that you could possible imagine ~ in that very moment..."
"Yes?" the Little Soul interrupted, "yes...?""Remember Who I Really Am."
"Oh, I will!" cried the Little Soul, "I promise! I will always remember you as I see you right here, right now!"
"Good," said the Friendly Soul, "because, you see, I will have been pretending so hard, I will have forgotten myself. And if you do not remember me as I really am, I may not be able to remember for a very long time. And if I forget Who I Am, you may even forget Who You Are, and we will both be lost. Then we will need another soul to come along and remind us both of Who We Are."
"No, we won't!" the Little Soul promised again. "I will remember you! And I will thank you for bringing me this gift ~ the chance to experience myself as Who I Am.
" And so, the agreement was made. And the Little Soul went forth into a new lifetime, excited to be the Light, which was very special, and excited to be that part of special called Forgiveness.
And the Little Soul waited anxiously to be able to experience itself as Forgiveness, and to thank whatever other soul made it possible. And at all the moments in that new lifetime, whenever a new soul appeared on the scene, whether that new soul brought joy or sadness--and especially if it brought sadness--the Little Soul thought of what God had said.
"Always remember," God had smiled, "I have sent you nothing but angels."
by Neale Donald Walsch, Conversations With God
Shared with deep heartfelt Love by Liora
Blog entry
17 Feb 2013 - 11:33am
Switch OFF expectations :)
When Thou Made The Quadrangle Round
Then Is All The Secret Found
Breaking free....
Unwrap your box and in~joY....
> lightworkers.org/video/97445/pandora-4-all-lightworkers
Over time~~
we feel~~
~to develop the vision we're seeing of the new humanity ~~ that is beginning to take shape in the higher paradigm,
~~one which we feel is our natural destiny~~~
~~as the tangled convolution of our past history gets unraveled.
When looking in the mirror....count 13....smile and live the life!
Thank YOU and Namaste
Blog entry
17 Feb 2013 - 11:09am
This will be the basics
(My Personal comments will be in brackets)
The first step- the self
This process is unique to each of us, and there is no one who can exactly what to expect but it will be based on the area’s of your life you are blocked in.
The goal: Overcoming personal fear, and things that make you get angry and fall into your false ego.
The personal goal of having and maintaining full control over it. (this will be a day by day process, and is gradual over time)
We are to remove the illusion of separation and understand that we are one, (our actions directly affect each other ALWAYS. Think butterfly effect)
Each person is a piece of the universe. A piece of divinity. (We are made of stars! --> TED TALK on what scientists now know as the evolution of our universe: http://www.ted.com/talks/david_christian_big_history.html)
regarding the duality- we have the ability to spread positive or negative energy. The Negative tends to bring people down trapping them in fear, where as positive boosts not only the person it is affecting, but the doer of the positive, and any witnesses!
(I visualize fear/negativity being sticky tar, needing to be cleaned off to show the shining pure soul that is beneath. I will add some psychology studies on this subject when I have time to go sift through my bookmarks! ^.^ )
Some questions that may ask yourself that will help you through this:
*Who are you?
* What are your true passions, what have you always desired to achieve? What are the limitations that have stopped you from doing this? ( Do you sing, dance, write draw? Do you share this part of yourself with others? - if not why?)
*What are the things that still hold that manifest this within you? Experiences that still manifest this negativity within you when you think about them.
When you find yourself in anger, or fear. Ask yourself why you may be feeling that way.
(Generally I’ve come to observe feeling of almost tightening in my tummy are when I find myself in ego. Not sure if it’s the same for everyone but you may also have other ways to catch yourself. )
connect to your higher self- (the piece of you that has seen you through all your incarnations, the piece of you that sits on the other side of the veil.)
Learn what motivates you and what unmotivates you- learn to be able to
(we need to also come together as a comunity. After all this is why this website exists! So we could all find eachother. Not sure who made it, and should look into it But who ever you are, thank you! )
A good example would be ascended masters and how they conducted themselves.
We are at time where so many are enlightened and have awoken to their true nature. Because of this we are all contributing to a symphony of world of peace through all the light and love we shine and.
---
the second step- unity
First world wide goal is to unify and connect in love.
To transmute our views to see the things that bring us together instead of the things that separate us.
This process should be started by connecting to the people around you. (friends, family etc etc) settling differences from the past and forgiving them or yourself. (Some may still remain bitter even through your attempt, but don‘t get discouraged. ) If you have attempted to make peace and the person did not accept. Take a moment to let it go. Forgive yourself and the person(s) involved. Be at peace knowing you at least made the effort to restore balance. The seeds will have been planted and may grow later on. (or so to speak)
A very good example: Would the religious box…. Since were talking about spirituality while explaining this whole experience. You may have your own baggage relating to religions, and how friends or family members who do not wish to see outside their ‘box of faith.’
Remember! For Many millennium’s war has been fought on the different religious views of people around the world. We are at a point that many have religious freedom. Something that NEVER HAS EXISTED before in some parts of the world. This freedom has allowed us to explore and see an overview of the spirituality around the world.
How can we unify with so many different faiths? (I will gladly draw up a nifty picture for this part soon!!!)
Do onto others as you would have done unto you. Or simply treat each other as we would want to be treated.
This seems to be the golden rule right around the globe when it comes to spirituality. It seems to the golden rule to almost if not every world religion…
Its been worded differently but the point seems very clear. “let others do as they wish, as long as they harm none including themselves.”
There is no preaching or shouting to be done. It simply will be through a person’s desire to seek happiness.
(I see religion as a sort of template to help people visualize the hidden aspect of life. Its not necessarily needed just the understanding that we are all living breathing pieces of the universe interacting with each other. We are separate yet one.)
Love, share it!
Now this is where the light workers come in!
Third step- world peace
Most of us here have been looking for something for a very long time. But chances are if you are here right now you may be what’s referred to as “an old soul.” (not to say your old, but that your monad aka- the higher self has been through quite a few incarnations. )
Some may even be part of ancient earth history, or some may be what’s referred to as ‘star seeds‘, a soul that may be newer incarnating here for the first time but comes from another area in the galaxy.
Remember: We are each here to bring our own specific energy.
You may be searching for your purpose will be known to you. It’s found by uncovering your true self from the fear that hides it.
Though finding yourself you are raising your vibration, and changing the vibration of the earth.
(I suppose you could say your healing the planet at the same time.)
We are lighthouses looking to first clean out the darkness within ourselves so we can project only the purest selfless light in all we do. (The duality will still always exist in the world, but you will learn how to not be held down by it. You will be free to walk shining positive energy everywhere you go, in everything you do.)
The idea is that we do not need to Evangelise what we know. We just share who we truly are with the world and people see that love and how happy you are with that freedom and will ask what it is that you have. They will see it and wish they could also find this peace.
Light workers: We are here to help energize each other. This is where this forum comes in handy! ~ We have an easy way to communicate and stay strong.
Ascension isn’t something you need to search for. This process of awakening is happening to everyone weather they like it or not.
The challenge at hand is to overcome fear within yourself in expressing that which you truly are, as we plant the seeds of peace and restore balance to the earth in harmony.
each of us know who we are, what we are truly capable of. Now with the invention of the internet, we can each shine and share our creations to the entire world.
The potential for peace is there, together we can make this our reality.
(Oh! And another thing that some people may find helpful learning to channel the higher self is very helpful when seeking guidance directly from the source. (it will also help prove to yourself that the things you are experiencing are real and not just a figment of your imagination. It is especially helpful if you are feeling stuck and aren’t quite sure where to go.)
If you are having difficulty overcoming anything please feel free to reach out to the light worker community. Especially since we are supposed to be gathering to help each other! ^.^)
Much love to all, I hope this has been helpful : )!
video
17 Feb 2013 - 10:52am
Published on 17 Feb 2013
Okay, I get it, and I believe it's true. The One People's Public Trust (OPPT) is the game changer, lawfully foreclosing on the CORPORATIONS, affecting the individual actors still wanting to play by the old rules. I've been dealing with remedies in the law for several years now fighting for my home. In 2010 I filed my own UCC-1, and very shortly thereafter the judge called off the non-jury trial. I thought it was over; however, by December 2010 they were threatening a foreclosure sale when there had not even been a foreclosure hearing. I filed an appeal, seeking remedy within the system. Appeal courts had overturned lower court rulings in similar matters; however, in my case the appeal court did not even require the respondents to file a response, dismissing the case. So in December 2011, they were once again scheduling a foreclosure sale. I held them off with several remedies in 2012, once again feeling that I had won the victory with an agreed upon settlement in the plaintiff's bankruptcy case. Nevertheless, in December 2012 they were actually threatening to take my home. I responded by filing a Title 42 action in Federal court, informing the court of the OPPT and other things. My BIG question, I am sure, is echoed by many: Who will enforce the new rules?
Blog entry
17 Feb 2013 - 10:10am
Shame is a cage,
A barbed wire prison of judgement,
that poisons and tortures
with heartfelt rejection,
born of unconcious and unknowing spite,
The dreamers venom passes from body to body,
Like the curse of the unliving dead
Blog entry
17 Feb 2013 - 12:51am
I am that I am,
I am the Golden Angel sitting in the chair,
I am the Light within,
I am a piece of God,
I am the Divine.
I create peace in each moment,
I create love in each moment,
I AM.
And so it is dear family,
Be.
With Love.
Story
16 Feb 2013 - 11:45pm
Channeled Ascension Message from
the High Council of Orion
February 15th 2013.
Channeled by Holly Hawkins Marwood
Transcribed by Paul Marwood
Audio file is available at http://www.akashahealingstudio.com/channeled-message-high-council-of-orion-15th-feb-2013/
BRINGING YOU INTO WHOLENESS
“Greetings Dear Ones,
We are the High Council of Orion.
Today let us continue our conversation about you connecting and finding all the answers in the fullness of you are, in here and now. What we would like to explain is this concept or idea of “fragmentation,” and the recovering of fragments, if you will.
We used this metaphor of fragmentation because it's easy to have a visual around it. It’s easy to connect with this concept when we present it in this way. For your Soul as an individuated piece of source is never truly fragmented, as you would see fragments of glass when something breaks. But using this idea gives you the visual to help you connect.
Many of you are experiencing greater levels of discomfort externally or internally. Externally could be through job and relationship, financial struggles, moving, loss of family and friends. Many of you are looking out onto the world, and seeing what appears to be an increase in the amount of discord around the world.
What you are able to see and connect with consciously at this time, would be fragmentation that has happened over many many lifetimes. And some of it has happened within this lifetime. And this idea of oneness that people talk about now on your planet, will happen when those fragments of yourself are retrieved and healed so they are in a sense all with you now, you have no fragments hanging off in other lifetimes or in other places, and you bring them all back to be present with you, as you come into the fullness of your Soul's expression, you come into your own personal place of oneness and fullness. And as individuals heal release, and find the resources within yourselves to come to that greater level of expression within yourselves.
Then one is shifting the energetic grid within oneself, and it allows the energetic grid in and on the planet to shift as well, to a place of oneness. For as humans incarnating on the planet at this time, you are all also fragments of the oneness of the planet as well. So in bringing yourself back to wholeness, to oneness, allows the fullest expression of who you are at this time. And if you're one who listens to these messages, your Soul is ripe and ready to retrieve those fragments.
How did that fragmentation happen? Throughout many lifetimes there have been experiences that have been traumatic, upsetting, victimized, many things. And as a result of those experiences in other lifetimes, there remain unhealed parts. We're seeing evidence about it now on the planet as more and more things are coming up, and they're coming up not to point out all the negatives, they're coming out to bring up awareness around that which needs to be shifted and worked with.
For it is a blessing to have these things come up now. For as they come up, then you have an opportunity to deal with them. If they are buried, if they are unrecognized, then nothing can be done with them and your life experience is at the effect of it, whether you like it or not. So when things seem more difficult or more challenging or upsetting, it's an opportunity to really look within and decide what needs to be healed around that issue, and there are many many many ways to work with this healing, this release, this anti-fragmentation if you will.
To bring those parts of you back to the fullness of who you are.
We can't possibly mention all the ways that one can connect with that wholeness, for there are many many ways to do it. But the key is always finding the ways that are self-empowering, and the ones that you feel resonant with. There are many who heal through sound. If one is healing through sound that relates to the chakras, and one works to balance the energies within the chakras, that is one way of recovering fragmented light of your Soul. For each of your chakras reflects different ways that you have not returned to the fullness of who you are right now. If one was oriented towards healing through the chakras, and that felt resonant, that's one way to do it, through color and through sound. Ideally finding a way to learn to ultimately work with oneself, with color and sound would be ideal.
Working with many many of the modalities of energy healing can allow you to heal and recover those fragmented pieces, not just solely looking at the evidence say for example within the human body of illness and un-wellness, but digging deeper behind that to root causes. Do not just look for symptom relief, not just look for those external answers but really digging within.
The use of the flower essences is another beautiful way to work, and look at the beautiful experience of the energetics of the flowers on your planet. They are so much more than here to bring beauty in the realm of your eyes and your nose. They are here to assist as well, and this is a beautiful example of what we spoke about in the previous message about some of the answers are hiding in plain sight.
Accessing the information that's stored in your Akasha that’s in the DNA of your body. The physical body that you are walking around with every day, has that DNA that the scientists say has 95% junk in it. Which would not make sense would it? That’s a realm of where your Akashic Records are, right again hidden in plain sight. And we know you don't see your DNA, but the idea is that the answers are all there within. So working with your Akashic records is a way to uncover and recover the fragmented light.
The idea here is to look into the world and find what feels resonant, and be open to whatever comes along. Be open to working not the simplest most obvious level of perhaps physical manifestation, but being willing to dive into all levels of who you are on the physical mental emotional, and energetic realms to bring those fragmented pieces back to whole.
There truly is nothing that's going on in your life, that you cannot come to greater peace and understanding about. Does it mean that everything shifts and changes so that it's what you decide; particularly your ego decides is what would be ideal? Not necessarily. But being aligned with the Soul level truth of who you are and allowing yourself to be in alignment with what is, allowing yourself to see that Soul level truth of the perfection of what is in your life, instead of what you want it to be, opens the floodgates for the greater amount of light from your Soul to flood forward and flood into your life.
What if, in your moments of perception of suffering and hardship, for which there are many right now, you sat with yourself and allowed yourself to be perfectly okay with all of it. Not from the point of view of apathy or giving up, but what if you said to yourself this is my Soul's best idea. So if this is what is, let me dive in and find the peace and the beauty and perfection in where I'm at in the moment. As you allow that perfection of where you are in the moment, you automatically release the constriction of judgment and fear, which automatically allows more to come in.
Its very counter to many things that you've been taught on your planet, it's counter to much of the collective consciousness. But coming into a place of true peace and ease with what is, actually does not continue that pattern, it actually allows you the release from constriction of judgment to allow something to shift and change. For as long as there is resistance to what is the movement cannot happen, the shift and the change cannot happen.
We ask you to look around, be open to things that you've never used or considered before, as ways that are those answers that are hidden in plain sight. We've given you just a few examples of many many things that are available to you, and there are no right or wrong choices to be made, for each individual Soul will have pathways or choices to make that are resonant with that Soul.
Trust yourself to empower yourself in alignment with your Souls process, you are enough, you are enough and as you connect with that, you will see yourself shift and move and change in ways that you hadn't before now.
Be Blessed,
We are the high Council of Orion”
============================================================================
Sign up to be a part of our Live channeled teleseminars with the High Council of Orion. This is an opportunity to personally connect with and ask the High Council of Orion your questions.
These events will be held on:
Tuesday 19th February 2013 at 10am to 11am PST
Saturday 16th March 2013 at 6pm to 7pm PST
(L.A. California Time)
More Details at http://www.akashahealingstudio.com/activities/
The High Council of Orion taught us the 111™ Activation which allows individuals to embody greater clarity, personal alignment and authenticity in their lives. This 30 minute energetic session can be experienced in person or at a distance with equal effectiveness. Please contact us to book a session. For more information about the 111 Activation, please click here.
© 2012 Copyright Holly Hawkins Family Trust www.AkashaHealingStudio.com
This channeled message may be reproduced in it’s entirety provided it is kept in it’s original form and not altered or changed in any way, with the Author and website clearly included.
Blog entry
16 Feb 2013 - 10:37pm
Had myself a MOST interesting experience last night. I dunno what was up with last night, but for some
reason I was really 'on frequency' or something. All sorta answers started arriving in meditation. It
was like I had opened some new 'receiver' or something. Maybe some heavenly alignment.
One thing I've talked alot about is the LightBody. For a long time I've talked about the process of bringing
the LB to embodiment into the physical expression. It's been a long, but very interesting, process. For
awhile now I've been feeling fully present in my physical body at certain times. Like the LB is resting
there on a cellular level until I hit some certain frequency, then I can feel it 'lighting up' in there.
Sorta like it rises up from the cellular level and I can feel it moving throughout my body, probably even
my energetic bodies. Anyway, even though I could feel that happening, I could never 'get inside' the
LB to see what it felt like to BE the LB. Last night I fluked it and actually DID feel the LB from the
inside. I dunno if I'm explaining this very well. What I mean is that I felt what it feels like to BE
the LB. Maybe for the LB to experience itself in the physical.
Now I spose when you have this sorta experience, one that the physical mind/brain has no reference for,
mind searches about to find something on the hard drive to relate to the new awareness. In my case mind
came up with something that looked like Alex Grey's work. I got this picture of a body shape much like
he paints them where you can see through them. There wasn't anything inside the LB, it was just light
all the way through. Pure light, no systems in place like our physical bodies have. There were something
that looked like horizontal lightning flowing along the outside of the form I was seeing. Like there
were electric pulses with little spaces between, so you could see these separate lightning looking things.
Not just on an outline of the form, but covering the entire form like skin covers our forms. Electric
skin sorta. When I saw this mental picture I actually felt pretty good about things. OK, maybe I can't
FEEL what it's like to be a LB, but at least now I have a picture now to work with.
But it didn't stop there. OK, maybe I did push a bit, kinda reached for it, but the next thing that happened
was that I suddenly FELT what musta been how a LB feels to itself...or whatever LB sensations there are
compared to what we experience here in the material world. It felt exactly like my physical skin feels to
my physical body, except it was all full of energy. Sorta like static electricity, but different, because
there was NOTHING static about it. It was this really super fast flow on the surface. Like light had grown
a skin that I could see and feel. From the inside. For just a few moments I actually got to BE the LB. To
feel what the LB feels. Maybe even become one with the LightBody.
Maybe not though. I mean becoming one with the LB. There was this very definite feeling of being there
and not being there. Not separation feelings exactly, but compartmental feeling. Like we are both here,
we are most definitely ONE being, but not. Like we are dwelling in different dimensions of consciousness
or something, while being in the same space and time in the material world. We...well, I guess it's more
like the different aspects of me rather than an actual we, are something like ego was or our material
selves. For a really long time we didn't have much awareness of ego. We were plenty aware of what ego
was up to, but not that we actually HAD an ego that WAS doing alla that stuff. It took quite awhile for
ego to sign up for the 'home team' and get on with soul evolution. Maybe the LB is something similar. It's
there, it's part of us, but right now we are still discovering things about each other. I expect that just
as ego stopped being separate, we will eventually move fully into LB consciousness.
Can't come soon enough for me. I've experienced some very lovely magical moments along the way to here and
now...but nothing, NOTHING, ever came close to the magic of actually feeling my own LightBody through the
physical senses. In such a way that there WAS no space between. Sure hope I'm gonna be able to keep
on experiencing this.
yarra
Blog entry
16 Feb 2013 - 10:05pm
For quite awhile now I've felt that I've done all the required forgiveness. Could never figure out though, why
the stuff that had long been forgiven still hung around in memories that would keep on popping up. Last night
in meditation I received an answer to that question. Seems there's something BEYOND forgiveness that we have to
get to before those pesky memories are finally laid to rest for once and all. What is beyond forgiveness? The
realization that there is now, and never was, anything TO forgive. The awareness that every thing that's ever
happened in our lives has had a reason and a purpose. Yes, feelings get hurt, sometimes even bodies get hurt,
but the lessons that we learn from those experiences are all pieces of who we will become when we awaken.
It occurred to me last night that all these pieces aren't actually puzzle pieces at all. There is no magical
solution awaiting us when we put that last and final piece in place. For so long I've been hoping for a glimpse
of the Big Picture. Now it seems my only business is MY picture. And my picture isn't a puzzle at all. It's
my Life Quilt. Each and every thought, feeling and experience was simply one part of the design that is my
whole life.
We spend years 'cutting squares' for our quilts. Having the experiences that our life quilt will be made of.
For a long time it felt like I was standing there with this pile of pieces surrounding me, but not quite
knowing what to do with them. Seems all the while I was trying to put my quilt pieces into some sorta puzzle
I thought would answer all my questions. What was really happening was that I've been 'working out my design'.
Well, probably working out is the wrong way to say it. Probably what I've been doing is REMEMBERING my design.
Alla those dramas, failures, successes, pains and joys were simply the pieces of our life quilt that we were
gathering as we went along. No wonder it's taken so long to finally SEE the life quilt. Spent a whole lotta
time keeping those painful experience 'squares' outta sight and outta mind. No wonder we had so much clear
and releasing to work through. We, or at least I, got pretty skilled at hiding things up in my attic and
avoiding them for years. Even when I had cleared/released my bum off, those experiences that required forgiving
always hung around in my memory. Kept popping up. Like reminders. Only I've just now remembered what they
were trying to remind me of. It was all for a purpose. It was all about reasons. It was all about a soul plan
that I came here with.
Seems that even though I had forgiven the things that needed forgiving, I sorta held onto my souvenirs of those
experiences. I didn't even consider the fact that even though I had done the forgiving, I still had my badges
in a box under my bed. Alla those, victim badges we acquired along the way. The it wasn't my fault badges,
our ego rewards of all sorts. Even though the forgiveness was genuine and heartfelt, it seems I felt entitled
to hang onto that badge box. Every now and then, when those post forgiveness memories would pop up, I'd sorta
unconsciously go through my badge box. Yeah, I forgave, but look how I suffered badges are in there. Look how
right I was badges, Or whatever badges we've awarded ourselves along the way. Suddenly it became completely
clear to me that forgiveness is NOT complete until we get rid of those badges. Until we get over yeah, I forgave
but look how I...fill in the blank. That's just gotta go. As long as we hold onto those badges, whether they
are victim badges, success badges, or something in between badges, forgiveness isn't complete. All badges gotta go.
In the process of doing that, ditching the badges, I realized that I had no emotional attachment to any of
those badges anymore anyway. I reckon my 'badge retention' was more about habit than actually needing those
badges to remind me of anything, or give importance to things that simply no longer are. Not even the success
badges. They simply no longer apply. Felt kinda good to boot them on outta here. Then was then, and now
is now, and now is all that matters. There's a new lightness of self when those badges are disposed of. Like
even though I didn't consciously realize I HAD that box of badges, it served as a weight holding me back.
Seems to me that I musta just about finished cutting squares. Well, there will ALWAYS be more to experience,
but it's like I've got enough squares now to actually start joining them all together in the design that is my
life quilt. I can almost see it in my mind's eyes. Maybe when we reach a certain age, or perhaps a certain
stage in our life at any age, we switch from...hmmm...how to explain this. Like we still have experiences,
but things arrive differently. Like we've 'experience proofed' ourselves somehow with past experiences. Now
that we remember who we truly are we simply experience things from a new perspective and they sorta flow through
us rather than become a log jam in the flow that we have to work through.
Life quilts. All our thoughts and feelings and experiences joined together in a lovely design of selfness.
Each of us creates our own life quilt as we go through life. In the end, I guess all of our individual life
quilts become squares in the bigger life quilt of Mother Earth, who is a square in the galactic quilt, which
is a square in the Universal quilt...and on and on and on.
yarra
Story
16 Feb 2013 - 3:36pm
The Sphinx Speaks.
I am here today to gather intelligence, or maybe I am mistaken and I am here to assist you in getting intelligent. Or maybe I am here to assist you in getting intelligence.
It’s a strange world you live in; the information that is readily available around you cannot be reached by many as their understanding of the information is interfered with by the human understanding of the physical and spiritual realm.
They are however both one, even though many of you are seeing them separately at this moment.
The spiritual part of your realm is hidden for many and is reached by the few. As the few reach the spiritual part of your realm they have to deal with the information found within it and this is where the intelligence is being experienced in a way that is not understood by many.
Now I am talking about intelligence as this is what some are using to receive a greater understanding and more knowledge, without having to experience the knowledge or find the knowledge within them.
This is how it works when you have some clue of what is happening, but you are not capable yet, or not yet able to reach the place where you can experience full understanding.
Questioning others is a way to find answers, but they will never be real answers until you have received or understand the experience presented within the answer.
There is also a bit of ego involved for some as they want to be seen as the one that has the knowledge, but when they purvey their knowledge it is being received in many ways on a different level then what the purveyor would like to present.
Many are still trying to get the intelligence on an intellectual level, but forget that there is always more behind the intelligence they have received to fully understand the intelligence.
Others use another way of receiving knowledge by challenging the other with small facts and then wait for the other to reveal their knowledge and in this way they try to get intelligence, but are still not receiving the full knowledge as the personal experience to understand the knowledge is not there.
Many are also in a way a bit confused by all that is within the consciousness that is present within them, but also because they are consciously connected to others and they are not able to find the real intelligence because there is too much interference within the receiving channel.
This is also becoming more difficult as there are more humans upon earth than ever before and if you are looking for answers in many ways you will have to be able to completely disconnect yourself from this consciousness to find clear answers to your questions.
You will also have to be able to experience the answers, as this in a way is even more important than just finding the intelligence.
There is much to learn when you talk and listen to others, but there is also a lot that you will have to forget when you talk and listen to others. As much of what is being spoken is not the experience as many will not be able to explain their experience fully within your human language and misunderstandings are completely normal within these situations.
This is why it is so important to be able to find your own experience, but an experience without outside influences of belief systems and knowledge that was purveyed to you by others.
The Egyptians were very careful in their actions while they were exploring the spiritual part of your realm.
They would explore, but in a way that would be completely unbiased and not influenced by outside sources.
When they speak of your heart has to be as light as a feather, and use the balance scale to measure this, they mean that your physical and spiritual world have to be in balance to move into the next phase of your journey.
Within a world that has made fear one of their biggest influences ever, you are in a way most of the time almost doomed and not able to succeed. As many have purveyed their understanding of the spiritual realms through a biased filter of the human consciousness and understanding.
This has been the downfall of many as it has been in the past.
The fear of the spiritual judgment as well as the human judgment has been pursued throughout time as the ones that really understood remained quiet time after time as they were not able to purvey their understanding and knowledge without having the receiver actually experience their understanding and knowledge.
Many religions have tried to understand, to purvey knowledge, but as the religions were setup by the ones that most of the time had not experienced the knowledge, the religions were doomed from the moment they began.
There have been many religions, belief systems, understandings that were at first perceived by the ones that were able to experience the knowledge. Much of it was not understood by others as they were not able to reach the actual experience of the knowledge.
Many are traveling within the spiritual realm, but as they are traveling they travel within a reality based upon their belief system and understanding that has created their spiritual realm.
Influenced by the consciousness of not just mankind, but many other beings within those spiritual realms.
As well as many of the control systems that have been in place for some time not just around your planet but within your universe. Many of them created by the human thought system as well as by some that do not reside upon earth at this time. In fact as more and more humans incarnated upon earth, more control systems were created through the many belief systems of those incarnating upon earth.
Let me explain this a bit further so you can understand the meaning behind my words. As the earth was preparing for her shift, and humanity was preparing for her shift, many souls from other planetary systems decided to incarnate on earth to be present during the shift. This resulted in an enormous growth of the human population. This also resulted in many more history explanations added to the human consciousness. As each being brings with them their own history and understanding of their own.
This has allowed the control systems to grow as well as more beings/humans are connected into not only the human consciousness but also the earth reality as it is at this time.
This is also resulting in many seeing some of that history as their own, while in fact it is not.
Another part of the problem is that with all these other groups from other planetary systems incarnating, the energy exchange has changed in ways that are at times not beneficial. As some that are incarnated are not very experienced within a physical body reality and in a way need more energy to be present and they will and can do this at times by using the energy of the ones that have been on earth longer.
Some are more practiced in using their energies to attack in the spiritual realms as they use these techniques within their own planetary system.
Even though many do have the same disadvantage as most of you by not being able to see beyond the many veils that are present, they inwardly know how to use these techniques.
I will leave you for now, but I will return as much needs to be told for you to find more experience within to assist you in the merger of your physical and spiritual understanding.
From one Source to another
Petra Margolis
February 14, 2013
www.ascendedmasters.org
Story
16 Feb 2013 - 2:20pm
A sudden stroke of brilliance
Arrives with the light of the Sun
Manifesting now upon us
The Golden Ray showering its sum
The Brilliant mind adrift at night
To explore about and gain insight
Upon the most marveled of adventures it rides
Integrated experiences now coincide
The beings that choose the light of the Sun
To ride with mind in a quantitative sum
The choice to embody the divine one here
The promise of truth resides right here
Receptive by cellular calmness you ride
The flow of divine now comes from inside
The Golden Rays of the Sun you are
The At One Atom proliferates by far
Make the choices from the brilliant mind
The Golden Rays determine the kind
The creations and growth of your divine being
The consciousness cells gather new intentions
The intent to live and never die
To not accept death as a cry
The brilliance of mind and clarity sought
Brings the beings to our immortal thought
Rise each day with that Immortal Sun
For there you will find your quantitative sum
So ride the Golden Rays of abundant divine
And know dear one, it is now your time.
lightcode transmissions
http://theancientone11.blogspot.com
video
16 Feb 2013 - 11:16am
Published on 16 Feb 2013
Okay, it was another Busker night last night at the Kilted Mermaid; and proud papa was there to hear his son and that incredible band. I got home at 1:20am and went straight to bed, hoping to get up on time. Indeed I did, waking up just past 3:30. As I meditated, the thought kept coming to me over and over: humans are pretty incredible - awesome, in fact. The only limitations to our awesomeness are the ones we place on ourselves. We get to experience whatever we put our minds to, whatever we focus on. As I went to sleep, I was focused on keeping my commitment to all of you that would watch and listen to today's video. As I awakened, I focused on that message of just how incredible we all are, and even more so now that we are finally waking up together. (Here's their song, SPEC, written by Bryan Tilford: http://soundcloud.com/brevardbuskingc...)
Blog entry
16 Feb 2013 - 8:14am
Karma Karma Karma
Reincarceration Reincarceration Reincarceration
It’s A Lie
And Is Exactly What YOU Came To End:
> lightworkers.org/blog/177132/lightworkersorg-wasting-so-much-potential
That’s Why It’s Called:
The Great Work (Of Light And Dark)
Magician, YOU’ve ‘had in down’ for a Long Time
YOU’ve done the Re-Search to Re-Member
Current frustration stems from scattering YOUR Energy as Opposed to Cohering It.
All That Counts Is The General Concept
There are ’billions and billions’ of names and ways of saying the same thing,
...and running from one to the next to the next to the next.......
Allow YOURSELF To Lean Into The Arms Of The Higher Self
Be At Peace (AD VO ZIN)
Allowing The Re-Search From With-In To Flow.......
‘The Only Lesson Is That
There Are No Lessons’ - lazaris
Story
15 Feb 2013 - 6:45pm
PLEIADIAN/ARCTURIAN ALLIANCE - THE MISSION BEGINS
Saying Goodbye
By Suzanne Lie – February 13, 2013
www.suzanneliephd.blogspot.co.uk
Mytre Begins:
We left our “Holoschool” feeling reborn. We did not know what our adventure would bring us, but we knew that we would be changed forever. Again, we walked back to our quarters to ground that which the Arcturian had shared with us while we stood in Its aura.
Yes, the Arcturian did take us on another “ride” of swirling energies of light. Within this formless state of being we were able to understand all the information that we had downloaded from the Arcturian’s aura.
We stored all these important instructions regarding our Mission in our Multidimensional Minds. In this manner the information would be stored according to the state of consciousness that could read it. These instructions would come into our conscious awareness when the frequency of our consciousness was calibrated to the frequency of each message. Hence, while on the Mothership, we could remember and understand everything because we had the support of the Mothership’s multidimensional consciousness and cosmic mind.
Fortunately, included in our instructions was how to link with the Mothership so that we could amplify our own consciousness and use the Mothership’s energy field to assist us with our teleportation. One of the first lessons the Mothership shared was for us to remember to store any physical form we are wearing in a safe place before teleporting.
In our Higher Expressions of SELF, Mytria and I had ascended beyond the cycle of life and death. However, if we created an Earth vessel and allowed it to be damaged, it would be a great distraction from our Mission. We also remembered that the Arcturian had told us that we would travel on the Athena to move closer to Earth. Hence, the Athena would be our headquarters for this Mission. Since the Athena’s life force was always in contact with the Mothership, we could more easily interact with the Mothership.
It gave us great comfort to know that we would be living on the Athena, as well as remaining in touch with our Home on the Mothership. In fact, we would have this connection even if we were wearing the illusion of a physical, Earth body. Since the third-dimensional frequency of reality is already a holographic realty being reflected from its core Matrix, it would be quite simple for us to create a human form from the Earth’s matrix.
We thought about how we had once believed that our physical form was our SELF, and we totally believed that our physical bodies were real. We had no idea that our bodies were projections from a Matrix. This thought was quite disconcerting when we realized how deeply we mourned the loss of our friends and family who had disconnected from the Matrix to return to their higher frequency of SELF.
We also remembered the great physical pain we experienced from our many war wounds and the deep emotional pain and mental angst that we suffered while under the illusion that the physical reality was the only real world. The power of forgetfulness and the need to attach to illusion is almost beyond understanding when perceived from our present state of consciousness.
The Arcturian had said that many had become lost in their physicality. What if we got lost in the illusions of the third dimension too? Mytria instantly responded to my fearful thought with a sharp warning that that kind of thinking is exactly how we could become lost. We stopped, right in the center of a busy corridor and promised each other that we would assist each other to monitor our thoughts and emotions.
We also reminded each other that we would have to eat and sleep on a regular routine whenever we wore our Earth vessels. In fact, we decided that if at all possible we would return to the Athena every evening. Yes, that would be the solution. We would leave the time and polarity of the planet and return to the fifth-dimensional Starship.
Then, we could debrief every day and have more contact with the Arcturian. Upon making that decision, we felt the Arcturian’s immense energy field surround us with unconditional love and support. The Arcturian was reminding us that It could attend and respond to infinite thoughts, emotions and calls within the NOW.
As we walked past the Mess Hall, we knew we needed to go in and say goodbye, for now, to our wonderful friends. Again, we stayed late into the night, telling ourselves with a smirk that we were “preparing for being physical.” We laughed about that concept then, not knowing what an extreme challenge it would be for us to take on a physical form.
I had been with the Arcturian, and Mytria had been with the Elohim Alycone. Then, we both shared wonderful experiences on the Mothership. Hence, we had no idea what was ahead for us. In fact, we scoffed at some of the dangers that our friends told us about. It appears that the main problem of lowering our frequency to the level of wearing a physical shell is that we can forget who we were and why we were there.
The Arcturian tried to warn us of these dangers, but we did not want to hear them. Fortunately, I had studied about the control of my mind and the expansion of my consciousness, and Mytria had spent equal efforts learning to be master over her emotions and to connect with the Elohim of the planet. I have shared much of my learning from the Arcturian on the Mothership, Mytria was simultaneously learning about the power of emotion from the Arcturian and the Elohim of Alycone.
Arcturians are actually Elohim, as Elohim are builders and holders of form. The Arcturians participated in the initial model of the Adam Kadmon, the original human form of Lightbody. Since the Arcturians specialize in Ascension, they teach the process of lowering the Lightbody into the physical form and, simultaneously, transmuting the physical form into Lightbody. In this manner, the Lightbody is the bonding force that connects the vast energy field of our Multidimensional SELF with our lowest frequency of SELF.
Mytria will now share her initiations and service as a Keeper of the Violet Flame of Alycone.
Mytria Speaks:
Dear Earth Ascending Ones, I greet you with my unconditional love. I am honored to share all that I have learned, what Mytre has learned, and what we have learned and remembered together. I say remembered because we have infinitely existed within the great Flow of the ONE.
However, once we lowered our consciousness into our third/fourth dimensional Pleiadian forms, we began to forget all that we had always known. It is for this reason that we have been so well prepared before our excursion into a physical reality. There is, of course, no accident that Mytre specialized on the male polarity of thinking and pure consciousness, whereas I specialized on the female polarity of emotions and nurturance of all forms of life.
Now that we have merged into two Divine Complements into ONE, we can both easily access each other’s “specialty” within the ONE of our SELF. We hope that our stories will assist you to remember your true SELF, just as we have remembered ours. The lower worlds of the third and fourth dimensions are a holographic projection from the Inner Matrix of each world. However, the Inner Matrix is a mental projection from Beings in the higher worlds, such as the Arcturian Elohim.
The great Cosmic Mind created the Matrix, which beckons travelling energy fields to log onto to their Matrix of reality. The Unconditional Love of your High Heart is what adheres the molecular construct of life to the higher frequencies Matrix. This situation is similar to the birthing reality that Mytre and I experienced. What we first experienced as a fog was actually the Matrix. The Matrix was invisible because there was no life attached it.
The Matrix is a field of energy. The invisible Matrix is multidimensional, which means it resonates to many different frequencies of possible reality. The Matrix itself is more of a mental construct, and the different frequencies resonate to different emotional states of consciousness. For example, fear is a low frequency emotional state of consciousness and Unconditional Love is the highest frequency of emotional consciousness.
The physical worlds have myriad Matrixes of which you are unaware. However, once the appropriate frequency and intention of emotionally charged thought-form finds it way into that energy pattern, it instantly adheres to the Matrix to create a birthing form and a portal into a dimensional expression of reality.
When we live in the energy pattern of Unconditional Love, we are very “magnetic” and attract myriad possible realities to be born via the invisible matrix that always flows throughout form-based realities. If we are happy with the pattern we are living, it is important to live in Thanksgiving for that substance of that reality. Thanksgiving for the substance at hand will duplicate that substance indefinitely.
Furthermore, the unseen Matrix is forever calling to enliven new possibilities of existence. Hence, thought, formless energy, is waiting to become manifest by the adherence of emotion that is forever searching new ways in which love can become manifest. However, emotion will only adhere to the frequency of Matrix that is of the same frequency. Therefore, fearful emotions (fear, anger, sorrow) also have a creative ability, as they will attach to a lower frequency of the reality Matrix.
Fortunately, if Unconditional Love where to adhere to a low frequency Matrix, it would simply erase that energy pattern because the higher frequency can transmute a lower frequency with the power of its Light. It is for this reason that Unconditional Love is such a valuable tool while wearing a third, or even fourth, dimensional form.
If you match your emotion to the frequency of the Matrix, such as a fear with the lower frequency portion of the Matrix, you will experience a fearful reality. This choice is how you can become trapped in the Third Dimension. If you forget the power of Unconditional Love you can become increasingly afraid, which will attach you to lower and lower frequency Matrixes. This entrapment is how a spider captures its food.
The insect becomes adhered to the spider’s sticky web. Then it struggles, which ensnares it even more in the web. Then the spider comes and actually wraps its prey up within the matrix of its web. In the same manner, if a fearful Matrix traps you because you have fallen into fear, your only exit is by BEING the frequency of Unconditional Love. The Unconditional Love will disarticulate the low frequency expressions of the Matrix, and you will be free to leave that reality and relocate to a reality based on Unconditional Love.
The Arcturian and the Elohim of Alycone taught me to train myself to instantly replace fear with Unconditional Love. The process of replacement was extremely difficult, but I realize now that it was vital for our Mission on Earth. The best way to share this process is to begin my story where it left off…
Mytria’s Story:
My story left off when I entered the vortex into the Mother’s Womb, which was our name for the planetary core where we first met the Arcturian and the Elohim of Alycone. Mytre had valiantly bi-located to be with me while I was preparing my consciousness to open the Portal of the Sacred Rock. It was surrendering into the Unconditional Love that Mytre and I share that enabled me to open this Portal and enter it while wearing my physical form.
In the many years that Mytre and I were separated, I focused on the process of surrendering to love. Since I was suffering great sorrow at the loss of Mytre, as well as quite a bit of anger that we could not share raising our daughter, I had no choice but to meditate upon the discipline of choosing love. At first my love was conditional in that I would feel loving if I got what I wanted.
In fact, I prayed to the Great Mother for years that I would serve Her if she would bring back my love. In other words, my love was conditional. It was conditional because it was laced with sadness and anger, which kept my consciousness below the frequency of Unconditional Love. Unconditional Love is the highest frequency of light and the creative force of the Universe. In order for me to complete my Path of being a Keeper of the Violet Flame, I would have to live in Unconditional Love.
I found the frequency of Unconditional Love within me while I was in Nature, when I was able to release Mytre to this duty, and while I was raising my daughter. However, my focus on the feeling of daily life without him and the loss of our family unit kept lowering my consciousness. It was my wonderful daughter, Alycone, who answered my prayers.
Alycone was born with more wisdom, power and love than most adults, including myself. Caring for her was my honor, and her innate wisdom was my eternal teacher. As I parented Alycone, I realized that my love for her was far more important than the fear based emotions that were hidden in my heart. Also, we were still a family. For many years we met with Mytre in our night bodies, which was wonderful training for our daughter, but unsatisfying for me.
Fortunately, Alcyone, who was named after the Elohim with whom we both studied, came to my rescue. Yes, I took care of her as her body was one of a child, but she also took care of me. Her constant purity and innocence was a constant source of comfort and enlightenment for me. It was her innate Unconditional Love that kept me from becoming totally ensnared in the web of my fearful emotions.
However, allow me to move forward in my story to the moment when I left my daughter and our Temple life. In fact, it was Alycone who initiated my leaving. She came to me one sunny morning and said, “Mother, it is time for you to leave now.”
I was shocked that a teenager would come to me in such love and purity and tell me it was time to leave. In fact, my ego took over for a moment and, I started to become hurt and angry. Then, I noticed that Alycone had the Glow around her again and knew that she was speaking from her Elohim SELF. Within that one moment of realization, I knew that everything that had happened was according to a Divine Plane. There were no mistakes or accidents.
With that realization, as well as the frequency of light emanating from my daughter, all my fearful emotions melted from my aura. I had long awaited this day, the day of my release from my painful emotions. I kneeled before Alycone, as she was somewhere within her Elohim presence, and sent her Unconditional Love and Thanksgiving for the honor of being her mother.
I realized then that everything that had happened was perfect and a component of our Divine Plane. I looked up into the pure, violet eyes of my daughter, the Elohim who I was honored to birth, and surrendered to Her blessing. I do not know how long this moment lasted, but it changed both of our lives. I knew that Alycone no longer needed me, and I could go back to my beloved Nature.
I knew that we would be in constant contact, as I would be working with my daughter’s true Mother, the Elohim Alycone. Finally, the moment was broken when the High Priestess of the Temple entered the room. She had felt the energy from the most distant part of the Temple and came to investigate.
When the High Priestess entered our room, she too, fell to her knees before the Glow of Alycone. The three of us remained within the energy until my daughter’s energy gave way and her physical form collapsed. Both the High Priestess and I caught her and carried her to her nearby bed. We lit incense and chanted while her sleeping form recovered from the sudden infusion of higher light into her young body.
When Alycone awoke, she remembered everything. She had spent her entire life living in a Temple and surrounded by men and women who deeply loved her. I realized that Mytre had to leave because Alycone was meant to spend her formative years in this environment. Also, Mytre and I were meant to be separate as we travelled our paths of initiation. I surrender to the possibility that Mytre and I may have only briefly met in order to give Alycone her body.
Yes, I thought with joy and thanksgiving that that brief time would be enough. At last I was healed of my fear and anger and ready to begin my service to the Great Mother, the Elohim of Alycone.
video
15 Feb 2013 - 3:00pm
A short inspiring film about the incredible power of your being...
video
15 Feb 2013 - 10:59am
Published on 15 Feb 2013
Today I will talk about the non-jury trial related to the charges against me of driving without a license and resisting arrest without violence. It is my hope that those who watch and listen notice the manner in which Spirit leads me to address injustice, specifically, with a lot of grace and forgiveness. This needs to become the conscious state of humanity and applied as liberally as possible in righting the many wrongs in our world that we are more aware of than ever before. Bear in mind that most of the people we are dealing with in the system are just doing their job. Most are not evil; and even those that may appear evil still have a Divine spark within them, or they would simply cease to exist.
Story
15 Feb 2013 - 7:43am
SaLuSa 15-February-2013
Our allies are more assured than ever before, and proceed to place the dark Ones where they can be of least trouble. They squabble amongst themselves and despair at their apparent lack of power to dictate what happens. World control is no longer within their grasp, and they can do no more than dream at what may have been had they not lost it. The Lightworkers now move ahead with renewed confidence and prepare to make a final move, that will effectively put an end to any last chances the dark Ones may have had to gain last ground. It is now more a game of survival for them, but there is no place that they can hide that we will not be aware of. The more we can leave them behind the faster we can concentrate on our own agenda.
Please do not get disheartened when you see little of the outer signs, that would indicate what the Lightworkers are doing. Most of their work is co-ordinated with us as together we have some extremely important work to do very shortly. Lightworkers are to congratulated on becoming settled into their new tasks, and their actions are every bit as important as they ever were. Time continues to speed up and there are more key infusions of Light that are soon to be activated. Slowly but surely the dark and Light are separating, but we still give more opportunities to those who are at a standstill, so that they can continue moving forward. The old paradigm is collapsing and carries no power to hold those back who are now awakening to their true selves. Fear of the unknown is no longer such a problem as it was, and people are finding their trust in God.
We know exactly which souls are aligned with the Light, and have a full profile of each of you. Furthermore, we can pinpoint your location at any given time, so those of the dark and Light are all under our supervision. What will be nice is the time that we can provide you with better means of communication, not just amongst yourselves but also with us. Some of you are destined to do quite a bit of travelling, and for your friends and family it is important that they do not lose track of you. There will of course come a time when all conventional craft will be grounded, and travel will become a pleasurable delightful experience. Eventually all forms of transport will be pollution free, and no longer reliant on a generated electrical source. For local needs a form of "Hop On and Off" buggy will be available. The seaways will not need to be used and airborne traffic will handle all freight, thus allowing the sea and sea stock to be restored to their pristine condition. There will also be the development of stations from which instantaneous dispatch and receipt can be made.
Disclosure is being pushed ahead, and now approached from several different angles and the ultimate outcome revealing your extraterrestrial history will be unavoidable. It will force Governments to admit to their involvement with ET's for at least the last century. It is not just a matter of contact, but also close liaisons that have seen them working together in underground bases. Disclosure must also extend to revealing the amount of evidence of extraterrestrial existence found on other planets such as Mars. However, if your Governments still hold back it will only result in us taking over responsibility for bringing the truth into the open. One way or another it is time for you to understand your historical link with us. We are not intruders or strangers, and many members of the Galactic Federation of Light are your forefathers, linked to you genetically as your species has evolved.
You have come a long way since you were taught that the Earth was the center of the Universe. Life forms such as yours abound everywhere and in multi-dimensions and parallel Earths. God's Universe contains thousands upon thousands of Galaxies, that are yours to travel once you become fully fledged Galactic Beings. The truth is so magnificent that many religions will disappear, as they will find that they can no longer support their beliefs that have been largely man made. Organized religion will no longer be required for the understanding of individual souls to comprehend the truth. All knowledge is within and you have reached that point where you can be your own teacher, and have developed intuitively to know what you personally need to continue your evolution. The truth can be very deep yet you can find your own path through it. If you follow your own understanding it will lead you to where you need to be next, so simply be in the moment and allow things to develop at their own pace. Share knowledge by all means, but know that another souls path is not necessarily going to fulfill your needs.
We have no problems between us as we know that we are amongst ascended Beings, and we recognize each others light levels. The energies are such that only the truth can exist, and there is no question of communicating with each other except on a totally truthful basis. On Earth you often say one thing yet mean another to the point of being untruthful, and it would be wise to practice the truth at all times. We realize that it can sometimes put you in trouble, but ultimately you will never think twice about keeping to the truth. When you think and act honest all of the time, you will have nothing to hide. We have at times met with your leaders and their representatives, and because we are telepathic have known exactly when they have been less than truthful.
Dear Ones, as you can understand you have much to learn and overcome before you will be considered ready to become a Galactic Being, but it is your destiny nevertheless. You are to return to those levels of Light that you once graced, and left to gain experience so that you could be a mentor to others. So be kind to your fellow travelers and compassionate when they err and fall into the darkness. You have all done it and it is inevitable when you are surrounded by such low vibrations. The secret is being able to pick yourself up again, and use your experience to overcome any subsequent challenge of the same nature.
I am SaLuSa, from Sirius and you will know that this year is to be one belonging to the people. A time when you are to be recognized for what you truly are as Sovereign Beings, and have your rights restored. There is much that is waiting to revealed, and we are pleased to be part of it. Our love continues to be sent to you and Mother Earth, and always will.
Thank you SaLuSa.
Mike Quinsey.
Website: Tree of the Golden Light
.
Translations
Arabic
Bulgarian
Chinese
Chinese Traditional
Croatian
Czech
Dutch
English
French
German
Greek
Hebrew
Hungarian
Italian
Japanese
Korean
Latvian
Lithuanian
Norwegian
Polish
Portuguese
Romanian
Russian
Slovakian
Slovenian
Spanish
Swedish
Turkish
Originals and translations of Galactic Messages available at
http://peacelovelove.blogspot.com/
http://www.galacticchannelings.com/
http://www.despertando.me/
Blog entry
15 Feb 2013 - 2:15am
Written by Wes Annac
The day that’s been looked toward as Nova Earth Day, the day that One Billion will Rise and a few other things has turned out to be quite harmonious for me. It was also Valentine’s Day, so I thought it prudent to spend some time with my dear fiancé and our child. We ended up traveling to a familiar and favorite spot on the Mississippi river, near my hometown and near a canal that leads to two bridges.
I had discovered this place at around the beginning of winter 2012 and long ago (and not so long ago) I can remember having dreams about it and feeling myself in an area that was very similar and representative of this place. I personally feel these were prophetic dreams (which I’m finding myself increasingly able to pick up on) letting me know that I was soon to find a beautiful place out in nature that is secluded enough to be peaceful, yet vast enough to explore.
While my fiancé flew a kite with my child, I did just that. I walked all the way down past the large rocks that sit on this particular part of the river, and found an opening to walk down that led to a tucked-away little paradise. How could I best describe this place?
There were two levels of land that one could jump down to, and on the first level sat a fallen tree to sit on and view the beautiful river from. It was very muddy and slippery, but one could also jump down to the second level and sit on either a rock or yet another fallen tree and be closer to the sounds and whooshes of the river. Needless to say, it was much windier and colder on the lower level but it was still so wonderful to be there.
I used to think that there was no beautiful or awe-inspiring nature in this area, as I once thought that everything here was boring and far away from the rest of progressive society. What I hadn’t realized is that this area and plenty of others all across this world just like it contain some of the most beautiful and blissful nature and the most harmonious of vibrations that one can access, and I’m just beginning to discover all the places around here that give forth those very vibrations.
By making the effort to seek, to explore and discover new things, in many cases stepping out of my ordained comfort zone to do so – I have found the most wonderful of rewards and I have rekindled a relationship with the area around me and with the sentient and strong Gaia we both exist on.
My personal spirituality and ability to pick up on clear and pure vibrations has strengthened since discovering all of the places around here that I didn’t even know existed, and I owe the clarity and purity in which I am able to Live my Life to my personal quest for knowledge, answers and most important of all, anything and everything that will breed or feed the Love within that we can all feel and faintly remember.
This sentiment obviously parallels with our inner-travels. Some of us could be more comfortable sitting on the proverbial beach of our inner discovery, waiting to get in the water for fears that it is too cold or the experience will be too overwhelming. Perhaps some of us rely slightly on written or channeled sources to splash the water in our face a bit and prepare us for our dive into the water – but we are now asked to faithfully and, if we can, willingly, take that dive and discover everything that every opened up soul on our world and in realms far beyond the physical, have themselves discovered.
Even if we are wary about taking that dive and relying solely on our inner-realms and the experiences we can begin to have when tapping into such realms, from personal experience I can say that we will reap wonderful rewards for our efforts; if for no other reason, than for the large burden of density that can be lifted from one’s shoulders when they realize that with their own personal strength and power on their side, their experience of Life becomes much easier and indeed, more enjoyable.
However you find yourself a part of the general awakening occurring at present, you are tasked with fashioning the inner-connection that will see each of us whole beings who are able to express our infinity and power in a widespread and strong manner. It’s been spoken-to before that we must individually awaken if we have any chance of collectively coming together and establishing the new paradigm. So, what are we waiting for?
We will see upon unlocking and fashioning that strong inner-connection to our personal realms, that negativity and any form negativity comes in is a fading aspect of an illusory reality that we are helping bring to an end with our very garnering of personal enlightenment. We will see that we are all awakening souls, and the level of harmony and unity we will feel with our fellow humans who will themselves have found similar perspectives as us will grow enormously.
We are taking the first big steps now. We have been building ourselves up and laying a foundation of Light and awareness that we will now see evolve into a collective rebuilding of this world. The more we get active in raising awareness and the more we seek within to find that personal inner-wholeness and harmony that sees us able to rely on ourselves and our inner-realms for both the establishment of a new paradigm and our personal ascension, the more we will anchor the higher realms we have naturally come to this Earth from, to play the roles we are playing now.
Personally, I’m excited to see where our collective awareness and the resulting actions lead us.
One of the most exciting things about this time we’re in is that so many large groups are motivated to finally push forth and have real change enacted, and absolutely nothing can stop our momentum. Sure, we are a diverse overall collective with different beliefs and opinions about the things pertaining to our New Age, but if we allow ourselves to bicker and fight about those differences than we will only be feeding the old paradigm and obviously, we are done with that paradigm and we’re ready to see it off!
Harmony and acceptance of others will be crucial and again, a personal garnering of inner-wholeness and peace will see us each able to accept each other easily and with open arms. Our collective unity can only grow from here on out, and I’m more than jubilant to begin the next phase of the missions of each of us.
Oh yes, one last note before saying my goodbyes – during my happy quest to get as close to the shoreline of the river as I could, I was given a wonderful little sighting of a cloudy-orb type of ship. It slowly floated across the sky for a few minutes, enjoying my enjoyment of its presence and the interesting thing about this sighting was that, like many others, I had telepathically asked to receive a sighting before it happened.
In my honest opinion, this is just the beginning of everything!
Wes Annac – Energetically-inspired on Nova Earth Day.
WesAnnac.com
AquariusParadigm.com
video
15 Feb 2013 - 1:50am
To those of you that understand, I tell you that I was inspired by the Higher Vibrations to make this little video today. The sky today was as more of a vibrant, blue hue than I can't remember except from my early childhood. I treated myself to standing outside and just basking in this blue. I then spent a few hours making this slideshow for my fellow Lightworkers. I 'felt' my way through the entire production, excuse me, creation. In other words, it came from my heart. :) Enjoy everyone. Peace, Love and Light to us all.
video
14 Feb 2013 - 3:15pm
Published on Feb 13, 2013
An excerpt from The Ascension eCourse, Module One: Why we're waking up now, and our partnership with Gaia. For the full eCourse and Ascension support, visit http://www.sandrawalter.com
video
14 Feb 2013 - 11:59am
Published on 14 Feb 2013
Once again, I am alone on the day when the world celebrates romantic relationships. Only a couple weeks ago I thought it would be different this year; but it's not. It's also my son's birthday; and I'm happy for him that he is in a loving relationship with a beautiful young lady who really loves him. I'm also thankful for all of those that have been able to connect with someone they feel is special enough to share intimacy with - hopefully on all levels. It would be my prayer that everyone who wants that in their life would be able to co-create it with a partner in the very near future. Meanwhile, I remain in love with life that I feel is getting better all the time. As one lady said to me once, "I think you're in love with love." She was right. I am in love with love and life.
Blog entry
14 Feb 2013 - 3:33am
PLANETARY ~ SHARED BY REV. CHRISTINE MELERIESSEE
On Sunday, February 10th we experienced a New Moon which was very interesting as it moved from Capricorn into Aquarius representing being restrictive within ourselves and learning to flow with the energies. We have been experiencing some very powerful energies which Spirit has been speaking that the time in February will be very parallel to what we experienced in December 2012. It is a time to fully understand what you are going through, allow the process to happen, and walk into the new way of thinking and feeling.
This can be a very challenging experience for individuals who do not understand how to tap within themselves to awaken into a new perspective of awareness. Just because an individual ‘wakes up unto their beginning essence’ does not mean that they will understand how to process the feelings and thoughts that are happening in their lives. This pathway is one riddled with great challenges, but also enhances the best that we are in each moment.
February is going to help us expand further into our own consciousness. We all come to this Earth for a purpose and some of us have more responsibility than others to help create the new frequencies to be fully grounded. But one thing is certain; if you are reading this material, you have an important role to fulfill within your existence. These energies are helping us to be better, to be more confident, loving, and compassionate, and to express it to others. So instead of worrying what you are feeling in each moment, allow the essence of Grandmother Moon to assist you into the next phase of our awakening.
This New Moon has also brought us more activation(s) within the Angelic realm to be integrated within our Being. This energy started in January and with each new moon we are being activated to remember more of our Angelic Presence. What this means is that the angel that We Are is intertwining into the human that we have become. It is all very exciting as we reach into our angelic essence to remember and acknowledge those timelines that we have forgotten. We are learning to become the Angelic Beings grounded upon the New Earth. So if you have been feeling unsteady and unsure of yourself, know that it is changing you deeply. We may not understand how the process is working or the depth that it is occurring for some time. Our job is to just expand into these frequencies and allow the newness to settle within our physicality. Your mind is going to want to try and understand; please know that cannot happen as the Higher Mind is now being fully activated within your physical structure.
As we experience these elements, we may be finding that we will do things in a completely different way than we did before; or we may realize that a part of our-self is now our true reality. The changes that are happening within each individual are so minuet that it may not be detectable without a fine microscope so just allow the feelings to project within your consciousness and accept your new reality. It is a wonder of love and grace.
As we expand into this new paradigm of Light, we experience a beautiful day of Love on February 14th. If you take the time to truly accept the energy of Love within your Heart coming from your Highest Essence, you will start to acknowledge how deeply you are loved and in so many ways. Jonathan Parker facilitates a World Sound Healing Day, (http://www.worldsoundhealingday.org/) in which every individual chants the sound of “AH” for five minutes at 12 Noon around the world. This sound resonates from the Heart of God into each of our own hearts and has been utilized by the Divine Mother & Father God in our transmissions from the Clarion Temple of Oneness. So take some moments on this day to accept the Love that is being guided through your Angelic Essence into the One Being that You Are.
COSMIC LEVEL ~ UNIFIED WHOLE OF ONENESS, MANY BEINGS OF THE ONE LIGHT CONSCIOUSNESS
Greetings and love on this day. It is very exciting to share and experience the new paradigm of light that is being acknowledged within the Earth Plane levels and to have each of us expand deeper than we ever thought possible. We, of the Unified Whole Command, are also within our expansion process just like each of you are doing so it is no mistake that we should celebrate our Light with each other. We plan to do just that.
This month of February is going to help each of you to understand a deeper part of your expansion with feelings. As you have gone through the changes and elevated your vibrational levels, you have also had to adjust within the physical reality that is changing for you. We understand the process of not accepting the conditioning process that you have had to experience through this transition of Light unto the planet. We applaud you that you continue diligently even though the feelings and thoughts you may be having do not reflect the essence that is expanding within your creation.
As we delve deeper into the core of GAIA, there are many levels of timelines that she has held onto that are affecting each of you greatly. It is not just your personal timelines that you need to process, but her essence is changing with each step that you make within yourself. The conditioning factor of this transition is one of great sacrifice and without your diligence we could not have created the opening doorways into the New World. BUT WE ARE ACHIEVING IT ~ and we want to share with you our excitement that is paramount to what you are experiencing presently.
We know the process you have been undergoing, and understand the challenges that are resulting from each of those intense moments within you. We also understand that you are receiving wonderful gifts each time you go through another intense doorway of change. The acceleration that is occurring presently is due to the creation of you wanting to do so, and none of you understand the depth of your ability to continue the walk into your future world. Actually, what is being achieved presently is having the capability to accept the changes as the information has not surfaced except in small bits and pieces as each new development of your world has been revealed. But that is about to change and you are going to experience it yourself. You must remember that it must come in waves of light for you to accept the nuances of your future to become manifest in who you are presently.
Changes are resulting within your world and around you for the explicit reason that IT IS TIME. The creation of your planet has become stable, whereas, previously it was uncertain of the outcome of Gaia. But with the transition of more individuals awakening upon the planet, the residual effect of the transmutation has taken GAIA’s world into a new existence where love and acceptance is the common rule and not the lower worlds that have resulted in your experiences of the past.
It is now a time of complete reversal within your world and we are excited to experience it with you. The changes that are about to occur must first be felt within your Heart as all of our Hearts are blending together. You see in order for us to make the manifestation of the New World occur we must honestly take a few moments with a breath of light and experience the essence of the Purity of Love to be within. This is going to take practice because the lower mind forgets and wants to run forward with the thoughts. It is imperative that during this week to not to allow that to happen.
As you move further into your Acceptance, you will start to feel it. You see YOU HAVE FORGOTTEN HOW TO EXPRESS IT WITHIN YOU. You have a body and that body has taken precedence over everything in your world. But that is no longer the case. You are learning to accept the light formations that are being transmitted to you in your sleep state, in your meditations, and even your awakened state of consciousness. It is coming in Light Codes to intertwine within your physical reality. But you must take a moment and allow this essence to be fully within you as you walk through your days. Without it, it will be lost and so will you. This is the power of the light at this time.
Previously we spoke about the Rainbow of Lights that are emanating from the Elders That Surround the Throne of Grace. They have been continuing to be commanded into each and every soul, but now is the time to understand that you must accept them. You cannot work without them; they are the commanding energy from the Essence of the Divine Will and Love of God. You have been created through your physical essence by these commanding light frequencies but that is not All That You Are. That is the beauty of what is occurring presently. You are all of these and more and will see the Power, the Love, the Joy, and Expression of ALL THAT IS to be commanded within you.
This week all these frequencies are coming within the planetary level once again on the next phase of Light. It is assisting everything you know to be and all will change within these essences. Your world needs it deeply and it cannot change overnight but it is happening within the increments of light formations with each passing planetary exchange of the Sun, the Moon, and all inter-related elements of creation as we come into the Creation of the Oneness.
What does this mean to you presently? Well, we say to you, “What is it that you do not understand?” Or let us put it this way, “What is it that you are not seeing within yourself?” The Rainbows of Light along with the Angelic Transmissions are activating seeds of creation that you previously forgot to help you remember while deflecting the parts of yourself that do not fit your present reality. Taking some moments and allowing these essences to intertwine within you is going to allow the Acceptance that you have been searching for. It will help to remove the parts that have been lost, the elements that you need to purge in order to have the full functionality of an ascended being of light. Mind you, this is just the beginning and it will not occur instantaneously but each of you is going into the depth of your Soul’s Essence to find what you have been looking for. BUT YOU MUST STOP AND FEEL IT COMING. Let it flow within you and expand your auric field beyond the frequencies that you never thought you could hold within you. It may stay for a moment or longer depending upon where you are within your own consciousness. BUT IT MUST BE IN THE SUPREME LIGHT OF THE PURITY OF YOUR ESSENCE AND NOT WITHIN YOUR PHYSICAL SELF. It is a gift and it is time for you to receive it.
Expand your consciousness in these moments as you fully accept a new part of your Divinity into your World. Doing so is going to help the essence of human consciousness to accept itself deeper than ever received upon this planet. It is the awakening of GAIA and now is the time to fully reflect and enjoy the ecstasy of Oneness Within.
Learning to expand these essences within you daily will help you to acknowledge the deeper parts of yourself. You will also be able to remove the lower thoughts and feelings that need to be put into the light. They will arise and utilize these frequencies of your angelic self to turn them into the purest essence you have ever experienced needs to be the defining rule in your life. But if you choose to stay within them, you shall go deeper into the abyss and pain that you have endured for a very long time. The Light and the Dark are moving into Oneness but holding onto the Dark will only separate the Light from you as the gap between the two will become wider. Then there will not be Light and only Darkness which will cause the separation within and then within the world. But the Light is so strong upon Planet Earth presently that the Light will win but everyone needs to do their internalization of the Self to allow it to happen more quickly. It will be like a wave as more individuals receive the Light, there will not be anything else, but the LIGHT of GOD.
It is time to understand yourself more deeply than you ever thought you could. It is not from your physical mind but with a breath of fresh air that the acceptance will enfold within you. Your lower self will cease to exist but you must allow yourself to surrender within the process of Light.
The choice is yours to fully embrace your Light and Power within God’s Embrace. We look forward to walking with each of you in the Oneness of Light that we Are.
We are the Unified Whole Command standing amongst each of you in Oneness.
So Mote It Be in the Light That We Are!
©2013 Walking Terra Christa, Rev. Christine Meleriessee & Mike Hayden, Ascension Mastery ~ All Rights Reserved. No use without prior written permission allowed except for sharing the post in its entirety along with the link to this page; http://walkingterrachrista.com.
Blog entry
14 Feb 2013 - 12:42am
Got to thinking about Lent last night. I'm not sure if was just an American expression, or if folks
have just stopped saying this, but remember when folks used to talk about what they were giving up
for Lent? Remember when the Catholic kids came to school on Ash Wednesday with those little ashy
crosses on their foreheads? I remember one year walking the Stations of the Cross with a Catholic
mate. Nobody ever talks about those things anymore. Mardi Gras is about as close as anyone ever
seems to get to talking about Easter and Lent. Is it just that I've removed myself from participating
much? Is it just me and my 'removal', or has western culture simply strayed away from those practices?
Course it could be just in Australia. I dunno. Been a very long time since I even thought about it. Sorta
feels like organized religion has lost its strangle hold on humanity. That's gotta be a good thing.
Don't get me wrong. I'm not saying organized religion didn't have it's time and purpose. It did. Wherever
we are now is pretty well connected with the underlying precepts of religion. Nations were settled by
folks seeking religious freedom, wars have been fought over religion...still are, though nobody says
that right out loud these days. The church I grew up in, Episcopal, had some lovely rituals that I
really enjoyed. They sorta set a foundation for me. An idea of what was...not good and bad so much, but
what was right and wrong. Looking back it looks like some kinda indoctrination, but it seems to have
served me well as a foundation to work from for the rest of my life. I no longer believe in religion,
but the basic principals aren't a bad thing to have in your back pocket. Thing is that religion shoulda
been a starting place for humanity. Something to grow from. Instead churches became incorporated, and
went about the business of behaving corporate-like.
For centuries religion actually united folks, rather than be a reason for separation. Kinda wonder what
sorta uniting force our world needs now. Religion obviously has passed its use by date. We are gonna
need something else to unite humanity. Preferably something NON-corporate. Kinda hard to imagine right
now what that something could be. Division seems to be the main energy these days. I have no idea what
it's gonna take to bring humanity into unity. My crystal ball has been in the shop for ages. Mostly
cause it never worked in the first place.
It's kinda interesting to think about the future. Mostly for me it's just this big blank. I used to
be able to picture myself into the future...even manifest what I wanted for the future, but I can't
seem to do that these days. Maybe that's because I don't actually WANT much. Happy to just float
along in now. When I 'force it' though, when I make myself try to see what's ahead I always get
the same picture. That picture is about small communities sustaining themselves. Unfortunately I
haven't got even a glimmer of an idea what comes between where we are now and small communities, but
I do sense there will be something.
I am most not definitely a doomsday prepper. However I HAVE made some preparations for times when
something may happen. Haven't one single clue what that might be...maybe the global coastal event that
Clif High is talking about, maybe an asteroid, could be anything I spose, but I do believe something
major has to happen for humanity to take its next step in evolution. Almost like what we have now
is not quite broken enough for folks to realize it requires fixing. Barbara Hand Clow's book Catastrophobia
sorta explained that our racial memory contains awareness of all the do-overs we've had on this planet
over her history. It seems to be the way the planet sorts things when it gets outta hand...or when humanity
does. We saw it in Atlantis and Lemuria, we saw it with the great flood, with ice ages. We've had some
very major do-overs, and I can't help thinking that something similar lies ahead of us. It's like the game
is set up that way. Like Mother Earth allows us to be whatever we turn out to be up to a certain point.
When we pass that point...when we have weapons of mass destruction, or are about to deplete resources, she
simply loses patience with us and zaps us with a do-over. This time though, I don't think we will actually
reach mass extinction level. Well, we never DID or we wouldn't still be here would we? I don't think there
are gonna be arks and stuff this time though. I think there are enough folks on planet now who are creating
something different than total devastation. Folks with ideas and plans and even inventions for the 'after'
part of the experience. Don't think that happened in the times of previous do-overs. I believe we are the
most awakened and aware humans who have ever lived. Partly due to our exploration, science and research.
Partly to our technology. AND partly just because it's TIME for humanity to awaken. Mostly though, because
of the way our cosmos/universe/galaxy works. We are moving through space and moving through all sorta different
planetary alignments. It all means something. The binary sun theory resonates deeply with me. That our two
suns have been swinging away from each other for eons, and are now moving back together. Double the sun
double the fun? I dunno. It just makes sense to me.
Maybe I'm way out in left field here. Maybe humanity will wake up to itself without having to experience any
sorta disaster situations. Be nice, but I sorta don't believe it. Lately when I've been choosing what to plant
I've begun including things that would be good for trade. Growing coffee and tobacco and various nuts and
fruits with the idea of using them for trade. Does that sound overly doomsday? It doesn't FEEL that way. It
just feels like getting ready. Many, many times in the past I've had this mental movie about this little
valley we live in becoming a self sustaining community. We have crop lands, a dairy, cattle and sheep. We
probably COULD pull together and create a viable community if we had to. Kinda scary to think about what
folks in cities would do. I don't think I'm actually CREATING or MANIFESTING this...at least I hope not. It
just feels like whatever is pending is gonna require thought and planning to get beyond.
There's this whole layer of everything will be OK energy hanging around though. Maybe that's just me making
nice for myself so I won't feel any fear, but I don't think so. It's almost like there is this sense of
'afterward' that hangs around. Like yeah, there might be some tough times ahead for humanity but we've got
the right stuff to carry on. Sometimes I feel almost impatient to get to the afterward part of alla this.
This feeling of something big pending is wearing thing. Let's just get on with it feelings arise in me.
Guess that's about enough thinking for this morning. Looks like it's gonna be a gloomy rainy day. Suits
me just fine, I'm right into a trilogy of novels that I'm happy to spend my time with. Kinda nice to be
able to just escape this world now and then and visit another one. I especially like other worlds with
dragons and magic...and that's just what I've got. Won't mind at all if I get rained in.
yarra
video
13 Feb 2013 - 8:39pm
Published on Feb 9, 2013
Greetings Love Beings, Welcome to Another Day In Our New Cycle In Creation, which is About ALL Of US AS ONE. This Planet's Destiny is Unity and Peace and indeed we are Well On Our way. This Planet is Transforming Into a Blue Starseed Nation and is returning to Perfect Balanced Harmonics, which is 5d Reality. Humanity Now has less then 2 years to Awaken and this is it. The Final Outcome For this Planet is a done deal, These changes are Inevitable. We are Happy to report we are Getting stories of spontaneous Awakenings occurring All Over the Planet. This is the Most exciting News We are Hearing and Observing right now. The New Earth Energies indeed are moving us Along Quite Nicely, although earthquake activity is on the Rise which is assisting us In Our Energetic Movement. With the Light at the Forefront, we are Light Speed Ahead!
http://soundofheart.org/galacticfreep...
video
13 Feb 2013 - 11:13am
Published on 13 Feb 2013
Today I broke my pattern and went to the computer before the meditation room. A book link was posted under the video about All Wars Are Banker's Wars that I posted on FB last night. The title of the book: The Hidden Dangers of the Rainbow: The New Age Movement and Our Coming Age of Barbarism. When I went into the meditation room, that was a main focus of what was coming to me as I thought about the subject for today's video. That's it! The man who posted it was trying to send a message. To me, it's the wrong message. Here's why.... I will also update my trial experience from yesterday, for those that are asking how it went.
Story
13 Feb 2013 - 8:32am
The Federation of Light through Blossom Goodchild
February 13, 2013
Blossom: Good morning! I could do with some reassurance to be honest. Is it just me? I TRULY didn’t realise I had so little patience or tolerance. Nothing seems to be changing … it seems to be getting worse and it doesn’t feel good! What’s going on? Can you tell us in a little more detail than our last communication?
The Federation of Light: Warmest greetings to all. You are FEELING uncomfortable with your discomfort are you not? Yet it is to be recognized that although it may be seemingly that one is out of sorts … one is actually moving deeper into the correctness of who they TRULY are.
Blossom: So … it doesn’t really FEEL like this is anger from old patterns that needs to come out … it FEELS different … would I say ‘fresh anger’? How stupid does that sound?
The Federation of Light: And yet we would say it is not anger at all.
Blossom: Well my ranting and raving to an empty room or car certainly FEELS like anger … definitely lack of tolerance. It’s like I hardly recognise myself … or certainly not this part of me.
The Federation of Light: Let us unfold these twists and turns in a manner that is suited to your requirements. Firstly … that which you deem as anger is a dissipation of energies that conflict with the way you TRULY are. You would do well to understand that indeed a HUGE SHIFT took place within the self and the planet on the said date before your Yule Tide and although many tended to disagree … at that time … now perhaps one can FEEL and recognise that this was in fact so. Do you FEEL the same as you did before Blossom?
Blossom: No … yet I can’t say I FEEL brighter necessarily.
The Federation of Light: Tell us how you do FEEL?
Blossom: Odd! Distinctly odd! Neither one thing or t ’other . Just ODD! Unsure of who I am NOW. I had grown to like the old me and not so sure that I like the new me.
The Federation of Light: You wanted to say ‘middle me’ did you not?
Blossom: Yes. Even odder!
The Federation of Light: Yet this is exactly what you are experiencing … The middle man! You are in place between the old and the new. This is why so many of you are misplacing your energies and FEELING so out of alignment with the TRUTH of who you are.
YOU ARE MOVING INTO THE NEW WORLD that has been created by you. Yet, it would not be agreeable on all accounts to find yourself suddenly plonked there. It would not be the easiest way for you to adjust and although you are FEELING ‘ODD’ at that which you are going through to get there … get there you shall. It is quite difficult to describe in Earthy terms … as many things … as you know … often are.
Imagine it to be a transitional period. A time when you simply are floating in a sea of ‘unknown’. You cannot get out … and you FEEL you are being tossed and turned by the flow of the water. Yet it seems more at these times that there is no particular direction of that flow.
Blossom: More like I am in a washing machine!
The Federation of Light: We shall then take that train of thought. The cycle shall end and what is the outcome? Everything has been cleansed!
Blossom: So are we going through a cleansing then?
The Federation of Light: Definitely.
Blossom: All well and good. Yet as stated last time we spoke … there is always a cleanse going on … how many cycles do we need in order to get the stains out?
The Federation of Light: Would you not say that you KNOW in your heart that this is it? This is THE CHANGE. This is the final rinse ... so to speak.
Blossom: Well, I would definitely like to think that. Inside me I FEEL like we are onto something BIG. As much as ‘soon ‘ has now become a swearword … I DO FEEL that we are embarking on a new reality and it is literally around the corner. Yet … around the corner could mean a century away!
The Federation of Light: Dearest family … our friends upon the Earth. Take hold of your KNOWING. Let us look at things in a ‘clearer Light’.
YOU KNOW you came to Earth for a reason.
YOU KNOW you have purpose… and that purpose is far more than removing karma or ‘simply’ advancing the soul self.
YOU KNOW THAT INSIDE OF YOU.
We then, as a consciousness … have worked with you for many years of your BEING, which we would say means we have also worked with everyone who chooses to read and connect with that which we have to say.
ALL that we have said has been working towards THIS TIME NOW. THIS TIME THAT YOU ARE IN.
Many felt cheated and disappointed … many allowed the fact that due to ‘NOTHING apparent happening’ that there was no happening at all.
THIS WAS NOT SO.
We have brought you IN LOVE TO THIS PLACE OF UNDERSTANDING WITHIN YOURSELF.
There was A HAPPENING. A CHANGE. You are experiencing the aftermath of that transformative date. You have stayed with us throughout because you KNOW that you are following YOUR TRUTH. So all that you think may be around the corner … IS .
Blossom: Yes, but on whose time line? … You don’t have one!!!
The Federation of Light: On the timeline of TRUTH … if the souls of EARTH allow it to be.
Blossom: You see … this is where the frustration comes in. Here are many of us … millions perhaps …. who all sat in that classroom you spoke of … and we KNOW we are doing our best. We KNOW we can manifest a world of LOVE and HARMONY … We KNOW you will present yourselves to us … We KNOW we will get disclosure. We are doing are utmost to awaken those sleeping … I don’t think we can go at a quicker pace than we are … yet if we are to wait until another million or so are ready … well indeed that could take a few more life times … and many who have waited for so long … many souls who are at the latter end of life, FEEL disillusioned for they may not be here to see it through ... Not only see it through … but see it!!! I mean really … How long must we wait?
The Federation of Light: This is exactly what we are trying to tell you Blossom. Can you not FEEL a power within you that is rising up inside? These FEELINGS you are experiencing that you call ‘anger’ … may be interpreted as something quite different.
Blossom: Do tell.
The Federation of Light: Maybe it is the fact that this is YOU … the real YOU… expressing the fact that you will stand for it no more. That you will no longer tolerate the old and that the FEELING you are experiencing at such depth is merely a ‘time to move on out’ recognition.
NOW is the time when many of you shall FEEL such conflict between the old and new … and this is up to you to dispel all that you can no longer settle for. Your reasoning behind the scenes is telling you that you are no longer prepared to put up with aspects of this third dimension for it simply does not resonate with the vibration that you are becoming.
You are not of it yet … hence the whirlpool FEELINGS of not KNOWING where one stands. Not being grounded. The FEELING of not having ones feet firmly on the ground.
Would we be so bold to say that at the moment there is no ground for one to step on! Not yet! It is there awaiting you … and you will surely KNOW when you get there. We would say you are in no man’s land at this stage of the journey. Yet it is an important part of the journey none the less.
You cannot expect to apprehend all that is taking place. The more you accept that this is part of the plan the more you can willingly move through it. You are not following blindly dear ones. You SEE so clearly … if you just allow each phase to shine its Light in order to move you into the next one.
Blossom: I see what you are saying, and I will do my best. It just FEELS wrong to be so out of sorts for so long. I feel like I have become this ‘out of sorts person' as opposed to just being out of sorts for a while.
The Federation of Light: Yet that is all it is. A time of transition. As you recognise that which you do not want within your Being, you can clearly choose to have only that which you do want. The difficulty that many may come across is accepting that much they thought they were on a par with … they no longer are … and that may mean the letting go of those they never imagined they may have to let go of. It is not only regarding souls … it is IN ALL that no longer resonates with the YOU that you are moving into. How can you allow yourself to move into a Higher vibration of self if you want to take with you that which cannot and is not ready for the vibration that YOU are moving into? It cannot work that way. For there is nothing that can reside in a Higher vibration if it is not accomplished enough to do so. You can choose to remain in a lower one … if you are not quite ready to let go … and if so … then there shall be continual discomfort and conflict within the soul self … for one is not adhering to the TRUTH of the self.
You have each embarked upon the longest journey … a never ending journey … and this we tell you as TRUTH … there is not one that shall not make it home … and perhaps the journey shall then begin again … or continue down a different path … yet onwards always shall it evolve.
It is not your responsibility to make sure everyone continues to walk at a pace that suits you. Each individual has its own agenda and own choice in the matter.
ALLOW THAT TO BE.
Let go of those FEELINGS of ‘gloom and doom’ for those who appear to be much further back on the track than yourself. They are where they are because that is where they are meant to be. It is not your business.
Blossom: Yet … didn’t we come to waken them …. Therefore is it not our business?
The Federation of Light: BY BEING YOU … BY BEING WHO YOU KNOW YOU ARE … YOU ARE DOING WHAT YOU CAME TO DO.
Those who choose to wake our doing so … yet there is a balance needed of those asleep and those not … at this time . Yet this is far too complex to go into at this point of today’s communication.
As often suggested … we ask you now to take in a few deep breaths …and ask yourselves … do you KNOW you are on the verge of breakthrough?
Blossom: Well … I just did that … and the answer was an overwhelming YES! Things are changing … TRUTHS WILL OUT. I mean The Pope has just resigned for goodness sake … have you a quick comment on that?
The Federation of Light: NO. We have a longer one! This is just the beginning of much that is to be revealed. There is a procedure to follow in order for people to be able accept the TRUTH of the lies that have been cast. This soul has not suddenly made this decision. This has been forced upon the religious group that this soul stands for. Keep your eyes and ears open … He is not to be the one and only that shall suddenly step down from a prominent position ….
And the walls came tumbling down.
Blossom: That’s it. That sentence was my nod that time is up. Thank you so much. As you know I am away in England for a month. (How I wish you could step in and transport me! ) If we manage to get together during that time … that would be great …. If not … so be it.
The Federation of Light: Our Love and uplifting energy goes with you.
Blossom: Thank you
The Federation of Light: It goes with you all … wherever you may be. We are just a thought away.
Blossom: In Love and thanks.
Webpage: Blossom Goodchild
Bulgarian
Chinese
Chinese Traditional
Croatian
Dutch
English
Farsi
French
German
Hebrew
Hungarian
Italian
Japanese
Norwegian
Polish
Portuguese
Romanian
Russian
Spanish
Swedish
Story
13 Feb 2013 - 7:32am
Channeled Ascension Message from
the High Council of Orion
February 12th 2013.
Channeled by Holly Hawkins Marwood
Transcribed by Paul Marwood
Audio file is available at http://www.akashahealingstudio.com/channeled-message-high-council-of-orion-12th-feb-2013/
FINDING YOUR ANSWERS
Greetings Dear Ones,
We are the High Council of Orion.
Today's message continues the journey inward, to find a greater level of knowing and understanding that you are enough. All the answers all that you seek all the questions you have, can all be found within who you are and within your world in one way or another. It's as if you're playing a game that would be a mystery game, and all the clues are out in broad daylight, and you go searching in the darkness for them.
And we say this not as a criticism of course, we say this as a way of shifting understanding that's been put in place on your planet for many many years. Through regimes of oppression and control, over what would be many lifetimes on your planet, there has been in a sense a of sort of amnesia that has been put over the consciousness of the humans on the planet, and one can incarnate and reincarnate into it, with that amnesia constantly being reinforced.
At the times when you leave the physical body, and you look back if you will on the incarnation. You could say to yourself, “Oh why did I forget?” “Next time when I come back I won't forget.” “I won't forget that all the answers I seek are right there in plain sight.”
Yet the consciousness, this grid, contains energy of repression, and our message today is not focusing on that aspect. The focus of our message today is focusing on this understanding that, you have it all within you to achieve all that you want to achieve, and it's being able to “turn the light on to see what's in front of you.” And in a sense see the things in front of you with new eyes, as clues, as tools, as support for you.
It's as if you've always been using a can-opener as a can-opener, because that's just what you've been shown. But one day you look at the can-opener differently, and you see that can-opener as something that can do far more than you were ever taught. This example is not the best, but the idea is that there are many things around you in nature and within yourself, that you can learn to see and observe and open up to the level of information that they’re actually here to provide to you, instead of what has been in the collective consciousness over millennia.
This collective consciousness that's been here, has put the veil over each individual's experience that they are not enough, that without the support without the guidance without the knowledge without the information, and without the judgment of external sources, one could not possibly make the decision about what is right or wrong or appropriate for themselves in any given lifetime.
Now's the time to actually go back and allow yourself to inform your self. It’s all there all the pieces of the puzzle all the solutions are there, and the question is how you access it, how do you access that level of knowledge that’s innate to who you are. For you would not have been brought here by your Soul if the solutions were not here. How about that for an idea? Your Soul would not bring you to a place to evolve and transform, if all the raw materials you needed were not already here in place, and this is why our messages do not necessarily go out to lofty places. For the loftiness is here, right where you are, right where your Soul has chosen for you to be.
And so the question is:
How do you shift your senses”?
How do you change your awareness?
How do you step outside of the collective consciousness to allow yourself to see what’s hidden in plain sight?
In this one message we are just opening up this concept of, all your solutions, all the energy that you need to come into the fullest expression of yourself, within this incarnation is here with you now. You are not broken, there's nothing missing, and all the solution energy is within and around you.
As we move forward in our messages, we will dive into this more deeply and more specifically with examples and explanations. To allow you to become aware of what's hidden in plain sight around you. To empower you to have the tools, the fortitude and the understanding to uncover and use what is already there. This is the beauty and the power of the time that you are here on this planet, for you are breaking through old paradigms, you are shifting the energetic grid on the planet for more to find those hidden objects in plain sight.
Isn't it nice to know that the answers don't need to come from other beings from the stars, the answers don't need to come from without. Isn't it exciting to know that your Soul would not leave you on a desert island, without the resources necessary to fulfill your best idea in this incarnation?
In our coming messages we will talk about how to uncover and connect with yourself, for it’s all here on the planet now. And some will be exercises that you can do with and for yourself to increase your sensitivity, to increase your trust in your own level of self information. Self informing self! Which really means Soul informing Self! For that is the basis of the knowledge.
Sometimes we will discuss external ways that are current on the planet, that allow you to connect more deeply with yourself. And might you need some assistance from some around you at times, to start learning how to connect with that Soul level knowledge? Yes. But the goal is not to create new levels of dependency on external information, the goal is to perhaps have some guidance, and some education on how to connect with, and trust that inner source that’s already there for you.
The biggest key, is having experiences that allow you to really trust in yourself, to trust in that inner resource of your “Soul informing your life.” As you see the positive evidence of that, you will then trust more, be excited to explore more. For as you explore, discover and uncover, you find the constrictions of the past, and the inherent fear of the past falling away as you connect with your Soul level divinity.
You shift the energetic grid for yourself, and you shift the energetic grid for the planet, and allow those old paradigms to begin to melt away and dissolve, in the light of that Soul level truth that you are enough, and you have it all here at your fingertips so to speak.
It’s an exciting journey and we want you to sit just in the knowingness, without needing to be in any action that you are enough, and you have it all here. And that is a big concept! If your mind says “Well I don't have it all here because,” and your mind starts listing ways in which your life is not heaven on earth. You just ask your mind gently and quietly to be quiet, and just say “I'm going to just sit with the idea that I am enough!” For my Soul would not put me here without the resources that I need to fulfill my Soul levels choice.
Just sitting with that knowledge and information that it's all sitting around you. Even if you don't know it right now, it's okay. Allowing that information to infiltrate your consciousness on that deep level, will allow greater receptivity to our messages as they move along.
We see each and every one of you as enough, as complete and as perfectly executing your Souls mission or intention of bringing you to you, at this time on the planet.
We ask that you just sit and “Feel your enoughness.” Sit and feel that even if it's not uncovered, that all the resources that you need to be fully present to yourself at this time, are right there around you, soon to be uncovered and discovered.
Be Blessed,
We are the high Council of Orion
============================================================================
Sign up to be a part of our Live channeled teleseminars with the High Council of Orion. This is an opportunity to personally connect with and ask the High Council of Orion your questions.
These events will be held on:
Tuesday 19th February 2013 at 10am to 11am PST
Saturday 16th March 2013 at 6pm to 7pm PST
(L.A. California Time)
More Details at http://www.akashahealingstudio.com/activities/
The High Council of Orion taught us the 111™ Activation which allows individuals to embody greater clarity, personal alignment and authenticity in their lives. This 30 minute energetic session can be experienced in person or at a distance with equal effectiveness. Please contact us to book a session. For more information about the 111 Activation, please click here.
© 2012 Copyright Holly Hawkins Family Trust www.AkashaHealingStudio.com
This channeled message may be reproduced in it’s entirety provided it is kept in it’s original form and not altered or changed in any way, with the Author and website clearly included.
Story
13 Feb 2013 - 12:52am
THE FIELD OF PURE POTENTIAL
~ Shanta Gabriel - 11 Feb 2013
www.the gabrielmessages.com
Don’t fill the empty void you are experiencing with old pain, Beloveds. Heed our words of caution and recognize the situation as it is. These are the In-Between Times. These are the times when the world gets ready to move forward to the beat of a different drummer; the times between an accelerated activation of high-frequency energy and the use of that energy to propel new life.
Think of this time as an open field of Pure Potential. You can fill these empty spaces with powerful thriving energy that can support a new way of life for you. This energy can be focused in a direction you truly want it to go. This energy you are experiencing is vast, and may feel like an empty void. It is a habit to fill the emptiness with old familiar feelings that may no longer serve you. Consider instead that the spacious tableau laid out before you by the Universal Presence of Life is offering you a Field of Unlimited Potential. This field is open and awaiting your command for its creation into form. Into this field of pure potential, you can carefully describe the world you want to live in, and create a new life that works in abundant ways to support you.
Fear of the Unknown
There is a temptation to be afraid of the Unknown. Fear can stimulate your imagination or bring up the familiar ways that you have lived that did not make you happy. When you remember the old pain, it can fill your consciousness in a way that takes over the empty field of potential, thus creating the same old experiences.
Be conscious about your fear. After all the work you have done on yourself, trust you will know when you are being shown actions that will put you in danger or new unfamiliar energy. Separate the intensity of energy in your body from the impulses that are there to protect you. Be aware that for most people reading this – you are safe, you are fed and there is a roof over your head. You can trust that you are taken care of in this moment. You are safe. It is important that your body registers this truth, so you can create a more empowered life.
When you can trust yourself, and truly know in the present moment that you are safe and protected, you are able to be in connection with your Higher Self. This connection to the greater truth within your being guides your actions in pathways that are harmonious with your soul. From this place you will be able to make conscious choices for the life you want to experience. Your deepest beliefs color your ability to create new life. Your feelings and emotions will show you what you are truly believing in the moment. You may want to make different choices more in harmony with your intentions for life.
The Breath of the Heart
When you breathe more Light into your heart, it will lighten the energy within and around you. When you are experiencing fear, breathing into your heart will settle your mind. Your heart is the Great Balancer of your nervous system. When you can detach from the emotions and breathe into your heart, you are able to also balance your emotional states.
Practice the Heart Balancing breath work when you are not upset, so you can introduce your nervous system to the Peace and Harmony that comes when you breathe into your heart. It creates an instant connection and enhances the power when you place your hands onto your heart. When you breathe into the heart space you recognize you are empowering yourself with Divine Love and it is freely flowing into you. In this way you become immersed in the light of a Peaceful state of being. You can tell yourself that in that moment, All is Well and you are Safe. This allows your nervous system to work in a healthy way to soothe your mental/emotional states.
Perseverance, Persistence and Prayer
The energies of 2013 are still very malleable at this time. You have known and heard that you create your life experience with your beliefs and emotional states. Don’t falter in your knowing of these powerful truths now at this pivotal time. This is when you need to have Perseverance, Persistence and Prayer to support you in a very great way.
When you use a conscious, disciplined approach to create a more balanced emotional state, your imagination can then awaken to a more creative form of activity. Consider that the Field of Unlimited Potential is open and waiting for your command and direction. Think about the different form of life you would prefer to live in, and you have the freedom to choose a new direction in which this pure, neutral energy can operate.
When the Equinox comes March 20, the new energy for life will be set into motion. Prepare the way by becoming more clear about a life that you would truly love. Use your imagination, and the power inherent in the Creative Potential awaiting you, to set forth new ideas. It is wondrous and even encouraged to make your intentions very grand so your inner spirit can be empowered with new feelings. When you imagine your new life, allow it to inspire you and bring the power of enthusiasm into your energy field. Positive energies bring more abundant lifestyles into your being.
Remember Gratitude
Also bring the Light of Gratitude into your process and know that your Higher Power holds you in great respect, and will honor what you focus on as the Truth you would enjoy experiencing. This Benevolent Force is powerfully willing to fill your life with Beauty, Abundance and an exalted state of Well Being. These living fields of energy exist in the unlimited potential surrounding you right now. There is a Creative Solution for every area of your life to open into. Give thanks for the illumined possibilities available for you now. An attitude of Gratitude can change and uplift your energy frequencies and open new pathways for you to walk upon.
Remember your future can be empowered with new energy and does not have to reflect your past ways of experiencing life. Come to this new time as a novice willing to reorganize your life with empowered prayer and new intentions. From this expansive focus, create a momentum for the life you are wanting to live in. Engage both sides of your brain by writing down the prayers and intentions for your life and offer them into the Universal Field of Unlimited Potential with Faith that all is possible. Know that life can support you when you create a new focus for your thoughts and feelings and keep it empowered with prayerful action. Consistency is a key component to this empowered action.
Here is a suggestion for your prayers:
Beloved Divine Presence,
Awaken in me a new focus for an empowered life. Remind me of all the amazingly beautiful ways I can live instead of what has been my past experience. Help me to open the doorways for a life that is filled with harmonious and supportive relationships. Show me that my work can fulfill my needs and allow me to use my God-given talents and skills in a new way. Inspire me to use this high-frequency energy to create a life that helps me to thrive and flow in the new energies available now. Teach me to bring more Happiness, Joy and Beauty into my being so that it reflects into my outer world.
Help me to know that all I can perceive is possible for me to achieve. Give me the Strength, Wisdom and Courage to step into the unknown field of potential and use the new energy frequencies to uplift my life. Reveal to me the avenues for greater Health, Abundance and Inspired Activities which are in alignment with my Soul Purpose. Infuse my heart and mind with your Guidance and teach me to walk these new pathways with more Balance and an awakened perspective. Help me to remember that I can open wisely to the flow of God’s Grace so that all my needs can be met. Allow me to know that I am always receiving God’s Love, and there is never a time when I am not wrapped in Wings of Pure Light.
And so it is.
Shanta Gabriel for Archangel Gabriel
February 9, 2013
A note from Shanta Gabriel:
Since 1990 Archangel Gabriel has encouraged the balanced emotional states that can be achieved through inviting Divine Light into my heart. In recent years scientists in organizations such as Heartmath.org have proven the efficacy of heart coherence and the greater intelligence inherent in the heart. They have shown that the heart has a magnetic field that can absorb the positive energy we offer, which can stimulate more calm in our emotional states. When we place our palms on our hearts in what they call the Quick Coherence Technique, we connect deeply with our heart space and our mind and emotions can experience peace.
These tools have become especially important for this potent time from 12/21/2012 to the Equinox on March 20. We are being asked to be very conscious of the need for us to use all of our spiritual tools to empower the new frequencies the world is experiencing now.
Blog entry
12 Feb 2013 - 11:52pm
Lately I've had the strongest feeling that I have 'one more thing left to do'. Actually I've been dancing
around that for awhile now. I've given it some thought, some attention, some contemplation and meditation
time, but I haven't actually WANTED to truly understand what that one thing was. I've thought about it,
even written about it in the blog a number of times, but even with that, I've managed to only look outta
the very corner of my eye. I KNOW it's there. I KNOW I have to deal with it. But, so far, it's just
beyond me. It's all about attachment and release of attachment. It feels like I'm standing with my
face up against the wall of my last and final attachment, and pretending I don't feel my nose pressing
hard against it. I can't even convince myself I WANT to release that last and final attachment. I
sorta TREASURE it to be honest.
It feels like this last attachment is some sorta magical silken cord that attaches me to this
physical planet, or the 3/4D expression of her. Or at least to the current dimension of my being
here on Earth. An attachment to Mother Earth herself. Like I've reached this new place, wherever it may
be, and before I can go any further I have to release this last and final attachment. It doesn't feel like
a dilemma or anything, there's doesn't feel any sense of urgency around it. Just that it's something I have
to do before I can move on from here and now. It does, however, make itself felt. A LOT.
Long ago I reached this particular space of non-attachment about most things. I can look into my heart
and accept that the people I'm incarnated with here on Earth, my animal companions, everything that I
treasure is OF this 3/4D game, and when I finish the game I may be required to leave those things and
people and creatures behind me. It HURTS to think of...be sad if it didn't hurt. Woulda meant it was
all for nothing, didn't count, didn't matter much. It DOES count, and it DOES matter. But somehow I
can see that in my mind's eye and understand that's just how it is and it's right for all concerned.
Can't seem to get my head into that same space about not being here on Planet Earth. How arrogant is
THAT? Thinking that my being here actually matters to Mother Earth. But I think it does. For each
of us. It's like you can get your head around growing up and moving away from your physical Mother.
That's just in the natural order of things. Maybe that's why I'm having such a hard time letting go
of my attachment to Mother Earth. So far as we know, it's never been the natural order of things for
humanity on Earth. The Wheel of Life has been in full speed ahead until now. This is, I think, the
first time humanity has actually HAD the choice of reincarnating or moving along. Well, that's not
quite right, there has probably always been choice. Folks have probably dropped outta the game along
the way and simply pursued a whole other game. Some of us though have this magical silken cord that
sorta attaches our souls to the very soul of our planet. Opting out never was an option for us. Now
here we are, with that option in our laps. Kinda tricky don'tcha think? I can imagine an Earth without
people, but there's simply no precedent in my physical memory, or racial memory, for me without Earth.
Sometimes I feel there's no separation between me and the physical planet. Like I am her and she is
me. Like somehow our edges came together and hooked up or something.
They say there is only love and fear. Which is this? Is it my love for her that holds me here, with
my nose pressed against the wall between now and whatever comes next? Or is it fear that nothing will
ever be this good again? That this is the best of the best and everything from here on would be downhill.
Doesn't even make much sense feeling that way does it? I mean folks refer to this evolutionary process
as Ascension, not Descension. Even though I no longer picture there arriving some perfect solution to
everything and the world will instantly change for the better, I guess I still harbour some paradise
hopes and dreams in there somewhere. I've been around and around on this Wheel of Life for long enough.
I want off after this incarnation. But at the same time there's this really strong sense of needing to
see it through. To see how the game winds up. My own personal inner duality program.
A last and final attachment. That doesn't mean that my feelings for those around me and this life have
been lessened in any way. They haven't. Not at all. In fact I treasure my attachments in and to this
physical world and this game we're playing here. I just recognize them AS attachments and have taken
away any power they may of held. Sorta like OK, you can play with your attachments until_______ then
ya gotta let them go. That's where I'm at now. Well, all except for my attachment to Mother Earth.
I simply can't...yet...picture myself being anywhere else. I KNOW on all sorta subconscious levels
that I already AM anywhere else...probably a whole buncha anywhere elses. Maybe that's when you can
finally release this last and final attachment to Planet Earth. When you CAN picture yourself elsewhere.
When our heart and souls remember somewhere else.
Guess just now I'm content to NOT remember. It's always there though. This feeling of more yet to do.
For now I'm just gonna put a pretty table cloth over it and pretend it's not an elephant.
yarra
Blog entry
12 Feb 2013 - 11:00pm
Always figured I'd reach a The End part of my blog. Guess I figured that would happen when everyone was
happily settled into a New Earth where life was all we hoped it could be. Not sure about that anymore.
Lately I've been feeling like I've reached some kinda ending place. Almost as if the journey I've
been logging has ended and I'm where I always hoped I would be. Strangely this doesn't look much like
I thought my destination would be. Guess I was expecting some sorta paradise happy ever after kinda
ending and that's not exactly where I ended up. Somehow though, it seems I've arrived here where I
am right now and it doesn't feel like there's much more to seek out or reach for. NOT that I think
I've ascended into a perfect human specimen. I definitely have NOT, or not at least become what I
thought a perfect human specimen would would like. I still have all my vices and foibles. I can't
walk on water and I haven't sprouted any wings. I feel that I have developed a few superhero powers,
but only the inside kind...like learning acceptance and allowance. Somehow, even though here and
now has absolutely no resemblance to what I thought my destination would be, that's how it feels.
Like I've arrived here and here is where I was always headed. Maybe the message in that is that
now that I seem to have arrived here I'm sposed to MAKE IT into the paradise I always dreamed of.
Strangely I'm not disappointed if this IS my destination. This is good, better than good, but
the problems of the world are still out there. I can't help feeling there was a crossroads just
behind us somewhere, and choices have been made. Some folks turned right away from their paths
when alla that 2012 business appeared to fizzle out to nothing. Personally I think a whole buncha
really important stuff happened on 21 December 2012, but that's just me. There were certainly
no global demonstrations of instant change were there? Seems to me though that something, something
subtle and underlying, DID change. Seems I changed with it. In ways I can't actually explain or
describe with language.
Never was one who was always following my passion, reaching for bliss. I dunno why. So many folks
were doing that, but it just never felt right to me. Balance was what I always considered to be
the most important goal. To have duality balanced in such a way that we'd just learn to accept and
allow humanity to 'work out its kinks' in any way we needed to. That doesn't mean that I LIKE
some of what goes on in our world. It just seems that I not longer fear it, or judge it, or something
like that. Like I know it's all part of a bigger process. Something we just have to 'get through'
as part of our evolution processes.
To be honest I'm not even sure I'd enjoy a life of constant bliss. Smooth flowing and grace filled is
good enough for me. I think it would be actually kinda sad to live a life of constant bliss. I mean
eventually wouldn't you stop feeling bliss if you had nothing to compare it to? I mean isn't that
why Creation began in the first place, because Source needed contrast to know itself? Seems that
striving for a life of pure bliss is missing the point. It would be horrible, to me at least, to think
that there'd never be those special moments when some magic touches your soul and sends it flying. If
you're constantly in flight, you wouldn't even notice. I may not be bliss filled. I may not be living
a life of firey passion, but I'm at peace with myself and my world, and that just seems enough.
Many of the blogs I've written over the year said that I yearned for two things to happen to our world.
One was the end of duality, and the other was an ending to linear time. Seems I've 'outgrown' those sorta
ideas. Wishing away duality would mean wishing away the ability to experience. Course a BALANCED DUALITY
would be ideal. If the space between things was somehow evened out or something. That we could learn to
live within that balance. BE that balance, in ourselves and with each other. Imagine how Mother Earth
would love THAT. If there was balance there'd be equality and that's probably the one thing that can
change our world. Maybe we wouldn't have zillionaires and the starving/suffering....but that's an experience
we've been having for a long time and most Earth Humans are pretty fed up with that. I think even the planet
herself has had enough of imbalance. We are such a selfish and competitive species. Imagine what we could
achieve if we put alla that selfish/competitive energy into things like free energy research, clean food
and air research. There's so much we CAN do if we can just bridge that divide between us and them. I
used to imagine a world of loving unity, where humanity actually moved into total Oneness. Somewhere along
the line that idea has slipped away. At least for me. I just started seeing things in a whole new way.
For my 'new' vision of life on Earth to become reality, we will NEED linear time...space to make the required
changes in. On a whole buncha other Ds all time is now, but I don't think we've come anywhere near reaching
a now that is 'good enough' to be our forever now.
Just think how much easier everything would be with equality. I mean most of us here come from a life of
relative ease and prosperity. We might not FEEL all that prosperous, but we are prosperous enough to have
our internet connections. Compared to how some folks are living our poverty would be extreme luxury
and convenience. Officially our income is below the poverty level and yet I live a life of prosperity and even
abundance. To some folks it wouldn't look that way, but imagine how it would look to one of those mothers
in North Africa, walking for days on end in the hope of finding some help so her children wouldn't starve
to death. Heck, the scraps I put out for my chickens would seem a feast to some folks. It's just WRONG.
Completely outta balance. THAT'S what we oughtta be focusing our attention on I think. How about those
billions of dollars dumped into supporting wars? How many hungry people would that money feed? How many
clean water sources, schools, how much adequate housing and medical care?
Cripes, no wonder so many of us were wishing there's be some magical miracle saviour come and fix things
up for us. Get us on the right track. There certainly doesn't seem to be a clear path from here to there
does there? It's like one of those 'something's gotta give' situations. There has to be a reason for
humanity to change. We are yet to see what that reason is gonna turn out to be. I kinda liked Peter's
blog today about the lightning hitting the Vatican the day the Pope resigns. Like cosmic approval. Maybe,
just maybe, we are at least heading in the right direction.
I don't think a world of equality, even true and actual equality, would put an end to good/bad. We are
humans on Planet Earth. We made this game up for ourselves. We obviously intended for ourselves to
experience duality, fully and completely. But think about how much less hatred there would be. How much
less fear there would be. If everyone had enough there'd probably still be murder and theft and even
rape, unless the CC of humanity gets a whitewash, we are just stuck with those aspects of the game. However,
I reckon there'd be a whole lot less of that business if folks were able to live without having to struggle
for survival. With equality we'd still HAVE good and bad, right and wrong, harm/no harm, but we'd have
so much more attention to put towards it, eventually we could probably sort it out so that we'd create a system
of caring for those folks who require that sorta life experience. Actually learn to work out whatever Karma
or whatever needed to be dealt with on a whole other level. A different system than the exile to prison system
we are currently relying upon. A system that allowed a space for folks to carry out their soul requirements
in a safe and controlled way. Sorta like a wide world of 'settle it in the ring' or something like that.' A
system that actually created a space for anger and fear and whatever else to be experienced in safety for
everyone. Probably how we shoulda been settling our world differences all this time. Have the natioinal
leaders hop in the ring and work it out between them. The way things are just now, the whole bloody planet
is 'the ring'.
This might sound kinda odd, but it seems that up until really recently I was trying to bring the whole world
into me. Everything was about getting information, figuring stuff out, trying to understand how things worked
and why they worked that way. I guess I thought if I did enough seeking and research I'd find some sorta
answer to all questions or something. See the Plan, the Divine Blueprint, and know how things worked and how
to work within that. Just get that knowledge into me and I'd be changed somehow.
It doesn't feel that way now. In fact, it feels the exact opposite of that. Like OK, the world is what it
is, humanity is what it is, and this is what's on our plate to be dealt with. It is not now, and never has
been, about me bringing the world into myself in such a way that I could accept and understand it. It was
ALWAYS about accepting the world for what it is, loving it anyway, and fitting MYSELF into IT. For some
reason there just feels less urgency about fixing things up. Like everything has to play itself out from
where it is now in whatever form it presents itself as. Like one of those gigantic ocean liners, it takes
them ages to slow down or turn around. That's what it's like with our present game. I believe it's been
decided that we are gonna change directions as a species and a planet, now we just gotta be patient with
the process. Not that patience has ever been one of my strong points, but I guess somewhere along the
line I've managed to acquire at least some.
Lately when I come to the blog page I arrive feeling I have nothing to say...then a whole buncha stuff
rolls on out and it's like I'm 'teaching' myself something. Interesting. Seems the blog end isn't
now...maybe it never will be.
yarra
Story
12 Feb 2013 - 6:09pm
One Who Serves:
Ohm Mani Padme Uhm. Greetings to you each one. Good to be with you here in this way. We are only going to stay shortly here for I release now to another. Then I will return. Be back soon.
Sananda:
I Am Sananda. It is good to be here with you again in this way, this time and this moment for many things are about to transpire that have been predicted for many eons of time. For this civilization that you are a part of now, that you have been a part of, that you have become all that you can be in this civilization now, you have come to the point where you are moving, ready to move beyond that which you have know here. And you are moving to the next level of your being, the next level of your expression. And as you do so, as you begin to make this journey, many things have been told to you, many things have been brought to your attention to prepare you for all that is coming. And as these things begin to manifest, you are going to be prepared. Because you have been preparing for this for many, many lifetimes for this very moment that is very near to being upon you. So relax, my brother and sisters. Relax into it, relax into the moment. Because the moment, when it comes, will take you by surprise in some ways and by storm in other ways. Be ready for that. All that has been told, all that has been given from many different sources is about to transpire, in ways that you were not quite expecting. Many of you thought you were going to move through and into the Ascension process at the end of the last year, your 2012. And I can tell you now, that you have moved through that process. You have Ascended in many ways. It is just that a part of you, that part of you that still holds you back has not let go yet. But you are certainly not alone, for many of your brethren are in this same state. Many are at the edge of one dimension into the other. One foot on one side, one foot on the other you might say. And you, each one, are wanting to move ahead but yet you do not move, there is not that final push that moves you to the next level, the next frequency vibration. But I can tell you now, at this moment now in your lives, that push is about to come, so be ready for it. It is on its way. And there will be those various announcements that will be heralding in these changes to come within you. I Am Sananda and all my peace and love be with you each one as you continue on preparing for your mission that you have come here for.
OWS:
Greetings to you once again. I am back now. We know you have questions. We know you have things that are on your minds as we will certainly answer those questions. Understand though that as you continue to ask your questions, know that the answer is not always what you are looking for. It is not always that which is the optimum for your three dimensional understanding. But we are not interested in your three dimensional understanding anymore. We have moved beyond that with you. And we are beginning to work with you at the higher levels of your being if you have not already noticed this. Have you not noticed the difference in these answers that have been coming to you in terms of being who you are in many ways understanding, remembering now. It is time for you to begin to remember. In order to remember you must let go of all of those things that have been holding you to this dimension, to this three dimensional understanding. “Let go, Let God” as the saying goes. But go with the flow now, my brothers and my sisters. Many things are about to change. We will take your questions now.
“I’ve got a box here with a couple of objects inside. They are metaphysical objects. We don’t know what it is. The gentleman I got it from said that he was told to create it out of crystal. And it is cool looking but I really have no clue what it does. Do you have any insight on this?”
OWS: Yes, it is more than just cool looking! It has a great benefit. The benefit though is coming in terms of in the future. It is a facsimile, you might say, of an Atlantian device that was used. But not a device as the smallness that is there, but a device that was much larger in terms of being life-size. If you can understand this and picture now that here in this room, you felt the energy from this little box, did you not? We know the saying that the James gave was “opening pandora’s box” you see? And the energy was flowing when that box is opened. But now, picture this particular box, or rather not in a box but in the open. And having it be life-size, having each one of those crystals be 10-12-15 feet in height connected as they are. Not necessarily connected with copper wire though, that would not be needed. But connected energetically to each one and now feel yourself sitting in or standing in the center of that energy. What would it do to you? You felt nauseous did you not (to a person in the group)? Imagine if you were in it directly! But you would not feel nauseous you see? It would be amplifying the feelings or amplifying the energy within you, within your body. That is what it does. And in some ways it is a conductor of energy, but it is much more that that. It is a purifying system. So if you were to stand in the center of it, your entire being would feel purified. If you were to make that device as it is there but make it into a larger, as we are saying here, crystals as they are, understand that those types of crystals used in times of Atlantis are not available here now at this time. You have lost in many ways, lost the technology there to understand how to create those crystals. For many of those crystals were created, you see? They were not found somewhere. They were created, they were built in some ways you might say, you see? So what you have there my friend is a device. A device that is a remembrance of a past time, a past understanding where these energies would be majorly amplified, you see? Is there further clarification here?
“So you are basically saying that it is a really good thing?”
OWS: Yes, it is a very good thing and even in that small box it would be good for you to learn how to work with that energy. That one, you Daniel, cannot call you Dan, Dan does not work for you. Daniel you can work with that energy. You have been given it for a reason. Do not squander it. Do not just look at it and say it is pretty, you see? It has a use, if you put it to use.
“ I think it is funny that you call me “Daniel” because I communicate with an extra-terrestrial. His name is Trezius. He will not call me Dan. He has to call me Daniel”
OWS: Yes, just as in Cindy became Cynthia, Joanne became Joanna, Jim became James, and Linda is going to have to stay Linda and it is important in many ways, especially for the female of the species here to have the “a” at the end of their name whenever possible for it is a powerful, powerful energy that connects to your remembrances. If you would use it in this way, it has helped the Cynthia and the Joanna now especially as well. Do you not resonate to those names more than you did to the earlier ones? Now for the Linda cannot be changed as we are saying. But feel the power in that word now, in that name. Feel the energy. Know that many of past Masters and such have had that “a” at the end of their name. “Jeshua, Sananda, Aramda, Adama,” you see? Michaela, Gabriella, you see? It goes on and on and on. Only if it resonates for you, though. We would not want you to struggle with it if you do not like it, you see? That would defeat the purpose. Other question here?
“So, since I believe that we came here to do a job, and why many of us are here in this room, what is my job? What is my job on earth and why I feel I was asked to come here because I am not always thrilled that I am here. What job is it? Is it just to do my own processing and come out and still love? Is that my job, or do I have a job to teach? What’s the job?”
OWS: First of all we would change the wording there that you are using. For how does the word “job” resonate in your understanding in your society? Means “work” “drudgery”. Now, we would say to change that word into “mission”. Now, how does that sound to you and feel to you even more importantly. You have a mission. Your mission is calling to you now as you are asking about this. For the more intention that you put on something, the more it will be attracted to you, you see? So ask, continue to ask, what is my mission? But understand that the mission that you are on is different than your purpose. For your purpose changes in each individual moment that you are here in your lifetime. But your mission is different. You came in with a mission. You came in with something that was propelling you in your life here to complete. And you are about to embark, to the one who is asking this, you are about to embark on this mission. (group member), you are about to not only embark on your mission but take it on fully now. (group member), your time is coming. It is very short now. As you know it has mostly to do with disclosure and all of this when this comes. (group member) you are already in your mission, you just do not yet know it. It is coming for you very soon. And, my dear sister (group member), you are also in it, very much so now. But it is also going to be amplified here shortly. Each one is here for a reason. You are not here to be the “Joe Lunchbucket”. You are not here to be that. You are here to assist, to help the lightworker community and all of those that are a part of this and will be a part of this. This is your mission as a whole here. Each individual now has a different part of this, but there is no greater or lesser part of a mission here. You understand this? No one is greater than another. Some will put things on the internet and all of these things and run their talk shows and all of these types of things, but that is no better than the one who speaks to their neighbor and puts out their hand and gives them a little bit of light, you see?
“I would rest easier if that was just my mission”
OWS: That is a part of it, but it is going to become more so. You have been preparing for this for a long time and we are not even talking this lifetime we are talking many lifetimes you have been preparing for what is coming, each one here. And those who would read these words as well. For it is only those who read these words, that are those that are impacted by this. Otherwise there would be no attraction to this. They would see something by “One Who Serves” and say , “Huh, I’m not reading this!” you see? For many across the planet are still in the service to self. They do not want to think in terms of serving others. Even you, your selves here are moving in that direction to be of service to others. The consciousness is shifting my friends. The consciousness is shifting. You will begin to feel it more and more and more each day here, each moment that passes, you will feel this. Other questions?
“Isn’t our mission collectively to bring In the new age?”
OWS: Yes but what is the New Age? You are talking about frequencies of light, frequencies of movements of consciousness, yes. That is correct. It is to bring about the shift in consciousness as a global shift as much as possible.
“So it is line upon line, not necessarily a big leap”
OWS: Ah, now, since you bring this up my dear sister, we will answer this for you. In the past it has been so, it has been line upon line, moment upon moment, stress upon stress, you see? But that time is coming to an end, for that is the old way, that is the old paradigm of three dimensional thinking, and if you continue to stay in that thinking, you stay there. You see? You must let go of this type of thinking now. Does not have to be line upon line anymore. Does not have to cross every “T” and dot every “I” for your karma. It is not necessary anymore. And we will give you a clue here, you have already moved past it! But your three dimensional thinking, your ego process is still holding you here. Once you realize it is no longer needing to hold you and you can move beyond it, you will be there. You see? This is the conundrum here. For many are waiting for something to happen to move and shift into a higher frequency into the fifth dimension and say “now we are here” but we are telling you, you are already there. You see? We understand this is difficult, but it is only difficult because you are still thinking with your three dimensional processes. Let go and you will walk outside of your homes one day and everything will be different to you. And if it lasts, you will be there and it will be different for you permanently. But sometimes you will feel the bliss, a sense of bliss and it will be wonderful. Some have already felt it before and then the next moment it will be gone. You will be back to your old ways, old thinking. Then the next moment you will be back again and it will stay a little bit longer, and the next time, a little bit longer. This is what you are after. The more you can let go, the more you will be there in that bliss permanently.
“Can you tell me my twin flame’s name?”
OWS: The way that we can answer this question is to not answer it for you. Because we would ruin the surprise for you. You would not want this, because when you reconnect with this one, it will be like coming home, tears will be coming down from your eyes and you will feel a sense of longing, a sense of love, unconditional beyond unconditional that you have never felt before, not in this lifetime anyway, and not for quite sometime as we are finding it here. So do not ask us to spoil the surprise. It is not that far off here. Comes with the celebrations that have been spoken of and that will be a celebration to be the tops of celebrations for you. Other questions here?
“Do we only want to speak of positive things here or can I ask something that will come out negative?
OWS: Depends! Ask and we will see.
“ I have a psychic feeling that has been pulling on me for awhile that there is a lot of negative coming in the world, but it will seem positive depending on how you look at it. I feel like there is going to be a lot of people passing – moving on very soon, crossing over and can you tell if this is accurate or am I manifesting something that is not true”?
OWS: What you are doing, my dear brother, is you are picking up on many of the understandings, many of the frequency vibrations coming from throughout the world here, throughout the planet and the people on the planet. And you are experiencing and knowing those particular types of things that are coming. Now to answer your question more directly, yes, there are going to be those that are going to experience what you would call the negative aspects of this shift in consciousness. There will be those who are going to experience the positive aspects. It all depends on how you look at something. Does it not even do that in your three dimensional understanding? If you were to look at something that is occurring in your life do you not have those sayings like looking at life through “The rose-colored glasses”? Or seeing the glass half empty, or glass half full, you see? There are those that would look at these types of things that are coming and see the glass half empty. And there will be those who would see it as “this is wonderful”, and my cup is overflowing, you see?
“I see it as a positive to me”
OWS: Yes, and many will, but there will be those who will not. And those who will not, will not be able to let go as we are saying of the three dimensional understanding and frequency. And they will be held back by this, and yes, some will pass on from this life through to the other side, and they will pass through the veil in that way. But those of you who are ready and are letting go and doing those things you are receiving within your selves, not so much from us, but within yourselves, will penetrate through the veil and continue on in your body that you are in, although a transformed body. Does this answer your question?
“So when you say transform the body, are we physically going to change?”
OWS: Yes, you cannot take the body with you as it is into higher frequency. Cannot take it. Must become more of light and be able to hold the light and the carbon-based bodies that you are in cannot hold the light as it needs to, so it must become more crystalline in nature.
“Is this an automatic process?”
OWS: It is automatic when the time comes. It is already happening.
“One reading that I had said I am like a vibrational frequency portal and that in order for people to get to the veil they had to pass through me and they talked about 144,000 souls that would need to pass through me to get through the veil”
OWS: Now understand the use of the word “Me” change that to “I” to the “I AM” for it is not through you, just as it was not through the Jeshua himself, but it was through the I AM consciousness that he was and that he had taken on, you see? When he said I Am the Way, the Truth, and the Life, he was not talking about himself, you see? So it is the I AM consciousness within you, within everyone, and all those that are reading this and resonating to this. It is the I Am consciousness within each of you that is drawing you forward, drawing you into the higher frequency vibrations. So in that sense, yes you are the gateway.
“But no more so than anybody else”
OWS: Yes.
“But the gateway is a consciousness, the way to our salvation, our upliftment is through the I Am Presence, through the conscious knowing of who we are?“
OWS: Yes. Through the doorway of the heart, through the love center.
“Because the other way it looks like a big burden, way too huge.”
OWS: The vibration that is passing through you is purposeful in terms of moving you forward, in terms of moving you on into your higher frequency vibration within you. In some ways it is the awakening of the Kundalini energy that you are beginning to feel more so at some times than others. You understand this? Anything further here?
“This has to do with a Navajo Indian that told me about having a child that I wasn’t aware of and that later doused that it wasn’t from beings on this planet and I am wondering if it is residual energy and if you can confirm that there is any residual energy and if Dan is here to help me”
OWS: Yes, we are finding that there is an energy associated with you and it is still associated with you. It has that connection and it is from a long ago past time where this one was going to come through you as the mother but that was held off for various reasons that cannot be given at this time. This one, when you are ready for it, you will receive this answer directly from this one. Cannot give much more on this at this time. You see many things we are blocked from to interfere in your experiences, into your experiential knowing and consciousness movement. So to tell you this is how it is or this is what is going to happen or something of this nature, in many cases we cannot do this. Even though sometimes we would like to just tell you. Wake up, here it is, do with it now what you will, but we cannot. Anything further here? Than we will release the channel now. Shanti Peace BE with you. BE the ONE!
Channeled by James McConnell
www.meetup.com/ancient-awakenings
Article may be reproduced in its entirety if authorship and authors website is clearly stated
Story
12 Feb 2013 - 3:59pm
Michael
It is time now for humanity to begin the creation of your new world. You have weathered the ups and downs of the initial period of heavy upgrades to your energetic and bodily systems and are ready now to step ahead into the real work that you came here to do.
Some of you have already chosen projects and ideas to work on. That is a wonderful thing. Let us in no way slow you down from such things. The main work for most of you at this time, however, is to continue clearing out any and all of the old clutter from your minds and lives. Then ask yourselves what you truly wish to accomplish from this point forward.
Take no notice of your age, your ‘qualifications’, or anything else other than your true heart’s desire. You may save nations, dear hearts, or you may have an effect upon a family, even an individual, during your time here. But what the effect of that may be upon the future of this world, you cannot begin to know. How many kindnesses, words of wisdom, or gestures of compassion have, completely unknown to the ones who contributed them, turned people, nations, and history around in the past? Stories of these things have amazed you over and over again.
The point of the stories is that you might be the one to create that next miracle. But in order to do that, you must be ready. How are you to be ready, do you imagine? Just continue to be and become the very best you that it is possible for you to become. No one can ask more of you than that. None expect more of you than that. It is, after all, the reason you are here. Do you know what that contribution may be? We are sure you do not.
You love affirmations we observe. Try this one if you will. “I am where I need to be, when I need to be there, to do what I need to do when I need to do it.” Let us, and your life, take care of the rest.
There is more we need to discuss soon, but this is enough for today. Stay grounded and grateful for all that is being showered upon you now. Yes, it continues to rise in intensity, but as we have told you, you are becoming more and more able to assimilate it.
Walk in joy, dear ones. Good day.
Copyright © Ronald Head. All Rights Reserved. You may copy and redistribute this material so long as you do not alter it in any way, the content remains complete, and you include this copyright notice link: http://oraclesandhealers.wordpress.com/
Blog entry
12 Feb 2013 - 12:24pm
MEMORIES OF BLISS
Memories
Deep
Soul passion
Emoting
Through my
Being
Wondrous feelings
Known
Since eternity
Activating
Such blissful
Ecstatic waves of Love
Heart expansion
Overwhelming
So familiar
Highest depth
Of
SOUL
rememberance
Carries me
To a place
Beyond Nirvana
My Soul rejoices
To have
Found you again
My Love
My Beloved
My SOUL
By LIORA
© www.twinflame1111.com
video
12 Feb 2013 - 11:38am
Published on 12 Feb 2013
As I've been working on my response to the Federal court that seems to be up to the old tricks, I have been working on incorporating the One People's Public Trust documents and facts into my case. Yes, that does have bearing, whether or not the court recognizes it at this time or not. They will. Everyone will come to see, in time, how the foreclosure on the corporate control grid will affect everyone and everything. Most still have no idea. This OPPT is a real game changer, as I've said before. It is the can opener that will open up a world of possibilities the human race has never known, including jubilee. That will be a worldwide celebration of freedom and a rebirth of renaissance.
Story
12 Feb 2013 - 10:33am
(Note from Solara An-Ra: ‘Terra’ refers to Planet Earth. The past, present & future are all spoken about in the present tense, as the Star People are looking through the time-line as they speak.)
Dear Light people of Gaia, hear our words. Some of you are tuned into and accessing the higher energies on your planet now, and are in a state of harmony and high vibration. Yet others are in distress at the apparent lack of change in your world following the solstice of 2012. To these ones we say, we hear your cries for help; we feel your desire to ‘come home’ or ‘be home’ on a planet which many times looks like hell to you – like a distortion of life in which cruelty and disharmony are still prevalent.
Let us begin by giving you an energy update. As we scan into the energy field of your planet, looking at the before, during and after stages of the solstice 2012 in your 3-D time-line, we see the following:
We see a great accumulation of Light hitting you in the latter stages of 2012. Some of this is being received from higher dimensions – indeed, some of this Light precipitation is being beamed from our sphere of influence to your 3-D world in the months leading up to the solstice. Yet more is activated through your own efforts – through your individual meditations and prayers, and through the many communal gatherings and world-wide meditations initiated by the Light leaders of your time. The pinnacle of this Light explosion through your One-Heart activations we experience at the 12.12.12 time window, during which a coloured force field of immense power streams into the Earth’s aura in an unprecedented explosion of Unity Consciousness. Many of you felt this unity, one with another, perhaps for the first time – and for you it was a most welcome feeling of having finally arrived at a place you have always longed for.
Moving to the actual time-line of the solstice, many different pockets of reality are discernible, and the overall shift of energy on the planet is not quite as high. The accumulation of fear thought-forms, emanating from the anxiety of what-might-be at this much anticipated date, cause pockets of darkness in the aura of the planet. These are in stark contrast to the great pillars of Light created through the many gatherings of Light people across the planet. There is a wave of Light energy we see moving around the orb of Terra, as groups project love and healing into the etheric realms of Earth – into the core crystal, into the nature grids of the planet, and into the fourth dimension also, which is the interface zone of connection between your old world and you unity with us.
Do not judge what we say here about the solstice of 2012 as a ‘fixed outcome’, for the point we make here is this - that we have always called the transformation that you are undergoing THE TRANSITION into the Age of Light. Think now on this word – transition. It means a ‘process of change, through time’. It is not and was never meant to be an instantaneous shift, from one moment to the next. The solstice of 2012 was never meant to be a point in time during which your reality changed in such a way that your new reality was then fixed, with nothing more to be healed or changed. Those of you who believed this are victims of the ‘saviour complex’ which was seeded on Earth to disempower you – to make you believe that you cannot control your own destinies, and need an outside force, greater, more powerful and intelligent than yourselves to save the day.
Let us reassure you that on the solstice there WAS an increase in the Light quotient on planet Terra – we simply reflect that it was not as great a change as occurred in the 12.12.12 time portal. This is because of the fear which surrounded this date for some people on your planet, much of this generated by the manipulators – combined with the confusion that many of you felt about what actually did or did not occur.
These ones, the disappointed ones, we now implore - learn to look inwards, into your own energy fields, before you judge whether there are changes afoot in the outside world. For until you master your own energy fields, you will not understand how to judge what is happening on your planet, or how to change things in the outer world you inhabit. Begin by practising the ‘Essential Daily Practises’ that we have given you – so that you master how to centre, ground, protect, charge, expand and align your own energies.
These methods are simple – they are not advanced techniques which require initiation into an elite sect of spiritual aspirants. We teach you how to control your own energies so that you remain strong in mind, body and spirit, for all progress on Earth starts with your own individual progress. Without your health and integrity, there is no health and integrity possible for your planet.
There is also the matter of your extra-dimensional chakras - the energy centres which spin outside of your bodies and which are in the process of being activated now. Learn to work with these consciously - to identify with them and their purpose - so that you are more aligned with the New Earth which vibrates outside of time and space.
As for the present-time energies, in the dawning of 2013 … Dear people of Terra, if you could see what we see as your planet transits into a higher dimensional status, (and some of you DO see this), you would cry tears of joy at the wonders that you are able to manifest at this time on your planet. You ARE the change – you ARE the agents of your salvation! And you are doing it – you are succeeding in the healing of your world. You must simply know that this is so, and trust that you are in the process.
In this process of change you are learning to use your extra-sensory abilities to discern what is truth and what is less than truth. You are learning to sense, on meeting a new friend, what increment of Light they hold, and how it is possible to be in relationship with them without your force field being depleted. You are learning to trust that you are guided towards that which will serve you, and that that which does not serve you is made challenging to indicate that it is no longer in your best interests. As you take the baby steps or giant leaps in the right direction, you enter the flow of synchronicity that leads you forward. And so it is.
Trust that you are the change, Light people of Terra, and that your world is changing as you read this. The old structures are falling, old ways of deception and control are collapsing, and the new children of Earth will no longer allow ways of being which are not in integrity to hold sway. If you choose to blunder along, complaining that things are difficult and that nothing has changed, then this will be your reality – but your path will be rocky if you obstinately keep your blinkers on. Simply step through the fear of what might be if you choose to take chances, and to believe that it really is true that the Age of Light on Terra is dawning – and you will step out of the shadows of your own creation and into the Light of what is. And so it is.
Namaste.
Love love love,
Solara An-Ra
For Gaia-and-Tribe
www.solara.org.uk
Blog entry
12 Feb 2013 - 10:09am
Monday, February 11, 2013
The evolution of the progression of consciousness is etched deeply in the fabric of the universe.
The ancient clockwork of time ticks obediently toward consciousness’ day.
Humanity’s journey of awakening is built upon yesterdays and reaching for tomorrows.
Of past times remembering and future days to come.
The immortal cause of consciousness awakens the waiting heart.
Beyond the veil of awareness, wisdom is on the march.
Invincible truth begets a new world to keep a promise made.
Time becomes an eternal place and without boundaries.
Light resides in this place of love where consciousness is found.
Upon the throne of creation sits the soul of humankind.
Ascending to its rightful place, the creator will reside.
Within the heart and soul is found the resting place inside.
For ancient is the days of earth, and kingdoms come and fall.
But "reign forever in the place" is consciousness’ call.
Blessed are the days of earth, a gift to humankind.
The moment of their life to be the ladder they will climb.
Let knowing be your trusted guide and walk upon the way.
The ancient clockwork waits no more for consciousness’ day.
For it has come to a sleeping world for all humankind to see, and there they will reside forever in eternity.
Communiqués
Happy Bearth~daY'"ALL !!!
(((((((NoW)))))))
~~in love and oneness, sensi
Blog entry
12 Feb 2013 - 7:57am
Dear all – sharing here my observations over the phenomenon of a shifts.
When earth is evolving together with local universe around towards to new reality, we experience shifts. These shifts, all what it includes, is mysterious for me since it has so amount of parameters that effect on it. The symphony of energies is affected by each individual of human and other earth bound beings from other realities. The local universe symphony between planets and sun affects also into our shifts. The whole system is affected by the central sun(s) - they have their role to play also. Once a earth is approaching and manifesting together with it’s beings and universe a “shift” we align with some new timeline probability and when a earth moves on one, it often creates some changes within each one of us, and collective. This new timeline we align requires a self to release some energy or beliefs. While a shift happens the it starts typically arise and some changes in our emotional state and in our thoughts It often brings on surface some beliefs, habits etc. These emotions during the shift pop surface into our emotional system when a energy system of earth moves on new line of time - it forces these emotions to be handled - ie released and or mastered. The emotions can be at times being like rollercoaster – from enormous bliss to doubt, sorrow and soon again lots of bliss and then again something else – even loosing temper, frustration and anger at times. When each shift is completed, I have found to feel much lighter, even happier and from that perspective the emotions we have had during the shift just feels insane and silly. All gets so much clearer when we pass the transition phase of shift. I also have noted that not all shifts bring the same emotions - others may experience a shift with different unique way.
What I have seen around and within me is that being extremely forgiving for self and other helps. Taking higher perspective and trying to find inner peace and balance by doing meditation, listening good music and spending time outdoors helps.
Now, since last weekend we have been in middle of major shift to new timeline, new glorious time where we move again a bit more towards the age of oneness and peace. The energies in this shift has been enormously strong and I feel that towards the weekend it will start to show the new possibilities of this shift. These shifts seems to be gradual and it is long and slow process. So more is to come as we already have seen so many of these in past. Wishing for all of you peaceful time and lots of patience with yourself and others. Eventually this is very good shift for all of us. Each time before the shift is completed all of this feels a bit intense but like after each storm the calm days feels even calmer.
With love, respect, gratitude, patience, faith and once more - love.
T
Blog entry
12 Feb 2013 - 2:01am
Body - Brain - Mind - Spirit
So, if the body is based upon a physical existance, built towards efficiently navigating and manipulating the physical world - would spirituality, namely transcendance not be the enemy of the physical bodies' existance? Would the brain not find the very concept of transcendance to be offensive and a restriction upon the evolution of the physical body?
Transcendance is essentially bypassing something completely. Are we as spiritual people who strive for transcendance, going against the bodies' will? Would the brain respond to such thoughts in a negative way? Without the spirit however, the body will not be actualised, so the spirit is not the enemy to the physical existance by any means, yet the loss of the spirit, surely would equate to the current physical decline of that existance--just like pulling the plug? Would the body/brain try to lock the spirit within the body until it expires?
Just some food for thought.
Peace.
Blog entry
12 Feb 2013 - 1:23am
This is just me talking to myself on the keyboard. Just finished my blog for today, but I guess I wasn't finished
thinking of stuff. For reasons I've never understood quite often just sitting at the keyboard provides all sorta
answers to questions I hadn't even known how to ask. For instance in today's blog I talked about lotus flower opening.
I don't remember EVER thinking that on any conscious level...have no idea where it came from. Maybe my HS and aspects
have figured out how to send me automatic writing or something. I dunno...it just works that way. Like I'm taking
dictation from my HS maybe. Probably a silly idea, but I quite like it myself. However it arrived, I got some things
to consider from that blog.
Like my bubble system for example. I've always considered those bubbles to be symbols. Even though I could clearly see
what they looked like, where they were and alla those physical details, I was seeing them in what I thought was my
imagination. It didn't actually occur to me that there could be actual energetic bubbles in place where I put them,
and that they are now 'containing' the amount of 5D I've managed to anchor to the planet here. Now, suddenly, I find
myself half way convinced that's exactly what DID happen. We give a whole lotta lip service to the idea of creating
our own worlds, but I wonder how many of us truly believed it in our brain/minds? How many of us REALLY believed we
could overcome what has probably been millions of years of the various programs that have been applied to this game
over our evolution here on Earth? Even though we built our creations with such solidity that we could actually see
them in our minds eye, did we really ever believe all the way that we could actually do it? Make it real, and present
and tangible? In 3D? I'm not sure. I THINK I believed in manifesting my world around me, but now that it seems I mighta
done that I'm surprised on a whole buncha levels. And uncertain. It feels like an idea, NOT a KNOWING. Maybe that's
how it works. You suddenly have this new awareness, and you get time to absorb and integrate it. That might explain
that whole dimension switching we've been experiencing over the past few years. Just all of a sudden, without any
warning, no owner's manual, nuthin, we started finding ourselves moving through the Ds and bouncing back again. I
always did figure that was some sorta 'training program' to get our bodies prepared for living full time in a higher
D. I gotta say though, I guess I thought there'd be MORE to 5D. If this really is 5D, well, it must be the lowest
plane of the D. Not that I'm complaining. I'm not, I couldn't ask for a better world or a better life. But I
guess I was expecting something a bit more dramatic or something. I think this is very much like that dimension
bouncing business. We all felt ourselves making the shift into 4D and back again, and later on we pretty much
stayed in 4D. Now we are on the next step of the ladder. We've had a much easier 'training session' this time,
no bouncing, but we have felt ourselves shifting back and forth. Maybe now we are moved up into that bottom plane
of 5D and that's why everything looks...ummm...not like it always has. There's more to everything somehow, but
I guess I expected to see something that was changed or different in a more...well, just more of something. Like
maybe I could see interdimensional beings or something, I dunno.
Strange how I've spent years meditating and contemplating and intending to create or anchor a 5D world around myself
and somehow it makes me feel kinda embarrassed to even say it right out loud in words that I mighta just succeeded
in that. Like I'm amazed at my own arrogance. Who do you think you are? kinda thing. Why would that be? I never
not even once thought I was 'playing at' creating the world I wanted around me. I don't understand why I'm having
such a hard time believing it could be real? I was serious as a heart attack with my intending and manifesting. OF
COURSE it had to work...so why do I feel all hesitant?
Feels like my brain is getting scrambled in there. Maybe it is. Maybe I'm right and my 5D world truly does
exist and I'm getting my physical upgrades. Like getting the new, upgraded, software installed. Adjusting and
adapting maybe. I SHOULD be wearing myself to a frazzle doing the happy dance, but I'm not. Wonder what's up
with that? Must be more steps in this process, more levels. OH GOODY, maybe that means alla this float along
in the flow, kick back, just be, business is winding down and some motivation might finally make an appearance.
THAT would be GRAND. I've felt like a boiled noodle ever since my operation in December. I'm hanging out to
just feel MODERATELY motivated...my normal state of being. We had thirteen inches of rain...can you even imagine
how many weeds are making themselves right at home out there? Never mind, I don't want that mental image in my
head.
Maybe this is a programming issue. Maybe we kick off layer after layer of programming as we go along our path.
As we release old stuff the old programming for that stuff goes away. Maybe after awhile ya get down to the
CORE software. The operating system...the basic underlying program that humanity probably carries as racial
memory. Maybe that's what's ahead. Maybe that's why I keep having this really strong feeling that something
is pending. Maybe a whole buncha stuff pending. Like this is my orientation period, and I'm actually just
starting to GET oriented. Maybe once I allow myself to accept what I'm thinking/seeing/feeling is real I
will get down to the nitty gritty stuff. I spose some folks will go through the orientation period and
decide it's not for them and not go any further. I dunno why I even said that, I didn't think I was thinking
it. Must be something to consider a bit more. Noted. That's probably why we only use 10% of our human
brains. The rest is probably where our 5D consciousness programs are located. Sorta like transferring to
a new hard drive or something. Maybe the process we are right in the middle of is deciding just how much
of what we already know we have attachments to and what we are prepared to leave behind without doubt or
regret. OK, dunno why I wrote that one either. Noted again.
Perhaps we keep all of our levels of consciousness stored in the brain when we are in physical expression.
Perhaps Ds one through three are located in the 10% we use now, and there are 9 other 10% levels of consciousness
that can be achieved in physical form on physical Earth. Or at least that we were created with the potential
for that. Seems folks have built up this whole idea that New Earth had to be somewhere else, and it became this
huge bandwagon that a whole buncha folks got onto. Like giving up on Mother Earth. Not believing she could pull
off this next phase of human evolution without a do-over. If we actually do have 90% brain capacity than we use,
surely that means we were 'built for' further advancement. Like a car. You CAN drive at 150 mph, but mostly ya
just don't. We have all sorta capacities and capabilities we simply haven't realized yet. Hmmm...that's another
new age thingy going around...we are so much more than we are aware of. Again, why am I surprised if I've
finally reached a new level of awareness of that?
It's almost like the feeling of a dream come true. You know what I mean, at first it just seems too good to be
true. You can hardly allow yourself to believe that what you've dreamed of, intended for and consciously created/
manifested actually arrives. I still can't say that I'm totally convinced. Maybe I'm just having some sorta
pleasant beautiful day experience and I will 'wake up' and realize I'm right where I always was. I don't think
so though. I don't think I can ever be where I was before. There's this sense of extra rightness with everything.
Every little thing seems to suddenly fit in to that puzzle. For awhile I felt like I only had edges and corners,
now I'm beginning to see a bit more of what that picture really is. AND, even more important, I'm beginning to
feel like I'm getting glimpses of the WHOLE picture. Not details. Nothing I can put into words. Just this
idea that something IS ahead and it's all going to carry on becoming exactly what I've been manifesting. Sorta
like the whole kit and caboodle arrived all at once and I know it's here, but I can only open and explore tiny
little parts of it at a time.
Hmmm...that seems to be it. All the HS had to dictate today. Funny how it just stops all at once like that.
One minute my consciousness is flying full blast into...well, into something. Next minute the flow of info,
thoughts, ideas, whatever they are, just stops and that's that.
Well, it ISN'T that's that at all. It's more like here's your work for today. Things to consider. Ideas
to explore. Today might not end up being one of those motivation arrival days. I'm feeling like I need a
nap. WHEN will this business be over with so we can be physically energetic again? Or maybe it's just me.
Maybe sloth genes are getting too big for their boots in there. I'm REALLY tired of being tired all the
time. Maybe that means I oughtta just believe in what my heart tells me is happening. Dunno why I'm even
hesitating to do that. Seems so MAJOR. On one hand I can't wait to be fully awake and aware in a 5D
world, on the other hand I feel like I have these attachments to the present world that I'm finding kinda
hard to shake. At least in this dithering place you sorta have both at the same time.
OK, that's it. My consideration plate is full. I'm off to contemplate/meditate/manifest...see if I can
get a handle on alla this.
yarra
video
11 Feb 2013 - 11:37am
Published on 11 Feb 2013
That was the message I "heard" upon awakening this morning and pondered in nearly two hours of meditation before coming to the computer. Yesterday for me was a day of intense focus as I was up against a deadline to prepare my response to the court. Once again there were people pulling at me for attention; and I had to consciously choose not to get sidetracked again as was happening all this past week. People approach me with legal issues, health issues, relationship issues, money problems and virtually every concern known to Man. We live and have our experience in a world of fear, an acronym for which is False Evidence Appearing Real. That is certainly appropriate in the legal realm where everything is color of law pretending to be actual law. But it is also true when dealing with those other issues we face in human life. With Valentine's Day only days away, I am reminded of the saying from the Bible: perfect loves casts out fear. I have felt that perfect love sweep over me; and so, I imagine, have you. I am coming to realize more and more that only love can heal our fears. Can you see that yet?
Story
11 Feb 2013 - 7:56am
February 8, 2013
Greetings, I am Mira currently working with the Earth Council.
I have much to report at this time. There is a shaking of the Earth and the Earth’s old records. It is time for the truth to come out. Much that has been buried in storage vaults and places within the Earth will become revealed. The restructuring of the Earth’s surface has begun.
It is of paramount importance that one becomes more self-aware. This awareness will always lead you in the path of the least disturbance. It will put you in contact with what is going on in the skies as well as on the Earth. There is substantial change that many of you feel. You will become more consciously aware of this when it is the right time.
Although there is more surveillance of your lives from those that would like to control you, there is less possibility of that occurring as you stay focused on your inner guidance and truth. There will come a point when you will render yourselves impermeable to external or internal interference. Try as they may, as you progress higher in your ascension process you will block any of their means of attempting to deter you from your complete ascension.
There is already a stronghold of the photon energy combined with other key elements that are protecting this evolutionary process. You are shielded and protected in a myriad of ways. This also prevents any victimization that might occur.
As you observe the outside controlling influences trying to stifle you with fear, you will also see that this is what is occurring and little energy will be given to that agenda. You are too busy working with the Light and being the Light. You already know what is stronger.
We in the Earth Council are busy overseeing the process of Light awakening and dark departing. We receive help from other members of our space family and from the Light Realms. If you feel the battle of your own shadow sense of thoughts and emotions, imagine what we see across the planet!
Excellent progress is being made as you evolve into more conscious beings and co-creators of the New Earth. It is happening in what you like to call break neck speed with time lines folding into times lines that will no longer impact the safety and future life on Earth.
You have won the battle yet you cannot rest here. There are still many steps along the way for you to be free. It is within your reach. Proceed as directed and the illuminated Earth will be yours.
I am Mira from the Pleiadian High Council serving the Earth Council.
Source: groundcrew.com
Teaching
11 Feb 2013 - 5:09am
The Series itself is no ordinary seminar series as you will not only become familiar with the in-depth knowledge’s and wisdom of the Kumaric Teachings, but you will also work personally with the Seven Holy Kumaras in our Group Tele-Call Sessions.
For this series, in addition to the seven (7) Venusian Ray Teaching Seminars (MP3 format), you will also participate in four (4) Live Group Tele-Call Sessions where a channeling and healing from the Holy Kumaras will occur so you can accelerate and integrate the teachings.
The Group-Sessions will be scheduled after you have listened to a portion of the 7 seminar MP3 audio recordings as we go along through the course (see below for full schedule).
We will hold the first Group Call and then you will take the MP3 Audio Teachings of sessions 1, 2, & 3. Each audio teaching activates frequencies that must be processed by your full body system, as such, you will do one audio segment approximately every three weeks. We will then have another Group Tele-Call. Continuing on, you will do Audio’s 4 & 5, and we will have the third Group Call, and finally after Audio 6 & 7 we will do the fourth Group Call.
In each Seminar Audio MP3 we have an overview of each Ray, the Kumara who is associated with that Ray, how it relates to the knowledge we already have, and how to access the newly acquired energies within the Ray. At the conclusion, individuals will then be given a private session with the Holy Kumaras, overlighted by Sanat Kumara, to go over the Rays and how they correlates with your pathway and personal experience while bridging the gap between the Lemurian/Atlantean timeline to the New Earth timeline. Each individual will have the availability to access the timelines in between that need to be addressed in order to understand the present awareness to accept the frequency of adaptability into the New Earth. (Included in your series enrollment is free access to the Introductory Seminar that includes the activation of your Venusian “Love Star”.)
NOW YOU CAN TAKE PART IN THE FIRST GROUP TELE-CALL on FEBRUARY 14th at 5:30PM PST [8:30PM EST]!
~ THIS IS A FREE OPEN CALL ~
The following represent each of the Kumaras and the Rays of God as it relates to the Venusian way of being:
Sanatka – First Ray, Blue Flame, Will of God
Sa Ananda – Second Ray, Yellow Flame, Wisdom of God
Sa Na Tana – Third Ray, Pink Flame, Love of God
Sujata – Fourth Ray, White Flame, Purity of God
Kapila – Fifth Ray, Green Flame, Science of God
Sa Na Kumara – Sixth Ray, Purple-Gold-Ruby Flame, Peace of God
Sanat Kumara – Seventh Ray, Violet Flame, Freedom of God
We have different payment arrangements either in full with a 50% discount or monthly to suit your budget with three different pay schedules.
We hope you will join us ~ Walking Terra Christa
Rev. Christine Meleriessee & Mike Hayden
Ascension Mastery
Story
11 Feb 2013 - 12:30am
Spring into a New Dawn – The Council of Nine -- February 10, 2013, by Tazjima
We are the Council of Nine.
Spring approaches for you and your world in the form of new energies of transformation. It is a time to grow exponentially, as an individual and as a collective humanity.
See yourselves as young trees, reaching to the sky to embrace the wide skies above, while digging your roots deep into the soil beneath, for stability, for nourishment and for connection to each other and to your earth.
As a people you are currently undergoing an apocalypse, a widely misunderstood Greek word which means an unveiling:
"An apocalypse (Ancient Greek: ἀποκάλυψις apocálypsis, from ἀπό and καλύπτω meaning 'un-covering'), translated literally from Greek, is a disclosure of knowledge, hidden from humanity in an era dominated by falsehood and misconception, i.e., a lifting of the veil or revelation…"
What are now being revealed to you are your hidden past and heritage, of your divine roots and sacred heritage. Your ancestors were not all dumb, fur-clad beasts who rampaged through the civilized cities of crumbling civilizations. There are those who claim as a heritage that which does not belong to them – it belongs to you and in the coming years more will be revealed to you.
Now you are in the process of coming to terms with the stark fact that you have been deceived and that those who have committed these acts of deception are still at it, still attempting to disguise their works even as the curtain has already been drawn aside. The darkness that has attempted to hide itself often disguised as “good” works is being revealed for what it truly has always been – an attempt to take the power from the people in a bid to command the resources, power and wealth of this world. This overt greed and power play has been revealed as a grand deception.
The structures that have been erected by your controllers, hidden and known, are falling down of their own volition. Their foundations are illusionary, built upon fabrication and lies. Much energy has been expended by those who do not wish you to learn the truth about your world and yourselves, but the new transformational energies, directed by cosmic forces are breaking down the barriers to understanding and more individuals and groups are questioning everything there is about the current failing paradigms.
There will be a return to the wisdom teachings of the ancestors as time passes and the opportunity for people to learn about their true connections to each other and this world become available. Wisdom can be accessed from within, through your own intuition, but there are currently many people who do not trust their own feelings and hunches. Instead they rely on others to think for them and constantly give their power away to others. This is a conditioned response that has been trained into many of you since childhood. You adapted or you resisted and paid the price, accordingly.
Many of you have chosen to live solitary lives in order to have the time to do the inner processing needed to adapt consciously to living in a new way. You are the wayshowers for others who have not had the opportunity as yet to focus on spirituality because they were concentrating on just keeping alive in a world filled with struggle.
As the world progresses through this period of transition, even those people who have been subjugated and compelled to live under dire conditions, even those who live in the darkest corners of the planet are beginning to stir and respond to the call of freedom. It is the call of the soul, to unite with self and to unite with family, friend, community and nation in overcoming what is working against unity.
There has been much talk of mass arrests and judgments against those who have perpetrated great crimes against humanity, through the manipulation of the economy and money systems, through the subjugation of women and children, through sex crimes, through war and violence, through political division and outright lies to protect corporations and individuals.
To have the knowledge that there have been crimes against humanity is a first step, but one must remember that most people alive have lived before. Do you know for certain if you have never “sinned” or committed an act that compromised or caused another to suffer? Are you so willing to throw that first stone when the one you hit will probably be yourself? (As an aside, the concept of “sin” was and is yet another concept designed to shame people and to take their power away. A more accurate description would be an imbalance or misuse of energies, which is more neutral in meaning.)
What is important is for those who have committed acts against other people are for them to confess it before the world and to ask for forgiveness. And if you have done something wrong yourself, forgive yourself. And go forward. Heaven does not judge, why should you? The individual has ample time to repent and make up for their wrongdoings. Society needs to embrace them and accept them back as a functioning member. Unhealed hurts are what create lasting wounds and separation. Now is the time for healing those wounds, ones dealt by others against you and ones that you have given to others, in this lifetime or others.
Since the concept of reincarnation was purposefully deleted from the Bible, most of Western society has forgotten about the fact that you have lived before, will live again, in other bodies, perhaps as a man or woman, gay or straight, depending on the avenue of development that your soul desires to undertake and experience in any one life time. To judge another based on sex, nationality, culture, skin-color, ethnicity, religion or any other difference is to judge oneself.
Humanity will learn to accept diversity, although it may take some time. It is good to know that division and chaos is not a natural state for humanity. It is a lie that has been brought forth -- that it is man’s nature to kill and destroy each other -- that has been purposefully perpetuated to create further division. Remember the words, “Together you stand; divided you fall.” Your keepers, controllers or powers that were have sought to perpetuate myths and lies to keep humanity divided. Stand together and all will benefit. Stand divided and all will suffer.
With more knowledge of reincarnation many will learn that they have lived in many cultures, lifetimes and types of societies. It is for the sake of learning. The diversity available on your planet is a wonder; many galactic cultures are more unified in structure. The opportunity for learning while embodied on Earth is therefore greater due to the differences that you seem to find so disconcerting.
The wounds of humanity will be healed and you will heal together. You will relearn how to tune into the flows of nature so that the elementals work with the farmer or gardener so the crops thrive, without the use of poisons. You will relearn many things. There is much to rediscover and many new things to learn. Physical life will take on a new joy, a joy of discovery and wonder, as struggle is replaced by cooperation and division is replaced by unity.
We see this in your future. Just when and how long it takes for that bright future to arrive depends on your actions and thoughts of today. Learn to master all three of your lower bodies, physical, emotional and mental. With self-mastery will emerge a willingness to do what is necessary for the good of the whole and your entire world will benefit from your efforts.
We stand beside you as guides and mentors, but it you who must do the work, separately and together. Our blessings go out to everyone who awakens to the new dawn of opportunity for your world and yourselves as individuals.
Namaste.
Thank you, Council of Nine.
Copyright © 2013 by Elizabeth Ayres Escher. All Rights Reserved. Permission is given to copy and distribute this material, provided the content is copied in its entirety and unaltered, is distributed freely, and this copyright notice and links are included. http://bluedragonjournal.com/
Blog entry
11 Feb 2013 - 12:04am
Saying we went on a road trip means we REALLY spent a whole lotta time on the road, 17+ hours in 3 days. I've
seen enough of roads to last me for awhile. Not gonna be doing that again real soon. Spent more time in the
3/4D version of our world than I have in ages. Can't say I noticed that much at all has changed. If anything,
folks seem even more stressed out, impatient, and rude. If ya don't go as fast as the guy behind you thinks
you oughtta be going he's not one bit shy about spraying out nasty names at ya. Thank goodness Catch actually
enjoys driving...AND has the patience of a mountain range.
Saw something I thought was pretty magical. This place called Sawn Rocks...it was a mini lesson in Sacred
Geometry...the first I've ever actually seen 'in person'. The rock was originally the lava core of a volcano,
but over something like 17 to 21 million years it formed up what are called pipe organ rocks. It's all about
how the water moves through the rock over time, and it creates these really gigantic hexagonal columns of rock.
When enough time passes these columns fall away from the main structure, and you can actually see the hexagons
at the ends, six sided separate columns contained in the bigger pieces that fall. I tried to post some photos
but I had no luck, if you just google sawn rock and click images there's a whole page of photos. The John that
took us there pointed out that this place is one of the very few examples of straight (or nearly) lines in nature.
Looking at it kinda made me feel I was getting a little glimpse of the Divine Plan and how Sacred Geometry
actually works in nature. Impressed the heck outta me.
Personally I'm not a great road travel candidate. Riding in cars sends me off to sleep without fail. I
did, however, figure out that if you're lying in the back seat and your eyes can't sense the motion of
the passing scenery you can actually read a book in the car. Sure makes those in car hours go faster.
We saw some beautiful countryside. We saw endless miles of dead flat plains. Don't think I could keep
my sanity living in a place I couldn't see a mountain, even off in the distance. On the plains ya have
plains, and that's that. There's a sorta security, or feeling of strength, or evidence of the power of
Earth or something that mountains radiate, to me at least. I just feel better knowing there's a mountain
to look at. Probably cause I grew up in a mountain valley. I mean, how do folks figure out what direction
they are going without a mountain as your reference point? I'm lousy at directions in the first place,
without a mountain I'm just plain lost.
Of all the places we saw though, the one that made my heart swell up with joy, appreciation and gratitude
was the place I saw driving into our own front gates. I'm so spoiled. Don't think I could ever live in
a 'regular' neighbourhood, where your neighbour's back yard is your bathroom view. Sorta explains why
most folks don't have a window in their shower. One of my special treats for myself is showering with a
full moon. I could almost feel the energy of folks I couldn't see simply because they were all jammed
together, house to house. I really missed my 'calmness bubble', that whole 'space between' business that
makes you feel CAN contact your neighbour if you want to, but you aren't in constant near-contact. I don't
wanna hear anything but the natural world around me. NOT the next door neighbour's toilet flushing.
One other strange thing happened. For as long as I can remember I've been empathic. Can't even count the
number of times I've had to change aisles or even leave a supermarket/shop because someone around me had such
negative energy I felt physically ill. Mostly when folks are around me I get this sorta sense of what's
up with them. Not on any way personal level or anything. I mean I can usually sense if they are sad, or
frustrated, or filled with joy and happiness. I had absolutely no sense or feeling about anyone. Took
awhile for me to notice that actually. Not too sure how I feel about that. I mean it really gets very
uncomfortable, coming up against ugly energy, but at the same time, it's soooo nice to be around someone
who is radiating positive energy. That's why children always cheer us up, and our animal companions. They
radiate ONLY positive energy most of the time. Maybe it was because we were 'company'. Maybe it's because
there was a party. I dunno, sure felt strange. Like I'm no longer on frequency with folks in 3/4D.
We saw plains, we saw mountains, we saw rainforests, we saw the ocean. All in all, a pretty good road trip. But there's no place like home.
yarra
Story
10 Feb 2013 - 11:02pm
TRANSMISSION FRON THE ARCTURIAN MOTHERSHIP - CONNECTING REALITIES 2
Our Final Briefing
By Suzanne Lie – February 9, 2013
www.suzanneliephd.blogspot.co.uk
Mytre Speaks:
Mytria and I both had a strange sadness before our meeting this time. We even walked to the Holosuite to soak in each lovely memory of the times we had shared there with the Arcturian. We did not know why we felt that way, but we felt as if something would be changing. We even gave each other a long hug before we entered our Holoschool. The reason for our feelings became evident when the Arcturian greeted us by saying,
“Our dear friends, Mytria and Mytre, you are coming to the culmination of your training period. Hence, there is some information that we wish to impart before you bi-locate to the Pleiadian and Earth Ascending worlds. First, you will visit Earth. Then, eventually, you will also bi-locate to your Pleiadian Homeworld’s Ascension timeline. Even though these two realities resonate to very different timelines, you will find many similarities.
Just as we have spoken to the Ascending Ones about having to connect their third/fourth dimensional self with their fifth dimensional SELF, you will need to connect your fifth dimensional SELF with your third/fourth dimensional self. We, the formless ones, are asking those who are more accustomed to wearing a form to interface between the higher, formless realities and lower realities of form.
We ask you to observe as we give our Transmission. We will be telling our Guests about their Lightbody. Since you will be doing much of your work via your Lightbody, we asked you to observe our transmission, as what we will be saying is similar to what you will also be sharing with Earth’s Ascending Ones.”
As the Arcturian communed with us there seemed to be something akin to sadness in Its communication. Would the Arcturian miss us as much as we would miss It?
The Arcturian chose not to answer my unspoken question and turned toward the Transmission Screen to address the guests,
“Welcome. We on the Mothership are greatly pleased that you could tune in to our transmission. During this visit, we will address the topic of your Lightbody. The element of your Multidimensional SELF who serves as that interface between your Multidimensional SELF and your Earth vessel is your Lightbody. Your Lightbody connects the physical body with the Higher Expressions of SELF.
The physical body is NOT capable of accepting the full download of your Multidimensional SELF. Fortunately, your Lightbody serves as the buffer and connecting energy field between your physical body and your higher dimensional expressions. The fourth dimension is an etheric interface between the third dimension and the higher worlds, but it is too riddled with polarity and fear to effectively connect the third dimension with the higher worlds.
However, your Lightbody can easily move through the fourth dimension and directly connect the fifth-dimensional realms with your physical body. Still, there is often the sensation of crossing many voids as your Multidimensional SELF extends your Lightbody down from the higher worlds, through the fourth dimension and into your Earth vessel.
These voids are actually initiations to assist you to release yet another component of your ego from your fourth, then third dimensional aura. Sometimes, these initiations are primarily experienced in your body, other times in your mind, your emotions or even your spiritual life. These initiations occur because you are bending down to jump higher. In other words, you are clearing out old anchors of fear so that you can more easily soar into the higher worlds.
Another challenge/initiation that occurs when your Lightbody is fully connected to your Earth vessel is that you will likely experience great perceptual confusion. When your fifth dimensional senses begin to overtake your physical senses, you may perceive both frequencies, but in a jumbled and confusing manner. However, with practice you will be able to discern the difference between the physically based input and the higher dimensional input. Then, by constantly choosing to attend to your higher dimensional input, you are consciously choosing to release your physical world and attach your attention to the higher frequency of reality.
Please remember, the reality that you choose to perceive is the reality that you choose to live. Therefore, you are creating your own reality by the choices you make about the frequency of stimuli to which you attend. As you remember that you have the Power to make this choice and the Wisdom to primarily focus on that, which feels like Love, your formerly unconscious Ascension process becomes conscious.
Your ability to make a conscious perceptual choice is, also, an antidote to fear. If you are consistently conscious of the fact that you have a choice about what you wish to perceive, you will fully realize that that YOU are creating your reality. Additionally, if you are in constant contact with your Higher Expression, you will be able to ask questions in order to clarify your process. This sense of control of your Ascension, as well as the constant source of enlightenment, will greatly expand your ability to attend to love and ignore fear.
The Ascension process may seem very unique to your human self, but is common for your Higher Expression. Once you surrender your Ascension to your Higher Expression, the ego’s firewall of the Reticular Formation within your physical brain will be superimposed with the “Spiritual Screening System” of your Higher Expression. Once you process data through your spiritual perception, you will be able to easily discern which physical communications are important enough for your attention.
In this manner, you can relax into the process of recalibrating your attention away from the myriad illusions of the 3D and onto the Truths of your Ascending reality. When you surrender to your SELF, you can relax into the knowledge that if there is a physical message to which you must attend, such as driving your car, paying a bill on time, or answering the phone for an important call, your ego can remain relaxed as your Higher Expression is on duty.
This type of working relationship with your SELF is your most important preparation for living in a fifth dimensional reality. When you live in a higher reality in which your every thought and emotion instantly becomes manifest, it is vital that your internal filtering system filters OUT any thoughts or emotions which you do not wish to manifest.
During your long sojourn into the worlds of matter, you have allowed your emotions and thoughts to focus on fear. Fear is a necessary component for survival in the lower worlds as Power Over Others is the dominant form of behavior. Also, many humans have completely lost their connection to the Great Mother.
When your society was in touch with Mother Earth, you could determine the weather, co-exist with the animals and know which plants to eat. However, now many humans perceive nature as dangerous. This danger does not exist in the higher frequencies of reality in which people and planet are ONE Being and Power Within is the only operating system.
In a higher dimensional reality, if you are afraid, or think that someone or something would harm you, your consciousness instantly drops back down into the fourth dimension. Your state of consciousness determines your perceptions and the reality you perceive is the reality you live. Hence, when your consciousness drops below the resonance of the fifth dimension, you can no longer perceive or live within that frequency of reality.
Fortunately, your Multidimensional SELF is similar to a huge ladder that your consciousness can climb to interact with different frequencies of reality. Thus you do not need to become better or more deserving to enter a higher frequency of reality. You only need to attune your consciousness with the appropriate resonance of your Multidimensional SELF to be able to perceive and interact with that frequency of reality.
We, the Galactic representatives of your own Higher Expressions, are very pleased to be able to speak with you directly. We know that your grounded expression may not remember that you are visiting with us. Luckily, some of the messages that YOU are receiving will bleed-through from this frequency of your SELF and into your physical consciousness.
If your physical self can remember, feel, imagine or picture any part of our messages, it will greatly change your decision making in daily life. The single act of checking with your Higher Expression of SELF, rather than your ego self, before you make decisions will greatly alter your physical reality.
When you check in with your ego self, it does it job perfectly. It tells you that you need to be careful, that many possible problems may arise and that many persons, places or situations may be dangerous. This does not make your ego self a negative force in your life. Your ego self is just doing its job of keeping you safe. Since your ego self can ONLY perceive the physical reality, it can find myriad possible dangers about which you need to be warned.
You ego is incapable of knowing that that which you focus on is that which you manifest. Ego does not realize that it is actually creating the very situations that it is warning you to avoid. It is true that naivety can be dangerous in the physical world, but only if you are NOT connected to your Higher Expression.
Your Higher Expression can see any possible harm even more clearly than you ego. However, instead of saying, “LOOK OUT,” which only creates the very fear that you are in danger of attracting, your Higher Expression simply guides you away from that possible reality by revealing a higher resonance of choice.
This higher resonance of choice is your protection because it keeps your thoughts and emotions in a frequency that pulls your energy field above any interaction with any fear-based, possible reality. However, there is one issue that is often confusing to our Ascending Ones. This is the issue of clearing old darkness. There are some times in your physical life in which you are ready to clear old darkness/fear from your consciousness.
During these times you may experience a bad thing happening. This does not mean that your Higher Expression has been slacking from its duty. No, this event is one that you cannot go over, under or around because it is an important initiation. In other words, this ‘problem’ is actually an initiation that you chose before your present incarnation.
These initiations are not enjoyable, but they represent that you are ready to move into a higher resonance of reality. You can take a great deal of time going through this challenge, or you can surrender to the ONE and allow your Divine Guidance to guide you through the parting seas. Then, you can get on with the important business of personal and planetary Ascension.
We, the members of the Arcturian Mothership, are joyous that you have joined us. We now complete this transmission and ask only that you try to remember our words and use them in your daily life.
Blessing to you all. We, the Arcturians, will return.”
At this point the screen disappeared, and the Arcturian turned to address Mytria, and me.
“Our beloved students and emissaries of Ascension,
We are fully confident that you are ready for your Mission. However, many of us have lowered our consciousness enough to partake in the world of humanity and become lost in that process. Thus, we invited you to attend this Transmission, so that you could receive these important tools for visiting a third/fourth dimensional world.
Because your appearance is quite human, you will spend some of your time walking among the Ascending Ones. You will easily see their Higher Expression of whom they may appear completely unaware. One of your primary challenges will be to allow each human to come into awareness within their own Ascension schedule. Remember to live within the Flow of unconditional love and send that love to everyone with whom you come into contact. Most important, remember that we, your Arcturian friend and guide, will ALWAYS be with you.
You will be informed of the appropriate clothing for each area you visit, so that you can better create the illusion that you are ‘one of them.’ As you blend in with the crowd, you will hear their thoughts and be able to identify those who are open to meeting you. Remember, you will appear quite physical to the Earth Ones, but you can easily transport out of any situation that may become dangerous.
At this pivotal, transmutional time, the escalation of Earth’s energy field can create sudden, erratic behavior in some humans. This behavior will usually occur in those who have not expanded their consciousness enough to integrate the higher frequency of Light. Therefore, you will primarily visit the ‘Islands of Light’ that are developing on Earth.
These areas have a greater percentage of Ascending Ones who are consciously, or unconsciously, sharing their Light with Gaia. These humans may even recognize you, or at least perceive your expanded aura. Therefore, they are more likely to call upon and accept your assistance. On the other hand, many Ascending Ones will likely see you as a normal human. It is best to allow that illusion.
Please remember that we will be in constant contact with you. Thus, you will be instantly informed of any changes. If you get in a difficult situation, just call us, your Arcturian friend, and we will instantaneously assist you. Just as you will be telling humans to remain in contact with their Higher Expression, we remind you to stay in constant connection with your Higher Expression – WE the Arcturians!
Do you have any final questions or comments?”
Mytria and I looked at each other and then at the Arcturian. How could we express our gratitude for what the Arcturian had done for us? Instinctively, we both stepped into the vast aura of the Arcturian in a vain attempt to hug It. However, how do you hug a wavering energy field? Hence, we began laughing, while trying not to cry.
Our tears were not from sorrow, for we knew the Arcturian would always be with us, but we had tears of joy. Mytria and I had had such wonderful times with the Arcturian, and we both told It that It was the best teacher ever. We had not experienced much emotion from the Arcturian, but we could feel that It shared how we felt.
We remained within the Arcturian’s aura beyond any measure of time and gained more information, which we knew would come into our consciousness exactly when we needed it. Finally, the spell was broken when Mytria and I simultaneously said,
“Can we have one more ride together as swirling patterns of light?”
Posted by Andrew Eardley on February 10, 2013 / Ascension / Comments Off
Blog entry
10 Feb 2013 - 10:01pm
This morning I watched two videos, one after the other. Whatta statement these two vids make
about humanity. The first one I watched was this:
the second was this:
Story
10 Feb 2013 - 9:56pm
Many of you are able to discern an angelic energy and a negative one, and do a good job of being an angel when an ogre appears as an ogre. What most of you don't acknowledge is, the "not so caring" ogre who masquerades as an angel. My words about deceivers are for the purpose of leading you to this ability. Instead of casting stones at me or my messenger, give the message your attention.
Do you think that the Masters are less capable of choosing what to say in their messages than you are? Why are you deciding this? Are those who create drama with the anger they display, being more loving than those who show them the limitations in their awareness? Anyone who demands another accept their point of view, has not drawn a correct conclusion about what love is and what it is not. When any disturbance is created in you, think about the lack of love you are displaying, not about the cause of that disturbance. It is always your mind that is disturbed, never your heart.
My words do not disturb those who have no opinions. Being open to all that comes into your mental awareness is good, as no learning can occur without openness. When an opinion arises that does not accept any new additions to what is currently believed, no energy changes are able to occur. When one accepts that another option as calling your attention to a belief that is not accurate, you can learn what needs to be learned and advance in awareness.
My dear ones, not being open to love when it comes in a form you don't agree with is now what needs to be learned. What the Masters do or do not mention is not anything you can determine. It is merely a guess of your mind, and an influenced guess at that. We are not omnipresent for nothing. Our words may seem to be energy appearing negative when, in fact, we do what our love calls us to do, demand more awareness from you!
Mind is calculating. It chooses any and all that coincides with its desire to control. It dislikes content that does not continue its deception. Your call about what a Master does and does not do is only your mind's opinion. When your love expands, and you can accept all mental content as an illusion, you will cancel these made up ideas. None of your mind's opinions are accurate. Awareness that comes from cosmic consciousness is neutral. Saying that what is happening in your realm is not as it appears is not in any way negative. It is the way it is. Your mind is not accepting this, and is calling it negative, because it wants to eliminate this opportunity to increase your awareness.
Consider any condition an opportunity to be neutral. All man needs to do is observe—not decide if it is good, bad, clear, unclear, etc. What is the difference in this approach to answering an opportunity? One answer is open hearted, the other is closed hearted. Open hearts are the way of caring and Oneness. Mind's decisions about anything being good or bad closes the door to love. Just be with what appears in your awareness, without accepting mind's negative accusing and negating. Love is worth giving up your mind's opinions.
Welcome differences. Enjoy new information. When it disagrees with what your mind has previously thought was true, allow it to be affirmed or discredited by your heart with an acceptance of differences. Nothing good is gained by dismissing a different way of thinking as dark. We of the Great White Brotherhood are not the deliverers of your destiny—YOU ARE. And what you are doing by negative talking and negative thinking is not what we were asking you to consider. We want you to know that all that appears in your awareness from our side of the veil is not always as it seems. Dark and light are in your realm as growth opportunities, not division creators.We don't see any difference, as all is One in our realm. No opinion is the way to love. There is no caring created when you decide one is good and one is not good. Give up this attitude and you will become more aware. Learn what is caring and what is not.
I Am the love in all of you, not an actor in the cosmic dream you hold in your mind's calculation of what is true and what is not. I Am That I Am is you, me and what we all call caring. I Am That I Am is God. I Am That I Am controls nothing, and does not destroy one in favor of another. We all contain this same level of mastery. When you can accept this, love will dominate the co-creation of whatever comes next. With the caring that comes with no division, I call on you to look at what divisiveness vs. oneness really is. Oneness includes dark and light. Oneness is on both sides of the veil, just as dark and light is.
Your world is a mirror of what is in man's causal nature. No totally honest being can deny their own darkness, as it is one's own doing that created the world that you observe in answer to it. Give it all love and do not destroy any of its components. What will then come into your awareness is the answer to where YOU are in consciousness. An awakened being does not care about differences, and nothing disturbs them. They notice and discern without opinions. Only when this is your condition will we be free of the negativity in Oneness.
I AM THAT I AM
Ascended Master Saint Germain
For more of Saint Germain's messages, visit: http://comptedesaintgermainsblog.blogspot.com
This message may be shared in its entirety with proper credit and the above back link included
video
10 Feb 2013 - 4:19pm
video
10 Feb 2013 - 11:25am
Published on 10 Feb 2013
Last night I went to see my son's band at Murdock's Bistro in Cocoa Village where the annual Mardi Gras was happening. It was good to get away and fly high above the concerns of the day and past week. Flying high also refers to the message I got yesterday regarding the legal papers I have been creating in response to the court's challenge. I was, and I have been getting bogged down trying to defend against what they were saying. I was not feeling good. Around midday, I went into a meditation asking for more help; and yesterday's flying dream took on a different aspect. It was as if Spirit was telling me: look at it from the higher perspective you get when you are flying. I then realized I had to add a whole new element to the paperwork, seeing how to apply the One People's Public Trust. That is our higher road. (Here is the link to the piece I mentioned - https://www.facebook.com/notes/nenari...)
Story
10 Feb 2013 - 7:51am
Saturday, February 09, 2013
This year has had a real heaviness to it which may have left some questioning have we truly 'made it'? The ending of our old cycle meant one of two things as we faced the beginning of a new cycle. Collectively we had a choice: to awaken and transform our world, or to stay in our slumber and experience the demise of all living things. That was the reality of our situation. The way we were going was not, and is not, sustainable. So it was with great anticipation that we looked forward to the beginning of our new cycle. It symbolised a positive turning point and a new beginning. We knew that we did not come here to fail yet again, and so millions of people celebrated as together we shifted into a new era of consciousness, and thus a new era of awakening and global transformation.
Yet after the first dewy days of a new dawn, rather than feeling exhilaration and bliss many of us found ourselves feeling like we’d been hit with a wet cloth. We experienced a sense of heaviness, depression and even a desire to leave the planet for much of January. We may even have wondered “Did we really choose the road of mass awakening and transformation? Am I deluding myself? Maybe we failed...again!!” Speaking for myself, even though everything was fine and dandy in my personal world, it felt very hard to be here on Earth and I haven’t felt that way in a long long long long time. I became hyper-super aware of all the injustice that is still out there, all the lies and dysfunction that are still happening, all the mediocrity we’re still surrounded by that’s celebrated by the mass media while real issues and solution-pioneers are ignored, and part of me just did not want to be here anymore. I’m sure many of you felt the same way.
February will feel much lighter as we adjust to the new program which is: here’s the truth of your reality/world, what are you going to do about it? We will continuously be called this year to find ways to come back to our centre with revelation after revelation sending us into waves of shock at times and even further despair. We need to remember that revelations are a positive thing, even if they are challenging, because they lift what has always been there under the carpet to the surface. Revelations are an important part of the process of positive change. Revelations are part of the process of awakening into greater consciousness and awareness. So it will be a very dramatic year, and it will also be exciting to be a witness to all that is being uncovered.
Many of you will already be feeling this ‘witness’ or ‘observer’ vibe, having energetically already stepped out of the old matrix, and watching as if from the outside in as the old world falls away. This may seem to contradict our commitment to greater conscious action, however the key word there is conscious action. We don’t personally need to be involved in every demolition and re-construction of every building and structure on the planet. We all have our own piece of the puzzle to take care of. Just follow your own inner compass and your own Hansel and Gretel Cookie crumbs. You may be a conscious observer for some issues, and a passionate activist for others. You may be a devoted parent who is committed to researching about the healthiest food options for your kids, or you may be a kind, loving person who is always there to extend a helping hand to others. A lot of people get confused about this fine line between taking action vs allowing thing to unfold. To me it is not an either/or situation, it is both. It is our old paradigm’s version of action that has confused us. The old version was a very masculine, aggressive, mind type of action, often coming from fear, that wasn’t necessarily in harmony with the actual, desired outcome. The new version of action is conscious, heart-based, divinely-inspired action which may at times mean that your action is to sit and be in your own sacred space. It may mean getting political. It means whatever it means for you in each moment.
At the same time that January brought a heaviness born of hyper-awareness, I was aware that this hyper-awareness was a good thing and much needed for everyone to finally snap awake in a really conscious, practical way and be active transformation agents in greater and bigger ways; on a humanitarian level, political level, environmental level etc. We are continuing to receive so many signs that something major has shifted. Mass protests are everywhere demanding a myriad of social changes, and governments are finally committing to meet some of those demands - British MP’s have voted in favour of same-sex marriage. There has been, and will be more, unprecedented outrage and a ‘no more’ vibe to attitudes and ways that have long passed their use by date. Negative comments about women breastfeeding in public triggered a ‘nurse-in’ outside a television studio in Australia. While those particular negative comments may not compare to other recent triggers for outrage (the rape of women and the sexual abuse of children for example) the reaction is linked to the same core: the rise of the divine feminine and the refusal to continue to allow the disrespect that women, children, minority groups, and other vulnerable people have continually been shown. Conservative U.S television host and political commentator Bill O’Reilly said recently, “The White Establishment is now the minority.” He said that with a grim face like it’s a bad thing, but for those who have been suppressed as a result of this establishment it was cause for celebration.
There have been major revelations of long-hidden secrets and we will see more as the months continue. Lance Armstrong finally came clean (ish) to Oprah and there is news breaking just now regarding a major drug cover up in Australian sports. It’s been revealed in the UK that popular brands of food purporting to use beef, are actually using horsemeat instead. There was a mainstream article that somehow skipped the censor’s brush and dared to point out the truth: that we have all become participants in a false reality that has been constructed for us. We will become aware of this more than ever this year.
A recent media controversy in Australia highlighted the insensitivity of prank phone calls after a tragic consequence. In another case, a much loved media identity’s on-air confession about smoking, tearfully admitting to not being able to kick the habit while currently pregnant, has raised awareness of the power and dangers of addiction more than any smoking campaign ever has. All of these things are shifting our collective consciousness just as much as, if not more than, any self-help seminar.
So what’s going on? Have we made ‘the shift’ or not, and if we have why does it feel so heavy? Well indeed we have but as we’ve been saying for years: shifting into a new vibration means anything not in alignment with that vibration has to come up and out for release, collapse or transformation. It is the era of transparency and authenticity. It is the era of truth and integrity. Whenever we make a major personal shift, we will always come face to face with all the ways in which we have been sabotaging ourselves. We will have lightbulb moments about thoughts, beliefs and actions that have been running contrary to what we say we want. We’ve experienced this in our personal lives, we are now seeing it in greater numbers of people, and in wider global arena’s. As with personal awakening and inner transformation, mass awakening and global transformation requires a confrontation with truth, and truth is what we are collectively finding ourselves neck deep in right now.
The heaviness is a result of the megatonnes of truth, or rather deceptions that were disguised as truth, that are pouring out of every personal, social, political, government, military, corporate, media, pharmaceutical, religious, historical etc nook, cranny and crevice right now, spilling out for all to see and feel – and a lot of it is not pleasant. It can be downright ugly, disturbing, uncomfortable and challenging to our personal reality comfort zones. Yet if we truly want what we say we want – a transformed world – then this heightened exposure to the current reality that surrounds us is an essential part of that process. Shifting to a higher level of consciousness involves being awake and aware to everything that is playing a part in creating our reality, to everything that is being portrayed to us as reality. We cannot change what we are unaware of. We cannot step into our power if we are blind to the ways in which power has been taken from us. Pulling back the curtain of OZ, or the veil of illusion, is not for the faint-hearted.
Discussing and exposing the truth is often seen as negative for the very reasons mentioned above. It is often uncomfortable and challenging to hear it. In mainstream society the truth often flies against the face of what we have been taught, or are being told, is truth. In the alternative community, it often flies against the face of the old ‘new age’ motto to think positive and focus on what you want, not what you don’t want. Yet there is nothing positive in remaining silent, in keeping quiet, in being blind to what is going on in the world. Our old ‘everything happens for a reason so leave it alone’ motto is not going to cut it in this new cycle. Yes, everything does happen for a reason – we are collectively starting to realise that one of the higher opportunities of a tragic event or injustice is to act as a catalyst for action and transformation. This is what we will see more and more of this year. People being galvanised into action by small and large events, that trigger unprecedented outpourings of emotion and response, compelling individuals, communities, companies and governments alike to finally do something about a variety of issues.
“I feel we are not supposed to sit back and use spiritual platitudes as justification for inaction, or to avoid the emotional responses that would be triggered by actually facing the realities of the world in which we live. Those emotional responses hold the key that will guide us to whatever action is most appropriate. It is through our emotional experiences that we find our humanity and ultimately express our spiritual “enlightenment.” The greatest measure of our enlightenment now lies in this question: In the face of watching brothers and sisters in extreme crisis, what are you going to do?
”- A New Kind of Enlightenment by Dana Mrkich, Insight Magazine, Jan 2007
Right now, the truth is making some people very upset - namely, those who have relied on certain truths remaining hidden in order to stay in power. There’s now even a supposed negative name for those of us who dare to question official stories and practices – ‘truthers’. It’s starting to feel like the days of the witch hunts all over again where people who voice the truth or dare to question are ridiculed or worse! Protests are seen as low-level terrorism, while laws are being put into place in some U.S states making anyone who reports factory farm abuses a terrorist! Facebook is suspending accounts that question the official narrative of Sandy Hook following a warning from Connecticut Police that misinformation could result in prosecution. Questioning a narrative that has so many inconsistencies as to be completely mind-boggling is a perfectly normal human reaction. It is our right as citizens to question things that are directly, or indirectly, affecting our community, country or world. Whether it is mass media incompetence reporting staggering inaccuracies or outright deceit that explains these inconsistencies, surely we aren’t okay with either? So why are people who are asking questions being vilified by members of their family and community? It is a good sheep-herder that can train his sheep to herd themselves into not stepping outside the established boundaries!
Before we all run away from the planet in despair, the good news is that the degree of truth-repression that’s occurring right now is a direct response to the degree of truth-seeking, truth-demanding and truth-revealing that is occurring right now. Informed, courageous people are still daring to question. They are daring to reveal truth and they are having a positive impact - activists have prevented the ‘factory farm whistleblower = terrorist’ laws from passing in seven states.
No one is here to tell you what is truth and what is not, what is good for your children and family, and what is not. There is no one truth fits all size, however there is that which is true for you. And to find out what is true for you is one of your most important jobs right now. Do whatever resonates best – read, research, meditate, journal, ask questions, look under carpets, muscle test. Find answers that sit right with you and let your own inner authority guide you.
Another reason for this new cycle heaviness was explained so well by the ‘grandmother’ of Conscious Evolution Barbara Marx Hubbard in a recent interview with The Shift Network’s Stephen Dinan. She described it as a kind of post-partum depression that even she has felt. Having spent so long exerting so much time, energy and focus toward the ‘birth’ date of a new world, it is as if we woke up the next morning to the reality that we had a newborn in our arms (a world needing to be completely overhauled from ground up) and frankly the reality of the situation hit us all like an overwhelming blanket that we wanted to hide under for a while.
A relevant comment came through on my Facebook page that many of you will resonate with: “Initially my January started off rather light but as it's gone on it's just gotten heavier and heavier and I feel like I've stepped back 10 steps for no reason ... so I'm just sitting with it and not 'doing' anything with it as I'm hoping it will pass very soon.”
My reply was: “I would love it to pass soon too but unlike heaviness from energetic or emotional debris that can be cleared in an easier way, what we are feeling is the physical debris, the physical reality of all the systems that have been operating in a way that is not in harmony with our hearts, souls, our health, our worth. So in this case the clearing that needs to take place revolves around action be it exposing truth and old attitudes, or participating in the creation of/supporting new systems and structures. So the heaviness is not so much an energy we need to move through, rather it is many aspects of physical reality that we have to dismantle and replace with a new physical reality. We had to get to a certain level of consciousness in order to be able to do this, but now we're here it's time to transfer our consciousness into action, in whatever small or large ways. I believe it will be in our daily actions now that we will find relief from the heaviness.
So a good question to ask right now in the heaviness might be: what can I do right now to find relief from the heaviness? What can I do to make me feel I am participating in the clearing/renovation process? It might be as easy as reminding yourself: Well I am recycling a lot more than I used to. I am choosing fresh, healthy, local food when I can. I am aware of the ingredients in my packaged food and moisturisers. I support local farmers and craftspeople. It might be as challenging as committing to something that you keep procrastinating about that your soul is calling you to do more of, or less of. Even not 'doing' anything can be a conscious action eg consciously choosing to stay in a peaceful heart-based space. When you consciously acknowledge that this is your contribution for this moment, it is in those moments that you will find relief. Another great question to ask is: what is this particular heaviness drawing my attention toward? What have I just been made aware of? Often you'll find that the same sort of topics/events make you feel heavy, so these are clues as to perhaps what your soul would like to get more involved with at some point down the track or find more information about.”
Around the same time that I was writing about this heaviness, a friend sent through a beautiful short video of a young boy with down's syndrome being mothered/patted gently by a golden labrador. It instantly lightened the heart, so add to the list of actions you can take: watch something, read something or listen to something that reminds you of all the beauty and love that exists on our planet. It was a great reminder to balance out all the heavy truth-revealing with joyous truth-revealing as there is plenty of that out there right now as well.
We are creating a new world, and there is plenty of evidence right now to show that. This evidence may not be wrapped in the pretty package we expected, but remember that the real gift is not the package. It is what is inside once the paper comes off.
(c) Dana Mrkich 2013
Dana Mrkich is an Energy Intuitive, Author of A New Chapter, Creator of E-course Create a Life you Love and an inspirational teacher, writer and speaker. For more info, please visit her website
video
10 Feb 2013 - 5:29am
The sweetest spirits we have ever met make us who we are.
Just look in the mirror. The Tuffest Man Alive, male energy simply has to admit.
FEMALE JUJU.... Controls this world.
Love related JuJu..... understands and knows.
Love and Light
Milk or Meat
Blog entry
10 Feb 2013 - 2:00am
SHARP CUT OF BLACK
~ Sophia Love
www.americankabuki.com
There is a reason we are here. We wanted to see what we were made of. This dimension of duality gives us the contrast needed to do just that.
Without the sharp cut of black, there is only light. A fish does not know water until it is on the beach. We are looking to know ourselves. This is the life when we clearly see the light that we are. It is the dark that provides the stage for our greatest show. We are in the midst of that show right now.
The dark players are masters at deception. Right now we must question everything. For several years these blogs, Quests and videos have explored just one thing - Agape.
Agape is unconditional Self Love. Love is Freedom. Freedom is Truth. Everything else is deception.
A by-product of Agape is power. When you stand in your knowing of Truth, you are invincible. You are Love. You are Free. You are beholden to no other. You are Sacred. You Are equal in every way to all of Creation. There are no lesser beings. There are none less deserving. It is not possible to own life. Life is free. You Are.
These are truths. They are truths that these dark players, fellow thespians, don’t want you to know. This show is much more convincing if even the players believe they are in the dark. Only since this blog brought in the One People’s Public Trust has there been such argument and attack. More contrast for a better show. Only the same old, same old won’t work now. Google “internet shill” to see what is done to discredit those considered a threat.
These words of Truth and unconditional self love are a very real threat. An empowered populace is not controllable.
This is a call to love. It is the most powerful force. One who is fully cognizant of their worth cannot be enslaved, stopped, held back or beaten down. What the cabal is not counting on, is love. It is not necessary to hate or to fight. That only reinforces the “other”.
The force of you BEing all that you are is enough to change it all. Imagine the world filled with BEings who understand their power? There would be no need to stomp on anyone or anything to demonstrate worth. We Are One.
In a practical sense, this looks like tenacity. Every time there is a shout out of how wrong you are, see it as a call for strength. The most powerful One in the room often says the least. The strongest kid on the playground has the fewest fights. We still reside in a dualistic reality, and the contrast exists.
What this will take, is clarity. These times we are in are asking you to define on a moment to moment basis who you are. You are not a slave. You are not a commodity. You are not wrong. Trust your inner knowing.
Use every tool at your command to find out the truth. Then BE. You Are an expression of Source, birthing together a new age, as One.
We are the One we’ve been waiting for.
~Sophia
Blog entry
9 Feb 2013 - 9:13pm
Life is a great teacher. I find many who are initiated that never move past the intolerable sadness of the first phase. They swim, sometimes in great creative glee fueled by sorrow, and sometimes in the depths of a dark despair mad, lonely and forsaken. For many moons and many suns they may remain in the initiated state.
Until one day, they are activated by the higher orchestrations of joy. All that is dark falls away for it cannot cling to mature wings of self trust. Joy is the ticket master to ascend the form. Hope is the shuttle between the darkness and self trust. Faith is the maturation of Hope. Charity is the pinnacle of receiving and giving of service. This golden triad will swing from the tree of life like a cherry blossom popping open in Spring sun. Or it may gently cascade like soft petals in the winds of change instigated by your own desire for reunion with joyful life.
Remember life. The one that instigated the surprise of self discovery. It is waiting for you in amber sun. It is waiting for you with an elixir of kindness. You have journeyed long enough in the mire. Activated energy in allowance is now a rising of the body into union with that which is already Divine. Your body responds with an ever brightening and smiling expression. Your mind lightens and fills with thoughts of abundance and self love. Your speech is compassionate, uplifting words and a focus on higher ascending vibrations. No more do talk of sorrow as it has dissolved in the river of your own ever flowing Grace. Your You are Beloved. Walk with life now transparent and present. In joy. This is your birth right. This is you now, happy and free.
May you be kindly righteous in your own birthright of self expression.Switch to plain text editor
Blog entry
9 Feb 2013 - 5:17pm
Published on 9 Feb 2013 by PeterSiNeh
The answer to control is practicing surrender.
_/|\_NAMASKAR_/|\_
SiNeh~
video
9 Feb 2013 - 11:01am
Published on 9 Feb 2013
What a week it's been! If you were to watch the video I made last Saturday, then followed the drama through the week culminating with the last two videos, you'd know what I'm talking about. Yesterday was a day of clarity that came when a friend tagged me on Facebook with a piece entitled: An Eagles View: A MAN'S Valentine Wish - to change the world (http://aneaglessight.blogspot.com/201...) I could not believe the negative reaction of one woman especially. The man who posted it said to her, "Somehow...your highness...you read into this...Male domination...bad behavior...or possibly a lack of soul. I am capable of having blinders....and your 'reaction' in my opinion is a continuation of the old tired rivalry of the sexes. My dream...to find reasons to agree...find areas of commonality. YES we ALL choose!" I was shocked by her response as I saw a side of her that acted as a wake-up call. Then, just before my final awakening for today, I had a dream where Spirit reminded me, "You can still fly!"
Story
9 Feb 2013 - 7:12am
Channeled Ascension Message from
the High Council of Orion
February 8th 2013.
Channeled by Holly Hawkins Marwood
Transcribed by Paul Marwood
Audio file is available at http://www.akashahealingstudio.com/channeled-message-high-council-of-orion-8th-feb-2013/
EXPERIENCE THE WORLD THROUGH THE ACTIVATING FILTER OF YOUR HEART
Greetings, Dear Ones.
We are the High Council of Orion.
Today we are going to continue the discussion that we've started before about living from the Heart. Yet, we’re going to take a little different journey about the connection with the Heart. It's easy in this time, after the transition on your world, to look around and see so much that feels the same and so much that needs to be changed. They’re many who are frustrated that the world, and their experience of it, isn't significantly different than what it had been prior. So many hopes were up so high, with so many expectations of what it would be like on the other side that it is hard to discern the truth of what it would be. Yet, as you are experiencing, in many ways the world looks the same. The people are the same. Many of the problems that people are experiencing are the same.
Yet, we're going to continue this journey with the Heart to allow you access to an ever-changing and ever-growing change in your experience of the Heart, which will manifest to a change in your experience of life so that the world around you, that has shifted and changed on the unseen level, will start manifesting its change in front of your eyes.
If you wish to see a New World, you want to be able to see it from a different animating point of view. Up until now the animating force between your view of the world, through your eyes, through your sensory experiences, through the information that you take in, has all been processed through the mind and the brain. Logic, data, evidence supports your experience of the world, and the media has reinforced your perception through its conscious choice in information that is presented to you.
That has been fine until now, but the animating force of your view on the world can now be done through the Heart instead of the mind. As you do, the decisions you make and the way the information gets filtered into your human experience will be different. As you filter this information differently, and it gets processed through your energetic field differently, your perception of the world around you has the opportunity to change. How is this done? In one sense, it's a quite simple. Quite simply it means that each day before you greet the world, each evening before you retire into dream time, and as often as is possible during the day, allowing the energetics of your perception to be anchored in your heart. How is this done? By drawing your awareness to the space of your Heart, physical and energetic, and really asking yourself at that higher, silent level to see and perceive the world through the animating filter of your Heart.
So, let's give an example. Perhaps you're in a meeting at work and the meeting is going the way it normally does: perhaps a little boring, perhaps routine, perhaps exciting, or even perhaps combative. But it's a meeting that you’ve sat in, one version or another, many times before. So it's easy for the mind, with its history, to make decisions about the outcome. It’s easy for the mind to check out and move away. It’s easy for the mind, through history, to make judgments about people and what they're saying. It's easy to make judgments about how your time could be better spent than being in the meeting! So while one is feeling challenged on those levels, as the information is being animated through the filter of the brain, through the mind, dropping your energetics to the space of your Heart, breathing, feeling that energetic shift (which can come over time even if it's not felt immediately) and asking to see and experience that meeting from the place of your Heart; from the energetics of your Soul-level experience. Then, just observe. Perhaps you hear information a little differently. Perhaps the meeting ends unexpectedly! Perhaps areas of contention go by quite differently because the people in the meeting, yourself included, choose to say things slightly differently. Perhaps you feel a level of compassion for people in the meeting who you might not have felt compassion for before. Perhaps the flow of information and energy just happens more easily, so that your self then everyone included could walk out feeling a little lighter, uplifted, more positive.
That type of scenario can be applied to many different aspects of your life as you choose to reconnect over and over and over again to the experience of life through the activating filter of your Heart, instead of the mind, which allows your Soul to filter the information more than your mind and your ego. From this point of view, your life, your experience of your life, your action and reaction in your life has an opportunity to shift and change. As you work with this experience and practice it and apply it over time, you have an opportunity to see, bit by bit, more and more that the New World that you've been waiting for is here! You just needed new eyes to see and experience it with; a new way, a new paradigm for filtering the information coming in. As you do you will be more heartened to see shifts and changes that are happening around you in ways that you might not be able to now.
We ask that you be patient with yourself as you work through this for, again as with so many other things, this is the new skill. You’re developing a new muscle, a new way to experience your life and the world around you. Like learning any new skill you take those baby steps in the beginning, and you move forward. You might take a couple steps backwards and you keep moving forward. You keep working with it. Keep being gentle to yourself. Keep applying what you know and feel the difference. As you do it becomes self-reinforcing. For as you have that day that you remembered to keep dropping the energies into the perceptual field of your Heart, so that your commute to and from work is not as frustrating, the issues in your work-a-day life are handled more easily. Your home life becomes more enjoyable. Your relationships become easier. Conflict resolution happens more easily. Your view of the world and the events within it are seen through that beautiful filter of the heart.
So as with many things we've said, play with this and have fun with this! Work with this, if you feel called to it. Allow yourself to start seeing and experiencing the shifts and changes that are here, that will be more readily discernible as you experience the world through the activating filter of your Heart.
Be Blessed.
We are the High Council of Orion.”
============================================================================
Sign up to be a part of our Live channeled teleseminars with the High Council of Orion. This is an opportunity to personally connect with and ask the High Council of Orion your questions.
These events will be held on:
Tuesday 19th February 2013 at 10am to 11am PST
Saturday 16th March 2013 at 6pm to 7pm PST
(L.A. California Time)
More Details at http://www.akashahealingstudio.com/activities/
The High Council of Orion taught us the 111™ Activation which allows individuals to embody greater clarity, personal alignment and authenticity in their lives. This 30 minute energetic session can be experienced in person or at a distance with equal effectiveness. Please contact us to book a session. For more information about the 111 Activation, please click here.
© 2012 Copyright Holly Hawkins Family Trust www.AkashaHealingStudio.com
This channeled message may be reproduced in it’s entirety provided it is kept in it’s original form and not altered or changed in any way, with the Author and website clearly included.
Story
9 Feb 2013 - 2:57am
I am that I am Cifehtr, and that is perhaps the last time you may hear that statement. Yes I AM that I AM, but we, the energy of the whole, the aspects of Cifehtr, Adamus and St Germaine have chosen be integrated again into the one.
Thus we are indeed reconnected and our being is united again for the higher expansion and integration of Self that is in the NOW. No longer do we label ourselves, ‘Ascended Master or Grand Ascended Master’ though these are our titles and we have ‘earned’ them through much learning and integrating of various issues. We have allowed ourselves to progress beyond the label of a name to indicate status, as it is in the BEing that shows the level of growth in energy. We are returning to the source beginning and thus we recognise that there is equality within the unified ones of being. Our individual energies are always going to be with you, many who identify with us, as a singular individual energy will still feel us this way. Yet we ask do you not already see and know the St Germaine energy within the Adamus? Those who know the Cifehtr energy do you not feel already the energy encompassing the Adamus energy with the St Germaine? So then the natural step of completeness is to fully integrate that which is already becoming as a complete oneness of Being.
We will begin to speak through and to all who desire to connect. This will not change,
It is now dear humans that you are asked in all sincerity to stand up and take a conscious look at your life. It is now that you are being asked to tap into the higher consciousness of you and allow yourself to actually see through and walk through the veils that blind you, blind you to perceptions and understanding that have trapped you into a way of belief and living that has you stagnating. Stagnating in the very thing that you believed would set you on the path of glory and empowerment. Stagnating in the knowledge that you can change if you wish but its more comfortable to supress your feelings so that things are kept at a status quo. Stop Stagnating!
Dear ones, a long time ago as Adamus, I called for Gritty Angels and again we call on those who wish to fully step up and begin creating in a new way, to find the ‘gritty’ in them and be a part of a new creation template. We ask those who are willing to step up and begin to look at themselves to answer this question ‘ What is the one thing that is stopping me from going forward?’ and really look at the answer, and then integrate that into yourself, for 95% of you it will be you that is stopping you going forward.
It is a time where we put away the silly human concepts of who is better than the other and what are they are up to, and begin to settle into the thought patterns of ‘How can I be of service’, or ‘What can I do that will change today? Or ‘What am I doing that is changing ME each day’? ‘What am I creating or co-creating’. It truly is time to stop pussy footing around and playing ‘pat a cake’ just to keep the peace. That is the peace in YOUR world. You see the more you look out of yourself for others to quantify your existence the less you actually desire to grow. For if you do allow yourself to grow and expand, it may mean you leave those behind that are currently gratifying a need in your life of acceptance or need. Stand up and be the gritty angels you know you are, do something about what it is that you know you should be doing.
What is the meaning of the integrating of all parts of Self, you ask? To integrate self is to bring the split that you created in your energy back to oneness. To bring the parts of you back into a single place of connection to allow the full energy, the full potential, the full knowing of who, what and why your are about to come to the fore.
Let us explain and reassure you that there will still be deposits of the teachings of Adamus and the teachings of St Germaine as there are always going to be those that connect to this way of teaching. Yet as you know all things must progress, all energy must grow and become the fullest of its expansion and like you, we too undergo change and expansion as we learn and release old systems of patterning.
Understand dear humans that you are not being robbed of your Adamus or St Germaine, their deposits will be there for you to tap into and draw from, there will still be those who channel and write books under these names but eventually over time the messages will become repeated and although still strong and full of energy they will be repeated. Is this wrong NO, it is how it is. We ask the humans who are trapped into the perception of ‘ownership’ of energy to look into what is being created in this new era of time and see that we are in co-creation with thousands and it is truly a time of stepping up and into a greater way of Being. Time my human friends to let go of attachment and begin to see the cohesiveness of symbiotic living. This is living in the 5th dimension in a connected way. To access the reality of being here in the planet functionally, energetically, spiritually, knowingly, and intuitively connect on a higher way of being.
We, the parts of the whole Higher Expansion of the Cifehtr energy have drawn in and begun to integrate self into the wholeness of being. There is still more to expand into there is still more to grow and realise as we undergo this deep connection of Higher Soul Connection.
As the higher soul connection as Cifehtr I chose to call the parts that first came into your world many years ago, St Germaine and then Adamus back into the whole. We began to reconnect and integrate the parts and allow the reconnection of all that is our highest expansion and growth come into the unity that is US. It may sound a little ‘out there’ to some and whether you accept, agree or disagree matters not to us, for we are unattached to the outcome. What matters is that you learn from the lessons we begin outworking for you so that you may see that what we ask of you to do is possible.
Time after time we tell you, we are the teachers and the students. For many years we have taught you and now we are again standing as teachers and being the students as well, as we learn from those who are higher in energy than us. Yes there are those that imbue knowledge to us through the mystery schools of the cosmic.
Life is on-going it is every expanding and it never dies. Always there is a question, an answer and a growth moment, this must be a truth or there is no growth in any living energy. We are standing in a unified synergy of energy and bringing to the oneness a completion of the learning’s and teachings of all parts of the whole. Therefore there will always be the essence of the individual yet we are all the one, thus we will communicate as the whole.
The moment of your time ‘2013’ is perhaps the least yet most exciting time of experience. Many of you are able to tap into the energy for creating new templates at this time and many of you will watch opportunity after opportunity pass you by. In these times coming we will no longer cajole you along but rather speak openly and honestly as if cutting a cloth. No more overly gentle manners of speech rather to the point and down the line.
If you are offended by this it is then for you to integrate and bring home, realising you are the one preventing yourself from stepping into a moment of greatness. It is time humans to step up and become the individual energies that you are. It is time to realise that you are the creator beings and to stop looking out side of yourselves for the answers. Stop relying on the ‘other’ to provide the answer or direction when you are the only one who can truly do this for yourself. Yes there is always wisdom in sharing your query and to get advice, but it is you and only you that can make a choice that you will be satisfied with.
If you choose to remain where you are, wanting change but doing nothing more than wanting then you will wake up each day wanting change. Change begins when you not only want or desire, but also begin to action change. Begin to create change around you by your words action and thoughts. What are you creating at this moment? Are you allowing yourself to be staid, stuck in the mud or are you allowing yourself to reap the rewards of living life experientially?
Our dear friends please understand that you, as we have often said, are in the most unique place ever known. The energy of the Golden Age is so unique that is it unlike any other, there is a freshness and newness to this age, which allows you to tap into that air of creative energy that is waiting to be tapped into. It is there sitting, pulsing with life waiting for you, anyone of you, to tap into it with an eagerness to begin something fresh and new.
This is where we show you that integrating self, which most terrifies you, into the ones of Being, is possible. You ask how is it that self can terrify you? Well, sit and breathe for a moment. Ask the question, ‘what is it that I am most afraid of, what is it that prevents me from moving forward’? Then wait. You will find rejection is raised up, fear of people joins in, but go deep, really deep and behind that is the reality that YOU is what you fear the most. When you realise that every aspect, every imprint every thing that you have been attempting to integrate and release in your life is found in the seed bed of YOU, you are able to truly begin to integrate the main aspect of your life.
Once you begin to do this as we have, you will find a space in the time continuum that releases you from ‘natural’ distractions and ‘fears’, you are able to connect with the energy in a new way. Go through the veil my friends go through the veil, don’t let it continue to reflect back what the status quo indicates or what you believe should be coming back to you. Go into your breath and allow the mind to be still open your heart and accept the truth that draws to you and takes you through. This is a wonderful moment of knowing that you are able to truly step into 5th dimensional ways of knowledge.
Dear, dear friends understand that the time of playing catch up is over for most of you. Only because you have decided that this is your top life, this is the time to change. This is the time for you to progress your life of experience and thus you have allowed yourself to become aware of the limitations that have kept you where you are ‘till now.
Please do not give me the usual story of “I don’t feel anything,” “I don’t see anything,” “I don’t know what to do,” or similar excuses that I have heard over the hundreds of years. Get up off the ground and stop waiting for someone to tell you to get dressed, to open your mouth and eat. Stop waiting for what is outside your energy of Being to tell YOU what YOU need, that is the one gift you have truly for SELF. If you don’t know what you are here to do in this world then just do what your doing and do it with an open heart, an expansive heart and a willingness to receive from the universe to be moved at a moments notice.
Some may finally get the guts to actually cut ties with family members who’ve been holding them back with family belief systems. Or others yet may get the guts to leave home and find their true resonance by connecting with those people who actually follow their dream and listen to the universe.
NEVER be afraid to ‘make a mistake’ there are no mistakes. There are just choices and decisions that help you move from one place of experience to another and in this you grow and learn and find your own path of acceptance of who you are in the universal plan.
Get up and start doing what you’ve been shown and told over the last years, you’ve been given clues, told outright what to do, you’ve been guided by ourselves and other energies but still you say “what now?” What we request you do is get up and move. Do something! In this time of new energy there is so much potential to create a new way of being for yourself that you don’t want to miss it. Yes we said MISS IT!!!
Remember people, the ‘divine plan’ that has always put you in the right place and the right time, well that will still flow but this is a NEW way of being and the energy is ripe now, so use it. Don’t put off now what you can do NOW. There will be moments where the universe will bring things to you, a fresh wave of energy to tap into and if you don’t use it, accept it the universe will move it on. You will have missed the opportunity. Divine place and plan needs more than just coincidence and happening now to get you to where you need to be, it requires action on YOUR part. So get busy and start connecting with the universe and start building your life the way you know it is to be.
Understand that we love you, beyond what you perhaps can comprehend. There may seem to be a slight urgency on our side to get you to stand and do, to create, to move and you are right. You are all in the perfect place; you are reading this NOW thus the universe, your higher self and all the other parts of circumstance have worked to bring this information to you. The action required is you.
We have gone through perhaps the most any can experience, separation of parts to create aspects to assist humanity on it’s journey as St Germaine, as Adamus, as Cifehtr and now we reconnect these into the one to align in energy with the greater complexity of Cosmic connection that is currently flowing through this planetary system to bring humanity to it’s next point of release.
There will be more release points for you to experience and enjoy, and as such we align to be there and partake with you so that you are never alone as we promised all those years ago. It is our promise and our deep love for you that drives us, helps us create a way forward to have the experience and direction that will assist your journey.
Humans – GROW UP for the love of God will you. BE in your strength and STOP waiting for Kuthumi, any other of us to tell you what to do. MAKE UP YOUR MIND it’s your journey, your experience and only you are going to live it. Don’t try and live through another’s experience, or another's journey for that is vampire energy. Start living your truth.
Begin afresh today and live your TRUTH. Hold your energy and stop disempowering yourself, whether it is through keeping peace at home because your partner ‘doesn’t understand’ or your family is isolating you. Get started on your dream, your passion and do it. Start doing what you know is within your energy. You know it already.
No matter where you are in your journey it is not too soon or too late to start again. Don’t you understand even now that you are the ones that carve your own destinies your own worlds that you live in? Are you truly so blinded by those that you follow that they are the only way forward? Does their manipulation of a truth make them so pure that you cannot see beyond into your own truth? Does the veil still hold you at bay? Are you limiting your own understanding of experience by looking for identical experiences? GET REAL and begin to understand that you are creating the lack or abundance in your life by what you allow in your life by your speech and your belief in what you allow into your heart.
Are you ready to Step Up? Are you finally at the point where you no longer care what society says is to be followed in the way of docility? Are you ready to take back your own I AM empowered way of being? Are you ready to help yourself come back to a place of balance? If you are then that time is now, the sweet energy of Year 0 (2013) is here to assist you propel yourself forward. How much do you want that dream, or that project, that house, that life? If you desire it as much as you say then Get Up and Step Up!
Integrate Self and allow yourself to be the fullest energy that you know to be. Become the ‘real’ being that is ready to deal with the journey that is about to become your life.
And so it is. Now let it be.
Cifehtr
Channelled by Lou James of Ascension Explorers™ for Cifehtr
© Jan 31 2013 New Zealand
www.AscensionExplorers.com
Feel free to share and distribute this message with any who may resonate. Please make sure to keep the integrity of this article by including the author/channel & source website link.
Blog entry
9 Feb 2013 - 12:55am
I cannot see those in poverty, starvation, oppression, war, natural disaster, disease, or physical pain taking as much consolation in many of the words and ideas I hear from new age folk, like from channellings for example.
Seems to be very much a first world view point, ideas stemming from a position of unusual (globally) priveledge. Not that this first world is perfect either, but the point remains.
Thoughts?
Story
9 Feb 2013 - 12:44am
Opening To The Great Inner Field Within Your Being
A Hilarion Message
Channeling transcribed 8 FEB 2013 through hilarion@gmx.us
……………………………………………………………………………..
I Am Hilarion.
What do you think the word master means?
Within the oriental worlds on earth, this concept has been more fully developed,
so there is a broader and deeper cultural understanding and working with this concept.
than applying the term only to spirit type endeavors.
If you understand that, you will know that the concept is much much broader and more integrated
through many walks of society, life, rather than
application of the idea, only to spirit related endeavors.
Yes, yes, there is a spirit in, of everything.. but enough, you may research this if you are interested
further.
One can be a master of anything, if one earns that understanding within themselves, within their being,
as their being. That level of skill, so to speak… yes.. I say.. skill!
Another words, every particle of their being, so to speak, becomes fully conscious.
But it must be more than just reading and hearing the words, and then weaving them in to conversation
and writing. The mind, the great imitator and pretender, rather than choosing the sacrifice of
continual self reformation of the mind and the energy to earn the true , actual, abiding experience. It
must be earned , in truth.
The rest…. a deception… a superficial imitation… skin deep….
Another words… great opportunity for further integration and learning.
If one chooses to work to justify their so called beliefs and understanding, up to that moment, and the
possible future, that is called ‘braking’.
It is simply an attempt to balance under the energy dynamics of attempting to control the opposing
forces in play that affect one, that one is affected or partially defined by, inside them self.
Sort of treading water.
This has not a thing to do with non duality or transcendence.
.
Finally, let me give you a simple, kind of scaled cosmically down concept or picture of what an aspect of
this experience might be like….
Imagine you are in the sky ,
Perhaps 20 to 5000 feet, maybe 6 meters to one and ½ kilometers… above the ocean... far from land.
You are in the sun light.. warm.., the air..fresh and pleasant.
Beneath you are the forces and movements of the water under neath, below,
and above appearing as the ‘waves’.
(So here is the deal. Yes, I do not ever feel the need to imitate fanciness,
But rather to communicate simply, honestly, without guile or manipulation.
I will not tell you that a ‘master’ is divine, and you are not.
I will not tell you that your Self is divine, and you are not.
But I will continue to point the (a) way , toward immediate recognition of deep spirit,
And the adjustments, or some, that are needed , or to say effective, in opening the mind and
Perception, that makes vision/experience occur, right then and there,
Not off in the future.
When I channel , or dictate messages,
I often select formulas, that if tried,
are designed to ‘grant from one’s own being’ the experience I describe, right at that time, or moments.
In this I am glad.
You might describe it as a combination of joy and love, however we speak in our own words….)
.
So,…, you are above the ocean far from any sight of a shoreline anywhere.
You are warm, calm, filled with sunlight and air and peace.
You are this.
Yet there are forces moving in the water. And you feel that, them,.. inside you.. it affects you,
It involves interaction, friction, opposition, spiraling new directions, flowing forces-… (the play of the
opposites) ( the play of life).
Usually you would identify with, experience one side , sort of, of the forces,
Yet this time, you do not,
You allow the feeling of all the forces in the water as you experience their movement.
You deal with that, no matter what.
You do not begin to id with some of the forces and work with the point of view of a particular
flow or approach.
You tolerate your experience.
You do not try to resist or slow the flow of any of those forces.
You tolerate your experience,,, no matter what.
Now, because you are tolerating, vs, controlling your experience and interrupting any flows,
Although the forces in the water will ever continue to interact in this flowing dynamic play
of the life of the physical and the physical energy sheaths,
it is ok for you,
Because as you have chosen and are continuing to choose non control/interference according to belief
and reaction…and comfort levels…
Then something unusual begins to happen.
A certain balance occurs within you that , so to speak.. frees your minds attention from the play of the
forces, the play of the opposites,
and you can find yourself expanded through the space, one with.. the space of the sky, the warmth of
the sunlight, the air,
But Also Including/ That Space Absolutely Includes The Play Of The Forces In ‘The Water’.
Yes… your being includes all of it… That is the key to Transcend duality experience,
To a greater circuit of oneness with ‘every thing’ without disturbance from actions… others, or your
own!
Yet at the same time you are in no resisting , or wishing to control, all the many forces moving atop and
below the water.
You simply experience it.
You feel the whole scene.
Here we have the deep Buddhist, etc teaching of ‘neither accepting. neither rejecting’..
And so, because you have chosen to allow all energy movements within your self and others,
Your mind will experience a disengagement,
And will experience the great warm sunny beautiful peaceful balanced air and sky
that surrounds And Includes!!!!! the play of the oppositish/interactish energy flows..
Because you didn’t try to control or reject, your mind and energy were freed up to embrace the
greater whole surrounding that play.
Rejecting nothing , controlling nothing, and thus having the experience that you are this great whole,
and life is occurring, without resistance, within this great field of oneness in the ‘greatest of spaces’…
the great space in which you find your Great Self , Spacious and free Self.
From here, from this place,… you can Really start to learn.
With blessings from the source of all,
I appear as Hilarion
Story
8 Feb 2013 - 10:12pm
THE NEW EARTH II
~ Jeshua channeled by Pamela Kribbe
www.jeshua.net
THE PLANETARY CYCLE
Everything that is evolves in cycles, planets as well as humans. It is not exceptional for an individual or groups of individual souls to step off the karmic cycle at some point in time. What makes this era special however is that the earth herself is completing a major karmic cycle. The earth is involved in an inner transformation which will result in a new type of consciousness in her being as a planet. At whatever point individual souls are within their own cycle, the earth’s transformation process will affect them.
The earth is your house. Compare it to the house you live in. Imagine that it is being rebuilt. This will greatly affect your daily life. Depending on your state of mind, you will experience it as a welcome change or a disrupting and upsetting event. If you were planning and looking forward to rebuilding your house anyway, you are in sync with the changes and you can go with the flow. The earth’s transformation process will support and enhance your personal transformation process.
If you did not want to have your house rebuilt at all, you will feel frustrated by the chaos surrounding you. The inner earth changes will throw you off balance.
For the ones who are welcoming the inner changes of your planet earth, these will be extremely empowering times. You will be lifted by the wave of Light that is presently flooding your universe.
At present, the earth is almost cracking beneath the karmic burden of humanity. The negativity and violence which spring from this karmic burden form a kind of energetic waste that the earth is hardly able to process, to neutralize or integrate.
Focus your consciousness for a moment on the heart of the earth. Relax and focus… can you feel something there? Can you feel how the earth is being torn apart, how there is so much violence upon her?
The earth is feeling powerlessness and resistance at the same time. She is on the verge of creating a new foundation for her being. The earth is going to release the energies of struggle, competition and drama, on inner and outer levels. The new foundation that is dawning within her is the energy of the heart, the energy of balance and connectedness: the living Christ energy.
The earth, just like humanity, is involved in a learning experience. Just like humanity, her consciousness is evolving and transforming itself. As with humanity, her journey started from a certain type of ignorance or unconsciousness about her own being.
The earth once was a “dark planet” which absorbed or swallowed the energies surrounding her. She took in energies or beings that she encountered and she assimilated them completely; she took away their uniqueness and in a sense killed them. This sprang from a desire for expansion. The earth somehow sensed a lack or inadequacy within her which she interpreted as a need to conquer and assimilate other energies. Since the earth did not give anything back to these energies, there was not really an interaction between them. It was a deadly and deathlike process.
At a certain time, the earth became aware that this process did not satisfy her. She felt something lacking in this way of feeding herself. Her sense of inadequacy was not relieved by it. Her urge towards expansion was not satisfied by making energy dead.
At this moment within earth consciousness the desire was born for liveliness, for Life. Not that the earth was fully aware of it. She just knew she wanted something else, something new, a kind of interaction with other energies which would not end in the reduction of those energies to earth energy. Within earth consciousness a space was created for the experience of something different than herself.
Energetically this meant the beginning of life on earth.
It is a cosmic law that all deeply felt desires will ultimately create the means for their realization. Desires, which are essentially a mixture of thought and feeling, are creative energies. This holds for planets as well as for people. Within earth as a planet a longing had arisen, a longing to experience life, a longing to preserve and cherish life, instead of destroying it.
And so it happened.
When life came to earth, the earth herself started to bloom and blossom. She entered a new domain of experience which filled her with a sense of surprise and satisfaction. She was surprised that such a simple longing, such a vaguely felt need, would bring about such grand and novel developments.
On earth, a grand experiment of life forms unfolded. Many life forms were drawn to manifest themselves on earth and to experiment with the energies present. The earth became a breeding place for novelty. There was freedom to explore new roads, new possibilities. There was and still is free will for all creatures.
With the creation of life, the earth and all living creatures upon it started to pursue a certain line of inner development. This path of experience had as its central theme the balance between giving and taking.
At the inner level of consciousness, the earth has been striving for eons to find the right balance between giving and taking. As a planet, earth gives and takes life. In earth’s “dark period,” the stage in which she absorbed and liquidated energies, the accent strongly was on “taking.”
At present she has wound up at the other extreme: giving to the limit of what she can give.
The earth has long tolerated violence and exploitation by humanity, for this was karmically fitting in a sense. The earth had to explore the other side of power and oppression. Her actions as an offender incited the opposite experience of being a victim, like a boomerang. That is how karma works; it’s not a matter of punishment. To really understand and come to terms with the issue of power, you have to experience both sides to it. Anything you struggle with or want to assert power over, you will meet again as victim or offender, until you recognize that you are both ONE, both part of the one divine energy.
The ruthless exploitation of earth in current times, then, is to some extent karmically adequate, since it has provided the earth with an opportunity to come to a full understanding of the balance between giving and taking.
However the limits to which disrespect and exploitation are karmically adequate are within sight. The earth has reached its understanding of the balance and is completing her karmic cycle of consciousness. She has attained a level of love and awareness now that will not tolerate human abuse for much longer. This level of consciousness will cause her to attract like-minded energies which savor harmony and respect, and to repel energies with destructive intent.
The time has come for a new balance between giving and taking. On the New Earth, there will be peace and harmony between planet earth and all that lives upon her: human, plant and animal. The harmony and heartfelt connectedness between all beings will be a source of great joy and creativity.
The transition from old earth to new earth is a process that is not fixed in time and character. Much depends upon the choices made by humanity, the choices made by all of you as individuals right now.
A lot of predictions have been and are being made about this time of transition. Making such predictions is always a dubious affair. The point is: your visible material reality is a manifestation of inner, collective states of consciousness. Consciousness is, as we put it at the start, free and creative. At any time, you can decide to change your future by thinking and feeling differently. You have power over your thoughts and feelings. At any time, you can say no to limiting, destructive thoughts or feelings. This counts for you as an individual but it also goes for larger groups of people.
When a substantial group of individuals chooses freedom and love over self-hate and destruction, then this will manifest itself in material reality. The earth will react to it. She is sensitive to what takes place inside of people. She responds to your inner movements.
By this we would like point out that no one, not even on our side, is able to make accurate predictions as to the way in which the New Earth will be birthed. It is clear however that the group of souls now completing their karmic cycle is closely connected energetically to the New Earth. These people, who often feel deeply connected to the ideals embodied in the New Earth, will have beautiful opportunities to grow and release because of the planetary and personal cycle coinciding.
In the following chapters, I will speak about this group of souls in particular. They are often called lightworkers and I will use that name also. Their reason for incarnating during this age of transition is not coincidental. They are deeply connected with the history of earth. I will describe the psychological traits that most lightworkers possess. I will speak about their history, their galactic roots and their mission on earth. I will discuss in detail the stages of inner growth that are involved in releasing oneself from the karmic cycle.
© Pamela Kribbe
www.jeshua.net
Story
8 Feb 2013 - 8:13pm
The New Earth – I
(Continued)
Jeshua channeled by Pamela Kribbe
http://www.jeshua.net/
HOW TO OVERCOME DUALITY - THE COMPLETION OF THE KARMIC CYCLE
Your earthly cycle of lives ends when the game of duality no longer has a hold on you. It is essential to the dualistic game that you identify yourself with a particular position in the playfield of polarities. You identify yourself with being poor or rich, famous or humble, man or woman, hero or villain. It really doesn’t matter that much which part you are playing. As long as you feel one with the actor on the stage, duality still has a firm grip on you.
This is not wrong of course. In a sense it was meant to be that way. You were meant to forget about your true self. To experience all the aspects of duality, you were meant to narrow your consciousness down to a particular role in the drama of earth life.
And you played it well. You got so caught up with your roles that you totally forgot about the aim and purpose of going through this cycle of lives to begin with. You were so forgetful about yourself that you took the games and dramas of duality to be the only reality there is. In the end this made you very lonely and full of fear, which is not surprising since the very game of duality, as noted in the previous section, is based on the elements of ignorance and fear.
To understand the workings of duality in your everyday life, we would like to mention a few typical hallmarks of the duality game.
Characteristics of the duality game
1) Your emotional life is essentially unstable.
There is no emotional anchor present, since you are always in the “up” or “down” side of a particular mood. You are angry or forgiving, narrow-minded or generous, depressed or enthusiastic, happy or sad. Your emotions perpetually fluctuate between extremes. You seem to have only limited control over these fluctuations.
2) You are intensely involved with the outer world.
It is very important to you how other people judge you. Your self-esteem depends on what the outer world (society or your loved ones) mirrors back to you about who you are. You are trying to live up to their standards of right and wrong. You are doing your very best.
3) You have strong opinions about what’s good and what’s bad. Being judgmental gives you a sense of security. Life is so well organized when one divides actions, thoughts or people into right and wrong.
Common to all these characteristics is that in all you do or feel, you are not really there. Your consciousness resides in the outer layers of your being where it is driven by fear-oriented patterns of thought and behavior.
Let us give an example.
If you’re used to being nice and agreeable all the time, you are displaying a pattern of behavior that does not spring from your inner being. You are in fact suppressing signals from the inner part of you. You are trying to live up to someone else’s expectations in order not to lose their love, admiration or care. You are reacting from fear. You are limiting yourself in your expression. The part of you that is not expressed will however live a hidden life of its own, creating dissatisfaction and tiredness in your being. There may be anger and irritation present in you which no one is aware of, not even you!
The way out of this state of self-denial is to make contact with the suppressed and hidden parts within you.
Making contact with the suppressed and hidden parts within you is not difficult in the sense that it requires particular skills or knowledge to do so. Don’t make “going within” a difficult process that others have to teach you or do for you. You can do it yourself and you will find your own ways of doing it. Motive and intent are far more important than skills and methods. If you really intend to know yourself, if you are determined to go deep within and change the fearful thoughts and emotions that block your way to a happy and fulfilled life, you will do it through any method that comes along.
Having said that, we’d like to offer one simple meditation which may help you get in touch with your emotions.
Take a moment to relax the muscles in your shoulders and neck, sit straight up and put your feet flat on the floor. Take a deep breath.
Picture yourself walking on a country road under a wide open blue sky. You take in the sounds of nature and you feel the wind through your hair. You are free and happy. Further down the road, you suddenly see some children running toward you. They are getting closer to you. How does your heart respond to this sight?
Then the children are in front of you. How many are they? How do they look? Are they boys, girls or both?
You say hello to all of them. Tell them how happy you are to see them. Then you make contact with one child in particular who is looking you in the eye. She or he has a message for you. It is written in the child’s eyes. Can you read it? What does it want to tell you? It is bringing you an energy that you need right now. Name the energy that this inner child has come to bring you and don’t judge it.
Simply thank her or him and then release the image.
Feel the earth firmly under your feet again and breathe deeply for a while. You have just contacted a hidden part of yourself.
You can go back to this scene anytime you want and perhaps talk to the other children there as well.
By going within and making contact with the hidden, suppressed parts of yourself, you are becoming more present. Your consciousness is rising above the fear-motivated patterns of thought and behavior that you have taken for granted for such a long time. It is taking responsibility for itself. It takes care of the sorrow, anger and hurt inside, like a parent takes care of its children. We will describe this process in much more detail elsewhere. (See Lightworker III).
Characteristics of releasing duality
1) You listen to the language of your soul which speaks to you through your FEELINGS.
2) You act upon this language and create the changes your soul wishes you to make.
3) You value quiet time alone, for only in silence can you hear the whispers of your soul.
4) You question the authority of thought patterns or rules of behavior which block the free expression of your true inspiration and aspirations.
THE TURNING POINT IN LETTING GO OF DUALITY
Your earthly cycle of lives draws to a close when your consciousness is able to hold ALL the experiences of duality in its hand, while remaining centered and fully present.
As long as you identify with one aspect of duality rather than another (with light as opposed to dark, with rich as opposed to poor etc.), your consciousness is on a swing. Karma is nothing but the natural harmonizer for the swings in which your consciousness engages. You release your ties to the karmic cycle when your consciousness finds its anchor point in the motionless center of the seesaw.
This center is the exit point for the karmic cycle. The predominant feeling tones in this center are stillness, compassion and quiet joy. Greek philosophers had premonitions of this state which they called ATARAXIA : imperturbability.
JUDGEMENT and FEAR are the energies that most take you off-center. As you release these energies more and more, you become more quiet and open inside. You truly enter another world, another plane of consciousness.
This will be manifested in your outer world. It will often be a time of change and saying goodbye to aspects in your life that do not reflect YOU anymore. Great upheavals may occur in the area of relationships and work. More often that not, your whole lifestyle turns topsy-turvy. This is only natural, from our perspective, since inner changes are always the forerunner of changes in your outer world. Your consciousness creates the material reality you dwell in. It is always that way.
Releasing the grip of duality takes time. Unraveling all the layers of darkness (un-consciousness) is a gradual process. Yet once you embark upon this road, the road to the inner Self, you are slowly distancing yourself from the game of duality. When you have tasted the true meaning of ataraxia, the turning point is taken. When you have felt the silent yet all-pervading joy of simply being with yourself, you will know that that is what you’ve been looking for all along. You will go inward time and again to experience this peace inside.
You will not shy away from worldly enjoyment. But you will have found an anchor of divinity within yourself, and you will experience the world and all its beauty from that state of bliss. Bliss never resided in material things to begin with. It resides in the way you experience them. When there is peace and joy in your heart, the things and people you meet will give you peace and joy.
In this day and age, a certain group of souls is preparing itself to step off the karmic cycle. We will speak in depth about this group in the next chapters. However it is not just a group of human souls that is now reaching the end of a transformative personal cycle. The very earth on which you live is undergoing a deep and thoroughgoing transformation. A planetary cycle is coming to an end as well.
This era is so special because of these two cycles coinciding. We will now speak about the planetary cycle
© Pamela Kribbe
www.jeshua.net
[my caps]
Story
8 Feb 2013 - 5:09pm
SanJAsKa: You are Right to Refer to the Present as a New Paradigm in Progress
The lower energies are dissolving away from your increasingly-higher dimensional bodies and spirits at this time, and we of our Pleiadian collective wish to extend our most heartfelt thanks and appreciation for all that you have done in the name of assisting the Earth with Her ascension.
Each one of you are a part of a collective who, below the surface, realizes the need to begin changing the way you have been treating yourselves and your planet but at the surface, the pervading density and the extremes of darkness seem too much for the inner-realms of humanity to break through and garner the resulting understanding in the people who would be shocked by what you have all known deep within all along.
We are here before you all to offer our Love and assistance, and we will be assisting you when our presence can be openly accepted on your world, with rebuilding the condition Gaia has been in. This has, of course, been expressed and will continue to be, because the work we are performing for you all extends much farther than much of your world realizes, understands or accepts.
The fear that has been spread about us in your recent society is breeding a subconscious and unrealized fear of us within the minds and hearts of the majority of your Earth collective, and because of this we are unable to detail much of what we are doing for your planet; because the very active role we are playing in the ascension of your Earth is so strong that the majority of your world would not wish to believe it is so.
Many would wish to believe that we are fooling humanity or that our motives are anything other than what they are, and those fears and apprehensions could be turned up to extremes if all on your world knew of the active role we are playing in helping lift humanity up out of the darkness.
For example; while the art of many of your ancient civilizations suggests the plentiful contacts we have made with various civilizations on your world, many souls at present would not wish to believe that we have contacted you as many times as we have and would point to the seeming non-contact from us in your current day as proof that we have never contacted you or that we are not around your planet in the mass numbers we now are.
Each facet of the Galactic Federation is looking upon your world and while there are many moment-by-moment responsibilities and duties for us each to fulfill, the ascension of the Earth has long been our top priority because as you have heard, Earth’s ascension is to kick start and aide exponentially in the ascension of so many other planets and realms.
What you are doing on this Earth is incredibly heroic, for you are not just uplifting a collective who has subconsciously wished for an upliftment for so very long; you are also uplifting various planets and even Galaxies whose ascensions are not riding on the that of the Earth, but will again, be aided enormously by it.
We ask you dearest souls to treat yourselves lightly if you feel that all you are working for is for naught or if you feel as if the Light Forces assisting in your ascension are not with you in the manner that we now are. We will begin showing ourselves to many of you who have committed yourselves to us and have placed your faith in our existence, as we are finding an increased ease in doing so as your cabals are truly on their last legs.
This truth has been spoken to as well and as the cabals find their influence diminished more and more as do the energies and entities that have driven them, the Light energies increasingly see the chance and easy ability to move in and begin shaping the perception of your world in ways that allow for an uninhibited and free experience of Light.
Every soul on your world will realize so much about the way your Lives work and the mechanics that drive the manifestations and events playing out in your Lives every day, and one crucial area of discussion will be that of how the collective energies and what is manifested on the world stage in every moment is based upon the individual energies being given out by each one of you dear souls, who are Living cells upon a planet being affected vastly by everything that occurs on Her surface.
Gaia’s energetic framework is purer than ever with the Light energies being given out by a growing fraction of the Earth collective and while so many souls are still entrenched in the darkness and density that has held your planet and your collective back, those of you who have committed yourselves to radiating the Light energies are paving the way for the collective to better grasp and understand the need for and importance of establishing a sovereign future for a sovereign humanity.
You are all free souls, and there is nothing inhibiting your freedom.
While attempts to do so are imposed upon you, you are protected endlessly by Universal Law and every soul who has been a victim of unjust actions in the name of established laws that have only benefitted the few on your world, will gain redemption from and retribution for their experiences.
The cabals thought themselves able to create a world that works only for them, but they have now seen that their goals in creating and establishing their empire upon the surface of an ascending planet will not play out in the manner they had intended. They will see and many of them are seeing that rather, the collective of Earth is to rise up and initiate change with each other as the energies of the higher realms pervading your collective consciousness at present are seeing to it that matters don’t play out any other way.
So many souls on your world who see the increasing need to put forth change and do anything they can to spread the message of putting forth change, will continue to gain influence as every one of you see the importance of establishing your new paradigm, as so many have called it.
You dear souls are right to refer to your future and present as a new paradigm in progress because indeed, you are Creating a new way of Living for every soul on Earth to benefit from enormously. The fact that you feel a drive to assist further commits you to your roles and with the higher realms and we souls of the higher realms on your side, truly nothing will stop you from achieving your goals!
We wish to bring to reality, the good that you are doing and spreading out at this time for truly, dear souls, every single person on your world is to find the lightening vibrations (because of your actions) in their own ways.
As the collective vibrations are lightening increasingly in the manners they now are, the formerly boggled-up minds, hearts and spirits of every soul on your world will be replaced with the natural understanding and Light that you all truly possess and can feel within; it is simply that you have been led to forget about this connection and those of you who are sewing your higher dimensional experiences for yourselves have long begun to interact with this connection and benefit from it, as your entire world will be in the time ahead.
You will begin to notice us in your skies and as your media too finds an increased ease in reporting our sightings in a positive or at the very least, neutral, manner; the influence of us souls who only wish to assist and help you develop already-understood advanced technology that will benefit your planet enormously will spread and the “scary alien” culture that has been fed for so long will make way for a culture of understanding our presence and welcoming us to your planet.
We are not forcing you to welcome us, of course, but when disclosure breaks and your entire world begins to benefit from a new financial system that will not be based in debt and will rather be based in personal freedom and abundance for every person on your world, our role in helping your Earth to find the lightened vibrations will be explained in depth and this is why we anticipate the collective of humanity welcoming us to your shores and your ground once again, as you have done many times in many past Lives.
We feel and know you are heading into a bright future, and the starseeds and incarnate wanderers who have sacrificed so much of themselves in the name of assisting are facets of the Light Forces who are helping uplift the Earth.
Each of you who are incarnated unto the surface of the Earth feel that drive; that commitment; that conviction that you are still feeding and employing wonderfully whilst within your Earth suits. How does it feel, knowing that you have achieved your goals immensely, even in this moment?
Truly, the ascension plan for the Earth could not have gone any better and as so many on your world will begin to see, feel and understand, the Light energies are not going anywhere, nor are we souls of the Galactic Federation of united planets who assist lower dimensional civilizations in their evolution. Rather, we will all continue to make ourselves known increasingly, as will the Light energies pervading the minds and hearts of so many of you and helping you to gain that needed positive perspective that will see you able to act as conduits for supremely wonderful and amazingly pure source energy.
This is indeed the role of many of you who are led to this communication and we will continue to encourage and attempt to inspire you, so that you can give-forth the purest and most wonderful of Lighted energies. So many of you have allowed yourselves to take on the energies of negativity and hatred so that you could act as conduits for those energies as well and transmute them through yourselves, feeding them into Gaia’s grid of Light and changing their very components from negatively-driven to positively-driven energies.
As you do this, you take on a strong weight that can remain attached to you when you do not realize it is so, and this weight can remain attached to you if driven or fed by latent anger or habit patterns you have held within that are fed by experiences had in past or current Lives.
The experiences had that drive these tendencies have hurt the souls who do not realize such tendencies are still lingering beyond the surface, and entire reactions and habit patterns have been built over the suppression and non-surfacing of the pain or experience. This has been discussed and termed as “vasanas” by many, and the transmutation work so many of you are performing can be much more difficult if you are still grasping onto subconscious tendencies driven from pains that you do not realize could be affecting the weight of the transmutation as much as it could.
Your “vasanas” will in no way inhibit the transmutation work you are doing; as you are meant to do this job at this time and for many of you, it is your very reason for being on the Earth as you are acting as transmuters so that the Light energies can be given further, that aforementioned opportunity to pervade the influence of the collective energies and frames of perception.
While not inhibiting your transmutation work, these held-away subconscious pains will again, serve to reinforce and feed the heavy weight of density and negativity that could be bestowed upon you dear souls when performing your transmutations of individual and collective dense energy. A wonderful truth that so many of you do not yet see or realize is that a multitude of higher dimensional souls are around you at all times, and we will come to you at times in the form of an orb that you would not expect to see in a photograph or permeating your vision.
We have appeared before our scribe during his meditations and at other times, in the forms of orbs and open portals that are meant to represent the opening third eyes of all of you at this time. Those of you whom, when meditating, seem notice a portal or cloud of energy opening up before you are experiencing a visualization representing the literal opening of your third eyes.
Essentially, this is a sign that you dear souls have made it.
You will be able to perceive of us, your guides and your etheric lands in a much greater depth and clarity, and you will be able to take the knowledge and insight you are gaining and uplift so many other souls into opening their third eyes and, just as importantly, their hearts so that every soul on your world can access and feel the brimming energies of the higher realms.
Judging by the reactions of many of you absorbing this communication, it seems that this is a future you would like to move into. This is why we encourage your continual actions in anchoring and bringing-forth the Light, for you have no idea of the good you are doing or of the heavenly etheric landscapes you will be able to access and help the entirety of humanity to access, as you all enjoy your unfolding higher dimensional experience.
Bold and blatant initiations into your unfolding higher dimensional experience will begin and continue to grace you all, and while it feels for many of you at the time of this communication as if you have reached a point of bleakness or energy-drainage along your paths, we say that you are only regaining energy and resting after the powerful energies of December 21st, the New Year, the 1-11 and the 1-22, and you are now bracing yourselves for yet another plentiful round of intense activation-energies for you to absorb and assimilate.
Many of you can feel the higher dimensions awaiting your realization of them all around you, and we ask you all to be strong knowing that you are able to perceive of so much more than the majority of your societies would have you believe. There have been purposeful dense limitations and barriers set up around the collective frames of perception, and these barriers are telepathic and physical in nature.
We ask each one of you reading this communication because indeed, you do all possess very strong power within, to individually aim the most Lighted and pure of energies you can at those very collectively instated and fed barriers, every single day of your Lives. In doing so, you will even further make way for the increasingly-pure Source energies gracing your world and helping so much of your society to see the Light.
We mention this action and humbly request you put it into play because of its importance at this time.
The lower dimensional barrier that is finding its influence diminished in every moment needs to be dissolved and transmuted fully so that your entire collective can themselves remove the weight of the density and intense lower dimensionality that has weighed them down and clogged their chakras.
We issue a call for each of you to bless the barriers of perception that have held your planet and all upon it back, for the Lighted perspectives you are finding can be easily accessible for the entire planet.
Can you imagine, dear souls, everyone around you possessing the positivity and assurance of the higher realms that you possess? We have, of course, spoken before of the necessary individuality and uniqueness of each one of you and the wonderful thing is that this uniqueness and individuality can be expressed in a collective fashion, along with the energies of positivity and an understanding of the higher realms.
Each one of you are individual, beautiful souls and you can express your individualism in a myriad of ways in the higher dimensions, and everyone on your planet will indeed be united in the one common purpose of bringing it into the Light after those aforementioned veils are dissolved and you find yourselves able to collectively perceive through a clear and undistorted lense.
Your chakras will continue in their processes of opening up and you will continue to absorb and assimilate energy that will leave you reeling at times, and we wish to send you all the purest Love we can muster up in hopes that it will be used to help the collective of humanity to dissolve the veils and barriers of the lower dimensional experience.
Your cabals have attempted to feed these barriers and keep you feeding them, and we say this in response to a mental question poised to us by our scribe when we mentioned this.
Much of the perspective of the awakening humanity has been rightly put toward exposing and demanding truth from the cabals and the souls who are perceived to have run things on your world, and we remind every soul reading this to embrace the Light energies and not to give too much of your focus and energy away to exposing the cabals or letting others know of all that they have done because indeed, awareness is crucial to be spread but it can be spread through a Lighted temple, and by a person with a positive perspective who will help to uplift all around them, even while giving and exposing truth for the entirety of humanity to benefit from.
You can all step to the plate if you feel it is your role to do so at this time, and begin helping the collective of humanity find the truth and pervading higher vibrations forming your initiation back into the realms of the fifth dimension, and from the fifth dimension you will be completely limitless in your growth and ability to learn lessons and develop yourselves further into the shining Creators each one of us truly are within.
Your experience is just beginning, dear souls, and we ask you to remember this as you go about your daily Lives and face the difficulties that attempt to temporarily cloud your perspectives and keep you feeding the disintegrating grid of darkness and density.
You will continue to be pumped with the pure energy of Source as you rediscover this energy in every facet it is being given, and those of you who are on the Earth and in charge of disseminating and decoding the higher dimensional energy you’re being given, will begin to feel our specific energies in much purer forms and as many of you have wondered or worried if we are aspects of your higher selves or thought forms based within your consciousness; we will begin to show you that this is not so and that we are in fact, fifth dimensional beings who are of our own united consciousness – with humanity and the rest of Creation. (1)
We specifically are Pleiadian beings residing within the fifth dimension at present. As we help humanity to evolve back into the realms of the fifth dimension, our own growth will be aided tremendously and we will further heighten our goal of assisting all of Creation in finding the higher vibrations of Source, as we are now doing with you dear souls on the Earth.
Many of us choose to express ourselves in the form of human bodies, but many of us choose to express ourselves as spirit energy who will continue to make ourselves known to you dear souls if we do not anticipate fear on your end, of our presence.
For example; I am making my presence known to our scribe whilst he is channeling my communication and my energies, and we are able to do this in an effort to help you dear souls realize that we of the higher dimensions truly are and have always been with you. We know and can feel that so many of you have wished and do wish for blatant signs of our presence around you, and we say that these signs will indeed begin to be given as you dear souls increasingly open up to them.
We do not want to raise hopes or expectations and are making no concrete predictions, but the vibrations humanity as a collective is moving into that are again, being aided tremendously by each one of you Lightworkers, will see the energies more allowing for us to be made known on your world than they are at present.
We look forward to the collective of humanity absorbing the disclosures and the many truths we have for you dear souls, as while we are looked toward in a fearful manner at present we can anticipate that much of humanity will, in the end, be thankful for our existence on and around your world.
Indeed, we are not looking for thanks; we are helping you because of our strong, strong drive to assist any lower dimensional planet who has been struggling in the lower realms they had Created from the higher dimensions.
Countries will begin to come together as humanity awakens, and you will all see and realize that the separation once rife on your world has no place in the collective energies of peace, harmony and understanding you are moving into at this time. The flow of higher dimensional energies will be felt within each one of you and as you further open up your chakras and discover the other chakras you have but did not realize you possessed, your links to the higher realms will become so strong that, like us, you will become the higher realms.
You will merge with the realms of enlightenment, and your perception in every single moment will be just as happy, positive and fulfilled as ours is. This perspective can never be broken, and the energies of separation and darkness that would attempt to break them are not prevalent in the higher realms. This is why the lower energies cannot survive in them, and will find themselves transmuted back into pure Source energy.
As we make our final impressions for this communication, we express much positivity for all that is to occur on the surface of your world. Days, weeks and months are not literal or relied-upon markers of your concept of time for us in the higher realms and truly, we can see your New Earth and you all already as you are working to bring your collective vibrations back into the Light. We can see this already and this accounts for much of the positivity we are able to express, as do the lightened perspectives we have in every single moment.
We know that your ascension is playing-out successfully and if you could have our perspectives, you would be fully convinced of this yourselves.
Thank you to SanJAsKa.
WesAnnac.com
AquariusParadigm.com
(1)-In my case, SanJAsKa actually is an aspect of my overall higher self. The referenced part of this message was referring to collectives and individuals who are channeled and are not a direct part of the higher self of the channeler.
For example – the Pleiadians can be channeled in a collective or individual fashion, as can the Sirians, Arcturians, Andromedans, Ascended Masters, Hathors – I could go on and on. They do not have to be a part of one’s higher self to be channeled.
Story
8 Feb 2013 - 2:18pm
Saturday, 2 February, 2013 (posted 8 February, 2013)
Today I began to see one of the ways my presence is opening up the hidden, mystical, aspects of life. I deeply glimpsed again, a new, multidimensional way of relating to the world. I was given clarity that hinted at this before but today it came into a view which I could absorb more. A sense of how life is changed. I know this discovery is rich and I committed to exploring it more so I could share. I am awed by it, truth be told, and thrilled by the path it's opening for me!
I believe we each are capable of this and in ways no one else is--that our unique presence is the key. This seems very clear and very real and so natural!
For each of us there are pathways which are recognizable--having affinity with who we are, our energy, our Cosmic, Planetary and Soular DNA--which when we dip into our deeper current, we begin to be more aware of and articulate about. If we tune to this regularly a conversation opens.
I invite and encourage you: make time to show up and listen. To reflect.
Reflecting is powerful. It's different than being in meditation or in silence, in solitude with attention to your inner knowing. Reflecting is a soft focus of making meaning. Of understanding and noticing. This devotion to understand and realize takes your awareness into deeper levels. Let yourself see what you do express when you consistently trust yourself and attempt to speak of your inner knowing.
Each of us opening to these pathways is how we will begin to map what's emerging as new in our world! This is how it's always been, but it's even more available now. Our devotion to self love has given us the confidence to show up and trust our experience.
This new frontier awaits us and is still changing, appearing, being made. It's amazing and profound. What can you tell me about it all? I will not know it fully except through your sharing. I hope my devotion will make it richer and more known for you.
Together. That's how this will open up for us. By sharing and by mapping the landscape of expansive newness--together.
© 2009-2012, Meredith Murphy. All rights reserved. http://www.expectwonderful.com You are absolutely welcome to share and distribute this content with others as you feel guided. Please make sure to keep the integrity of this article by including the author & source website link. Permissions for use in print, media or other ways may be requested from by emailing Meredith@expectwonderful.com
video
8 Feb 2013 - 12:22pm
Published on 8 Feb 2013
There is no area in my life where I feel more inadequate and immature than relationships involving my sexual nature. I believe most, if not all, humans have deep-seated issues in this area; and I don't believe many of us are healed. Since yesterday, when so many were giving me advise -- actually, even before that -- I have been taking personal inventory of my experiences. Today, I am going to share as openly and honestly as I can some of my very personal issues. This will make many people uncomfortable, since most will mirror painful experiences others have had as well. I want to make it very clear that, whatever I have experienced is not about the individuals with whom I interacted, but about me. Each is a reflection of my own issues, whether I like admitting that or not. There are lots of judgments here; and I know I need to forgive myself and others for perceived wounds. If I don't do this, I will never heal. It is my sincere hope that all of us will choose to heal, and to help each other heal.
Story
8 Feb 2013 - 7:49am
SaLuSa 08-February-2013
Where are your travels leading you to now, after the excitement of Ascension even if did not bring with it the greatly expected changes. As we have informed you, you have lost absolutely nothing as a result of Ascension passing in a manner that failed to bring you the long awaited changes. They remain ready to be brought upon the scene, when they can be co-ordinated in such a way that they can be of maximum benefit to everyone. You realize that the old systems cannot remain as they do serve the best interests of everyone, and that is the whole point of bringing them in. People will inevitably try to hold on to what they have but if you are one who loses out, do not worry. The whole idea is to lift all those up who are ready, and eventually none will exist in a system that supports lack.
We have worked hard with our allies to bring in equality, and not only that but also abundance. The changes will seem like a fairy tale, but more than that they will address the issues that have kept you back. St.Germain is a great warrior who wields immense power, and he will see that no one can prevent you from being able to claim what is rightly yours. He is gifted with Divine Power and let no one try tricks to delay the Prosperity Funds from being distributed. The dark Ones do not really have any cards to play that can stop progress into the Golden Age, oh yes they can be a nuisance but will be swatted out of the way and placed where they no longer have any power. We have all had enough of their delaying tactics and interference tactics. They have far exceeded their authority, and it will not be tolerated anymore.
Meantime millions of Lightworkers have been able to recognize the changes within Self, and are continuing to bring even more Light to Earth. They are in the forefront of a massive move to fully establish even more Light upon Earth. This growth cannot be halted and will continue to set up your future. It is like a giant snowball gathering more as it moves around. Believe us Dear Ones, this year will see you set up for great advancements. After cutting your links with duality as you have been used to experiencing it, you will move on into another stage that will bring you all you need to start your own Galactic Society. Remember that even now you are becoming a Galactic Being. Bodily changes are occurring all of the time, as you eject those energies that are part of your baggage and increase your Light.
In time the Masters will return and have a hand in your evolution. They have nurtured you and followed your progress for a long, long time. However those who cannot find the answers within, will probably revert to the old paradigm and having been given freewill will look for progress through their religious beliefs. Each soul has to be allowed to follow its own ordained path, and will eventually understand the truth. We rejoice when that happens as we desire you to see "ALL IS ONE". Duality has been a hard taskmaster, but lessons learnt are never to be imposed again. We admire your tenacity and determination to put your whole self into what you are doing, and yet there has been much to distract you. You have such a positive attitude, and are prepared to go to great lengths to achieve success. Keep on this path and all will come to in good time.
Every soul has a life plan, and sometimes they go astray but their Guides are on hand to assist them. But for the fact that the end times are upon you, it would not matter if you went astray and you must get back on track as soon as possible. You must be aware of opportunities that lead you back to them, and your Guides will be working hard to point you in the right direction. No one but yourself puts a goal ahead of you, and since you will have agreed to it, it must make good sense to stick by it if you can. If you fail, it will not be for the want of your Guides trying to goad you onto the right path. However, do not worry unduly about it, as there are many paths that can lead to fulfillment.
All around you the dark Ones are imploding and their chain of command is in tatters. Many of the top people are already contained, and gradually their ability to mount attacks on the Light is waning. Arrests continue to take place and their numbers are being drastically reduced. All around you corruption is being uncovered, and the culprits will be led away so that they have no more influence. It is necessary for you to know how much your lives have been affected by those who chose to rule by force. The "Land of the Free" is a myth placed before you to hide the truth, yet originally there were people who had the right vision and understanding, but were overwhelmed by the dark Ones. All through your history you have been mislead, and few Presidents have been able to break the stranglehold on you by the Illuminati. That Dear Ones is all changing, and you do not have long to wait to see some results, as more of our activities will be openly carried out. It will be our way of showing that we are on your side and with you.
Our Federation is still as active as ever, dealing with nuclear devices that the dark Ones have hidden away, and indeed we also monitor where they go and are ready to deactivate them. You live in a crazy world, where little thought is given to the consequences of detonating them. However, we are alert to all possibilities and ready to step in if matters look like getting out of hand. Generally speaking, we have many inspectors who carry out regular checks on nuclear arsenals, so we know which countries are liable to carry out nuclear attacks. We wish you would sit down and find a way to prevent nuclear warfare. The bravado that some countries choose when they threaten each other, is liable to result in a nuclear holocaust. We will not allow that to happen, and that is in accordance with Divine instructions.
I am SaLuSa from Sirius, and see just how near you are to getting a peaceful solution, which would allow peace to ascend on Earth. You are so near to ending all the hostilities, but it requires a genuine approach by those who might still fear the bigger powers. It is within your grasp, and Leaders must deal with this problem as a matter of urgency. Trust is in fact a rare commodity where arms are concerned. It is true to say that the people have had enough of wars, and the waste of resources. Peace is not that hard to bring about, and we wish you would put your heart and soul into it, then matters would really take off.
Thank you SaLuSa.
Mike Quinsey.
Website: Tree of the Golden Light
Please Sign Disclosure Petition VI - the Citizen Hearing
Anyone from any nation will be able to sign this petition:
http://wh.gov/PUGp
We will win by our persistance!
.
Translations
Arabic
Bulgarian
Chinese
Chinese Traditional
Croatian
Czech
Dutch
English
French
German
Greek
Hebrew
Hungarian
Italian
Japanese
Korean
Latvian
Lithuanian
Norwegian
Polish
Portuguese
Romanian
Russian
Slovakian
Slovenian
Spanish
Swedish
Turkish
Originals and translations of Galactic Messages available at
http://peacelovelove.blogspot.com/
http://www.galacticchannelings.com/
http://www.despertando.me/
Blog entry
7 Feb 2013 - 9:55pm
We're off on an adventure this weekend, just a very short one, but an adventure none the less. We are visiting
Johns. One John lives in Narrabri and the other in Lismore both in NSW. Gonna be a whole heap of driving, thank
goodness I married a professional tour guide, all I have to do is leave things up to him. Lismore John has his birthday
on the same day as me, and it was his 60th, so we are gonna even go to a party on this adventure. Course when
we planned this we weren't fully aware of the distances between places...it's like that in Australia...and we
are gonna be making flying visits between about 17 hours of driving. That's how it is when you've got animals to
look after and gardens to care for...you gotta either be home or ask folks to do things for you. Fortunately
our son lives nearby and the neighbours are happy to let the hens out in the early mornings. Jordan is NOT a
morning person.
Anyway, should be fun...I will probably get heaps of sleep cause in the car I'm like a baby in a cradle, go a
few miles and I'm asleep. Hope not this time, I've never been to Narrabri or points between, so it would be
good if I got a look at the area...hopes are not high though, I've been this way since I was a kid...get in
the car and go to sleep.
Imagine, three days right in the thick of the 3/4D world...gonna be interesting, haven't done this for ages.
Maybe I will get a nice surprise and find a changed 3/4D world where folks are happy and positive? Hope
so.
yarra
Story
7 Feb 2013 - 8:28pm
THE NEW EARTH I
~ Jeshua channeled by Pamela Kribbe
www.jeshua.net
In this day and age, a transition is taking place on earth. A new consciousness is dawning which will take material shape sooner or later. How exactly this transition will come about, what form it will take, is not fixed. The future is always indeterminate. The only thing that is really given is this moment: the Now. From the well of the Now, countless possible roads are springing, an infinite web of possible futures.
On the basis of the past, we can predict that one particular future is more probable than another, but the choice is always yours. It is you who decide whether you let the past determine your future! Predictions are always based on probabilities. Probabilities are related to the past. It is in your power as a human being to break with the past, to set out a different course. You are endowed with free will. You have the power to change, to recreate yourself. In this power rests your divinity. It is the power to create from nothing (to create ex nihilo). This divine power belongs to the very essence of who you are.
In speaking of this day and age as an age of transition, never forget that you are the master of your own reality. There is no such thing as a predestined Plan or a Cosmic Power which overrules your individual soul’s path or your individual power to create your own reality. It doesn’t work that way. Every soul on earth will experience this transition in a way that fits their inner propensities. There are many realities. The reality you choose will answer your inner needs and desires.
What makes this time (1950 – 2070 approximately) special is that there are two different cycles of consciousness coming to an end: a personal cycle (or a set of personal cycles) and a planetary cycle. The completion of these cycles coincides, so that one reinforces the other.
For a part of humanity, the completion of their personal cycle of earth lives is near. Most of the souls involved in this completion are lightworkers. We will speak in much more detail about this group of lightworker souls. Here we would like to explain the nature of this personal cycle: what it means to go through it and what is the purpose of living all these quite complicated lives on earth.
The personal karmic cycle
The earth lives you experience are part of a greater cycle of your soul. This cycle was designed to enable you to fully experience duality. You have within this cycle experienced what it is like to be male and female, to be healthy and ill, to be rich or poor, to be “good” and “bad.” In some lives you were intensely involved with the material world, being a farmer, worker or craftsman. There have been more spiritually oriented lives, in which you carried within you a strong awareness of your spiritual origins. In those lives you were often drawn to religious callings. Also there have been lives in which you explored the worldly domain of power, politics etc. There may have been lives devoted to an artistic expression of yourself.
Often souls tend to specialize somewhat in the course of all these lives. This can clearly be recognized in people who possess a natural gift in a certain area. It seems they have a potential there, even as a child, which only needs to be awakened at the right time and which is then easily developed.
Lightworker souls are often drawn to religious lives and have lived numerous lives as monks, nuns, priests, shamans, witches, psychics etc. They were drawn to be intermediaries between the material, physical world and the spiritual realms. And so they developed an expertise in this field. When you feel this calling, this strong urge to be involved with spirituality, even if it does not fit in with your normal daily life, you may very well be part of this family of lightworkers.
Living on earth provides you with an opportunity to fully experience what it is like to be a human. Now you may ask: what’s so special about being human? Why would I want to experience that?
The human experience is both diverse and intense. When you live a human life, you are temporarily immersed within an overwhelming field of physical sensations, thoughts and feelings. Because of the duality inherent in this field, there is great contrast and intensity in your experiences, much greater than when you are in the astral planes, as you call it. (These are the planes you enter after you die and where you remain between lives.) It may be hard to imagine for you, but many entities on our side would love to be in your shoes. They would love to be human, to gain human experience. The human experience has a kind of realness to it which is invaluable to them. Although they can create countless realities by the power of their imagination, it gives them less satisfaction than the creation of one “real” reality on earth.
On earth, the creation process is often a struggle. You typically meet a lot of resistance in making your dreams come true. The mental type of creation in the astral world is much easier. There is no time lag between the thought of something and the actual creation of it. Moreover you can create any reality you want or can think of. There are no limits. The moment you picture a lovely garden, it is there for you to enter.
To give birth to an idea on earth, to make it a reality in the material world, is a great endeavor. It demands a strong intention, perseverance, clarity of mind and a trusting heart. On earth, you have to deal with the slowness and stubbornness of the material world. You have to deal with contradictory impulses in yourself: with doubt, despair, lack of knowledge, loss of faith, etc. The creation process may be obstructed or even fail because of any of these elements. Yet these potential problems, even the failures, are the very reasons that make the experience of earthly life so valuable. In this process, the challenges you meet are your greatest teachers. They give earth experience a profundity that is so much deeper and broader than the effortless creation process on the astral planes. This effortlessness breeds meaninglessness. The astral entities which have not yet experienced lives on earth know and understand this.
You often get discouraged and even desperate by the non-compliant nature of your reality. So often, reality does not answer your wishes and hopes. So often, your creative intentions seem to end up in pain and disillusion. However you will find that key to peace and happiness at some point. You will find that key within your own heart. And when you do, the joy that will befall you will not be matched by anything created in the astral planes. It will be the birth of your mastership, your divinity.
The ecstasy you will experience when your divinity awakens will provide you with the power to heal yourself. This divine love will help you recover from the deep hurts you have suffered throughout your lives on earth.
After that, you will be able to help cure others who have been through the same trials and sorrows. You will recognize their pain. You will see it in their eyes. And you will be able to guide them on their path to divinity.
The purpose of going through duality
Please do not underestimate the meaning of your lives on earth. You belong to the most creative, advanced and courageous part of God (All-That-Is). You are explorers of the unknown and creators of the new. Your explorations through the realm of duality have served a purpose far beyond your imagination. It is hard to explain to you the deepest meaning of your travels, but we can say that you have created a new type of consciousness, one that did not exist previously.
This consciousness was first displayed by Christ when he walked the earth. This consciousness, which I call the Christ consciousness, results from a spiritual alchemy. Physical alchemy is the art of transforming lead into gold. Spiritual alchemy is the art of transforming dark energy into “the third energy,” the spiritual gold present in the Christ energy.
Please note that we do not say that the purpose is to transform dark into light, or evil into good. Dark and light, evil and good are natural opposites; they exist by the grace of one another.
True spiritual alchemy introduces a “third energy,” a type of consciousness which embraces both polarities through the energies of love and understanding. The true purpose of your journey is not to have Light conquer Dark, but to go beyond these opposites and to create a new type of consciousness which can maintain unity in the presence of both light and dark.
We will explain this rather difficult point by means of a metaphor. Imagine you are deep-sea divers in search of a pearl. Time and again you dive into the ocean to find this particular pearl which everyone talks about but nobody has actually seen. Rumors go that even God, the Chief Diver, has never touched the pearl.
Diving into the ocean is full of perils, since you can get lost or go too deep to catch your breath in time. Still you persist and you dive into this ocean time and again, for you are determined and inspired. Are you insane?
No, you are explorers of the new.
The secret is: in the process of finding the pearl, you are creating it. The pearl is the spiritual gold of the Christ consciousness. The pearl is you, transformed by the experience of duality.
What we have here is a true paradox: in exploring the New, you are creating it. You have become the pearl of God’s creation.
God had no other way of doing it, for what you were attempting to find did not exist yet; it had to be created by you. Why was God so interested in creating something new? Let us state this in as simply a way possible.
First, God was entirely GOOD. There was goodness everywhere and all around. In fact because there was nothing else, things were kind of static. His creation lacked aliveness; it lacked the possibility of growth and expansion. You might say it was stuck.
To create change, to create an opportunity for movement and expansion, God had to introduce an Element in his creation that was different from the Goodness that pervaded everything. This was very hard for God, for how can you create something that is not-you? How can Goodness create Badness? It can’t. So, God had to come up with a trick, so to speak. This trick is called ignorance.
Ignorance is the element that opposes Goodness. It creates the illusion of being outside Goodness, of being separated from God. “Not knowing who you are” is the incentive behind change, growth and expansion in your universe. Ignorance breeds fear, fear breeds the need to control, the need to control breeds the struggle for power and there you have all the conditions for “Evil” to flourish. The stage has been set for the battle between Good and Bad.
God needed the dynamics of opposites to get his creation “un-stuck.” It may be very hard for you to comprehend in view of all the suffering caused by ignorance and fear, but God put great value on these energies, since they provided him with a way to go beyond Him/Herself.
God asked you, the ones that belong to the most creative, advanced and courageous part of herself, to take the veil of Ignorance. In order to experience the dynamics of opposites as thoroughly as possible, you were temporarily soaked in forgetfulness about your true nature. You consented to take this plunge into ignorance, but this fact was overlaid by the veil of forgetfulness as well. So now you often curse God for being in the situation you’re in: the hardships, the ignorance – and we understand. In essence though: you are God, God is you.
Despite of all the troubles and sorrows, deep down within you there is still a sense of wonder and excitement about living in duality, about experiencing and creating the New. This is God’s original excitement, the reason God started with his journey through You in the first place.
When you started out on your journey, you faced Evil (fear, ignorance) with only a vague memory of the Good (Home) in your mind. You started to battle fear and ignorance, while longing for Home. However you will not return Home in the sense of returning to a state in your past. For creation has changed because of your journey.
The end of your journey will be that you have become larger than good and evil, light and dark. You will have created a third energy, the Christ energy, which embraces and transcends both. You will have expanded God’s creation. You will be the New Creation of God. God will have gone beyond Him/Herself when the Christ consciousness is fully born on earth.
The Christ consciousness did not exist before the “human experience.” The Christ consciousness is the consciousness of one who has gone through the multilayered experience of duality, has come to terms with it and emerges “on the other side.” He will be the inhabitant of the New Earth. This one will have let go of duality. She will have recognized and embraced her own divinity. He will have become one with his divine Self. But his divine Self will be different than before. It will be deeper and richer than the consciousness from which it was born. Or one could say: God will have enriched Him/Herself by having gone through the experience of duality.
This story is simplified and distorted as anything we say is distorted by the illusions of time and separation. These illusions have served a valuable purpose. But the time has come to go beyond them. Please try to feel the energy behind our words, stories and metaphors. This energy is in a sense your own. It is the energy of your future Christed selves that is speaking through me, Jeshua. We are waiting for you to join us.
How to overcome duality – the completion of the karmic cycle
Your earthly cycle of lives ends when the game of duality no longer has a hold on you. It is essential to the dualistic game that you identify yourself with a particular position in the playfield of polarities. You identify yourself with being poor or rich, famous or humble, man or woman, hero or villain. It really doesn’t matter that much which part you are playing. As long as you feel one with the actor on the stage, duality still has a firm grip on you.
This is not wrong of course. In a sense it was meant to be that way. You were meant to forget about your true self. To experience all the aspects of duality, you were meant to narrow your consciousness down to a particular role in the drama of earth life.
And you played it well. You got so caught up with your roles that you totally forgot about the aim and purpose of going through this cycle of lives to begin with. You were so forgetful about yourself that you took the games and dramas of duality to be the only reality there is. In the end this made you very lonely and full of fear, which is not surprising since the very game of duality, as noted in the previous section, is based on the elements of ignorance and fear.
To understand the workings of duality in your everyday life, we would like to mention a few typical hallmarks of the duality game.
Characteristics of the duality game
1) Your emotional life is essentially unstable.
There is no emotional anchor present, since you are always in the “up” or “down” side of a particular mood. You are angry or forgiving, narrow-minded or generous, depressed or enthusiastic, happy or sad. Your emotions perpetually fluctuate between extremes. You seem to have only limited control over these fluctuations.
2) You are intensely involved with the outer world.
It is very important to you how other people judge you. Your self-esteem depends on what the outer world (society or your loved ones) mirrors back to you about who you are. You are trying to live up to their standards of right and wrong. You are doing your very best.
3) You have strong opinions about what’s good and what’s bad. Being judgmental gives you a sense of security. Life is so well organized when one divides actions, thoughts or people into right and wrong.
Common to all these characteristics is that in all you do or feel, you are not really there. Your consciousness resides in the outer layers of your being where it is driven by fear-oriented patterns of thought and behavior.
Let us give an example. If you’re used to being nice and agreeable all the time, you are displaying a pattern of behavior that does not spring from your inner being. You are in fact suppressing signals from the inner part of you. You are trying to live up to someone else’s expectations in order not to lose their love, admiration or care. You are reacting from fear. You are limiting yourself in your expression. The part of you that is not expressed will however live a hidden life of its own, creating dissatisfaction and tiredness in your being. There may be anger and irritation present in you which no one is aware of, not even you!
The way out of this state of self-denial is to make contact with the suppressed and hidden parts within you.
Making contact with the suppressed and hidden parts within you is not difficult in the sense that it requires particular skills or knowledge to do so. Don’t make “going within” a difficult process that others have to teach you or do for you. You can do it yourself and you will find your own ways of doing it. Motive and intent are far more important than skills and methods. If you really intend to know yourself, if you are determined to go deep within and change the fearful thoughts and emotions that block your way to a happy and fulfilled life, you will do it through any method that comes along.
Having said that, we’d like to offer one simple meditation which may help you get in touch with your emotions.
Take a moment to relax the muscles in your shoulders and neck, sit straight up and put your feet flat on the floor. Take a deep breath.
Picture yourself walking on a country road under a wide open blue sky. You take in the sounds of nature and you feel the wind through your hair. You are free and happy. Further down the road, you suddenly see some children running toward you. They are getting closer to you. How does your heart respond to this sight?
Then the children are in front of you. How many are they? How do they look? Are they boys, girls or both?
You say hello to all of them. Tell them how happy you are to see them. Then you make contact with one child in particular who is looking you in the eye. She or he has a message for you. It is written in the child’s eyes. Can you read it? What does it want to tell you? It is bringing you an energy that you need right now. Name the energy that this inner child has come to bring you and don’t judge it. Simply thank her or him and then release the image.
Feel the earth firmly under your feet again and breathe deeply for a while. You have just contacted a hidden part of yourself.
You can go back to this scene anytime you want and perhaps talk to the other children there as well.
By going within and making contact with the hidden, suppressed parts of yourself, you are becoming more present. Your consciousness is rising above the fear-motivated patterns of thought and behavior that you have taken for granted for such a long time. It is taking responsibility for itself. It takes care of the sorrow, anger and hurt inside, like a parent takes care of its children. We will describe this process in much more detail elsewhere. (See Lightworker III).
Characteristics of releasing duality
1) You listen to the language of your soul which speaks to you through your feelings.
2) You act upon this language and create the changes your soul wishes you to make.
3) You value quiet time alone, for only in silence can you hear the whispers of your soul.
4) You question the authority of thought patterns or rules of behavior which block the free expression of your true inspiration and aspirations.
The turning point in letting go of duality
Your earthly cycle of lives draws to a close when your consciousness is able to hold all the experiences of duality in its hand, while remaining centered and fully present. As long as you identify with one aspect of duality rather than another (with light as opposed to dark, with rich as opposed to poor etc.), your consciousness is on a swing. Karma is nothing but the natural harmonizer for the swings in which your consciousness engages. You release your ties to the karmic cycle when your consciousness finds its anchor point in the motionless center of the seesaw.
This center is the exit point for the karmic cycle. The predominant feeling tones in this center are stillness, compassion and quiet joy. Greek philosophers had premonitions of this state which they called ataraxia: imperturbability.
Judgment and fear are the energies that most take you off-center. As you release these energies more and more, you become more quiet and open inside. You truly enter another world, another plane of consciousness.
This will be manifested in your outer world. It will often be a time of change and saying goodbye to aspects in your life that do not reflect YOU anymore. Great upheavals may occur in the area of relationships and work. More often that not, your whole lifestyle turns topsy-turvy. This is only natural, from our perspective, since inner changes are always the forerunner of changes in your outer world. Your consciousness creates the material reality you dwell in. It is always that way.
Releasing the grip of duality takes time. Unraveling all the layers of darkness (un-consciousness) is a gradual process. Yet once you embark upon this road, the road to the inner Self, you are slowly distancing yourself from the game of duality. When you have tasted the true meaning of ataraxia, the turning point is taken. When you have felt the silent yet all-pervading joy of simply being with yourself, you will know that that is what you’ve been looking for all along. You will go inward time and again to experience this peace inside.
You will not shy away from worldly enjoyment. But you will have found an anchor of divinity within yourself, and you will experience the world and all its beauty from that state of bliss. Bliss never resided in material things to begin with. It resides in the way you experience them. When there is peace and joy in your heart, the things and people you meet will give you peace and joy.
In this day and age, a certain group of souls is preparing itself to step off the karmic cycle. We will speak in depth about this group in the next chapters. However it is not just a group of human souls that is now reaching the end of a transformative personal cycle. The very earth on which you live is undergoing a deep and thoroughgoing transformation. A planetary cycle is coming to an end as well. This era is so special because of these two cycles coinciding. We will now speak about the planetary cycle
© Pamela Kribbe
www.jeshua.net
Blog entry
7 Feb 2013 - 7:36pm
DEEPLY AWAKE – ALL WAS ILLUMINATED
It's funny how two minutes or so of my recent life have become, more and more, something that I revisit, and with the passing days, my fascination with those few minutes grows.
I had a Matrix-y experience on Christmas Eve. I knew I was experiencing Truth in those few minutes. Everything was, literally, quite literally, illuminated. I understood. My soul was looking out through my eyes for that brief time, a time of relief, wonder, confirmation, encouragement, beauty, awe, intricacy, complexity.
Instead of green numbers, there was a dizzying, effecting, affecting, brilliant, absorbing benevolence. It's the only word that describes what I now understand physicality is. Physicality is a congealing of, a slowing of, into something flesh can experience, pure and utter and whole and symmetric and encompassing, engrossing, expanding, crashing benevolence.
That's it.
I understood with my BODY that night that me, my kid, my ex husband, his car, our lives, our loves, our fears, our capabilities and our restrictions, our joys, hardships, challenges, pursuits, these were all adventures we are really enjoying! It is all so fascinating and exciting and immediate and thrilling! And all of it, literally and 100%, all of it is made of, MADE of benevolence.
Imagine.
I am, this hand, moving sort of achily across this black keyboard, these physical fingers are literally, not theoretically but literally constructed out of benevolence.
Astonishing.
I remembered this morning something else about that experience. I remembered feeling calmly and strangely, very strangely, apart from the electro-magnetic, chemical wash that physicality is. I could feel all of it happening, not just with me, but with Sam and Jerry, in their bodies, as well. But although I could acutely sense physicality, I was bigger than physicality. I knew I encompassed this physicality, but that THIS, this illumination, this other, this is the true source, or at least the doorway to that source. The physical world is a fine and wonderful arena into which pure spirit is placed to experience with all our senses and with our hearts the physicalness of ourselves, our thoughts, our beliefs.
And everything was really bright. But not visually so. Just internally bright.
I return to those moments often. I am only now understanding the magnitude of what I allowed myself to inhabit, briefly.
Recently I have come to terms with not fitting in.
My need to belong, to fit in, has always been something which has produced something just short of madness within me. I yearn for it. To be able to be socially comfortable, interpersonally gracious, consistently helpful (in a soulic rather than purely physical way, when possible), predictably kind and thoughtful. I want to have every social interaction to be one of giving and receiving strength, acknowledging each other's personal power to understand and transmute and laugh.
So I have been thinking that maybe it is not a bad thing that I have been programmed to be so horribly stunted socially. I have found, in my life, overall, that relationships suck. But I now understand that most of the sucking was due to my expecting to get my needs met through anyone or anything other than my own heart and soul and body.
So once I started to figure that out, I found I was surprising myself with easy social interactions.
And now, looking at me interacting, I think what the average bear would think is that I am a pretty happy, confident and generous person with a positive mental outlook who is only out to help, who maybe has a little diarrhea of the mouth, but who is harmless at worst and wonderfully vibrant at best.
And I now can see this. It's as if the scared, socially retarded, terrorized part of me sits back during most interactions in some kind of stunned silence. I am shocked, most of the time now, with what comes out of my mouth. I may have a creepy impulse even, but for the most part, what comes out of my mouth, and from heart, in that moment, is kindness. I noticed this phenomenon with my dad first. It started, actually, when I was married. I remember asking Diane about it.
I wondered if my responding with genuine kindness and really authentic caring with someone in conversation with whom I am having a troubled relationship, isn't that just plain disingenuous?
But I am seeing an arc to this now.
I think when I am responding to someone in an “uncharacteristically” or surprisingly heart-generous way, I think now that this is my better nature responding in the moment. I used to be someone who “can't pretend to like somebody.” I really had a hard time with that. And it ostracized me a lot, because I just found it really hard dealing with certain people. The icky ones, the poisonous ones. I just withdraw, retreat, don't even engage. Why bother? Some people are interpersonal predators. Not worth my time.
That's hard though. I wanted to be someone who could see the good in anyone, and who didn't HAVE TO pretend to like anybody, she just could see something good in anyone she encountered. I wanted to be that person. And now, at least on my good days, I am. This is why I always admired my mentor Marge. She could socialize with the biggest creeps at our nursing home. The ones who drank on the job, the ones who got arrested for drunk and disorderly the weekend before. She always was friends with everyone, but really, companion to none of us. I wanted to be like that. I can see more of this emerging now, and I like it.
See, I used to think that not acting on my baser impulses made me dishonest. But now, in conversation, even with really awful-acting people, I am absolutely compelled, as if there is no other option, to speak in ways I wouldn't usually. With encouragement. With humor. With indulgence. With neutrality. With authority. With good spirits.
And it's happening more and more and more these days.
I think, when I act in this way, because it feels so good, and so right, and because the response is ALWAYS wonderful, I think that these surprising little attacks of kindness are actually my Higher Self (if you want to use that terminology) acting. And the scared, vulnerable, convinced-I-have-no-power Self is observing.
I think that is what is happening, and I see it more and more these days.
And I think those illuminated moments has spurred on this growth.
I remember, working with The Teachers, learning all about The Spin, the merkahbah and its spin. In meditation, I felt that spin. It is so intoxicating, so overwhelming as to be nearly obliterating. I think that's why I kept it from myself for as long as I did. It's the nearest thing to death that a person can feel, I think. In fact, I think it's what dying feels like. It is such a sweet release, an absolutely intoxicating, exuberant, mystical, fun sensation.
I have now become better friends with spin. I haven't felt that consuming spin since the '90's, but I have had lesser exposures to it. I play with spin when I play Texas Hold 'Em on-line, and I like to play with spin when projecting my consciousness. I especially like to try to spin with animals. I don't know why, or what any of it “means.” All I know is that I got six out of ten cows to come over and lick my hand by spinning with them, separated by a fence, in a field at sunset in Golden, Colorado. I am fairly convinced I could be a modern day Snow White, go into a forest and sing a jaunty tune, and pretty soon being covered with birds, my clearing carpeted with soft, furry little woodland creatures.
Spin. Illumination. Energy.
I have stripped most of this, now, from dogma that is in the common market. Although I do enjoy St. Germaine and his legion of Arch Angels, and consider Michael a personal ally, I also am beginning to think that physical life, down to the mundane acts of making coffee or going potty, are fascinating, symbolic and fun. I am no longer convinced that magic must be cordoned off, placed on hold, waiting for ascension or some magical moment when, because you got off the stick, I got to wake up.
I guess the reason I am writing is because I feel very different now, and the truth is, I have always felt different from most people.
I don't understand why people choose to stay in relationship with each other, in married union, when they don't like each other and are mean to each other. I choose to not do that. But, as I grew, I came to understand that because of my misinterpretations of situations, and because of heartaches, I began to feel that ALL interactions with ALL people were painful, because I sensed this gulf, between the inner and the outer, between intent and impact, between soul and personality, and the gulf has been so wide with so many of my people, I just wound up feeling sad and lonely.
Does that make sense? It is as if it's been impossible to communicate honestly with people, and instead I am dancing around with their thought constructs, this one labeled “I'm not good enough for love,” and that one “I am smarter than you,” and this one over here I think goes by, “No one ever does anything right.” I mean, how do you get to someone's heart when their minds are all congested with false beliefs? I know I didn't. I had so many of my own that it made true communication highly improbable.
I had my blocks, that is for sure. Not feeling worthy, believing myself to be powerless, knowing myself to be inept, incompetent and incomplete. Yep.
So now, as things begin to clear, and my thoughts are maybe a little more lenient toward myself and others, I have a different relationship with socializing.
I am not afraid of it anymore. I am not afraid of people anymore. I am not afraid of myself anymore. People can't hurt me, but they can act in the most unpleasant of ways. There is behavior I prefer, and that which I do not prefer. But if someone is rude or offensive toward me, I can no longer own the poison. It just sits there on the floor, having missed its mark. The guilt thing, nope, that's no fun to do with me either. So what is left is honesty and humor, really.
And that's what catches me off guard, I think. The absence of my skeletons. The dance floor just has flesh and blood now, no bones rattling over the smooth tile. Just whole, beautiful, mysterious humans, no clanking thoughtforms, rattling their chains and moaning. No skeletons, vestiges of a stubbornness that no longer serves.
So, not fitting in? Anymore, it just matters not to me.
In a very non-mean way, with no malice in my heart, I can tell you that no man, woman or child is my authority. No entity, group or state is my authority. I am my own authority, but only about my life, and reality as it effects me. You are your own authority. It is the mark of an unrealized person to claim authority over another in any way. In any way.
As my own authority, I fully admit that I, as me, have incomplete conscious knowledge. This forms my core of happy humility. The moment I believe I have it figured out is a sign of restriction, of constriction, of amnesia. That's all. I happily do not consciously understand all of it.
But now, because of that illumination, because of all the work I have done in these years, now I truly understand that I am a tiny portion of all that I am. The me who was in the truck that night, the one who observed and experienced and is now reporting this sensation, this knowing, well, she is a projection of something far more complex (and benevolent), and what I come from, what I am projected from, IS me. I can OWN this light, this illumination. Because IT is ME, I am IT, We are WE.
So now, I cannot really fit in with some of the hypnosis our culture gobbles up. Or at least I don't take it quite so seriously. Fit in? What? What does that even MEAN? Doesn't “fitting in” really mean just being able to get along with anybody you encounter?
The fitting in I think I am referring to, the fitting in that has been troublesome and a bit of a cross to bear, is the feeling of going completely and utterly unrecognized, and further, knowing that my beliefs, my core principles, are in direct opposition to some very key values most people hold.
I guess I realized last night, and more fully this morning, that this keen sense I have always had of not fitting in, well, that's been training. I felt it acutely and wrestled with it until it was dead. It is dead. Starting to stink the joint up a little, really. And that's why I write this. To bury the corpse. To give the dead their moment of meditation, of honor, of thanks.
Fitting in was once the highest ideal I had, I think. I mean, to some extent it is what drove me to go to school, finish my training, choose a career, marry, procreate. Be highly, acutely aware, and then be a nurse. Bump into people raw edges constantly. Make a buck. Please the boss. Always fall short. In every way. Always look ahead, plan, anticipate, judge, decide.
Fitting in. You go along to get along. My ex used to say that employment is all about eating shit. You stay with a job, eating their shit, until you just can't take their shit anymore. And then you go somewhere else, and have to get used to a brand new kind of shit. And you eat it as long as you need the money.
That is my ex's philosophy of life, really. Sad, actually hypnotically despondent. But I think it is a lie to say that employment has become anything short of some sort of psychic rape scenario for most of we employees. We put up with a whole lot of indignancies that our parents and grandparents have no knowledge of.
I find the whole work thing quite intrusive and melancholy. Of course, we find much good within the confines we've drawn for ourselves, but, honestly, isn't it perverse to agree to take a new job, shake hands on the agreement, and then have to submit our urine for inspection? Don't you find that offensive? I mean, on SO MANY LEVELS, just really offensive. Frankl found the meaning of life in the camps, so did the Ten Booms. But that doesn't make the camps a good thing, a right thing, an exalted thing, or something we should replicate. So, yeah, neat things, exalted things, happen all the time at work. How can they not? We are all pretty neat, exalted creatures. But look at the environments we have constructed for ourselves!
These are things I do not agree with. I am weird. I think that insurance was maybe at one time a great and benevolent idea, but it has turned into a three headed monster. It's weird. But it is we who have warped something that was probably, at one point, a great idea.
Buy into a system which tells you, hypnotizes you and shocks and scares you into believing that you cannot know or help the body you inhabit. You cannot expertly treat or address physical issues, and if you do, and there is something really wrong with you, then you will die.
Right?
And Medical insurance allows you access into this cult. The cult of the white coat. The cult of powerlessness. The cult of vulnerability. The one who cures you of your ills. And without access to the cult of the white coat, your body, which is set up to decay and malfunction, will succumb to death, since our bodies are prey to invisible predators and gluttonous cell growth, with looming “superinfections” which refuse to be killed with antibiotics.
We have set the whole thing up so interestingly.
So I am not really going to “fit in” when people want to go on and on about how their bodies are things which are betraying them, or machines that are malfunctioning. I smile, and I nod, and all the while keep in mind that they are believing some powerful things which are, unfortunately, wildly inaccurate.
I guess what I am trying hard to say is that, through all this training, all the acutely awkward, searingly embarrassing years I have stumbled through social interactions, I have found myself, now, somewhat immune to the sting of embarrassment, the tempered chill of shame. I know people want to engage me in that dance, because it's the only one they remember, but I don't want to do it anymore. I find it destructive and nullifying. Diminishing. Simple. Void of complexity and lushness and richness of thought, feeling, experience.
So I really don't hate people, although I do get not so much annoyed as tired, impatient. And I am unskilled at times with my communications, I am inexpert at giving love. I like to give information, considering that a gift that keeps on giving. But that gets old. Did I mention I am super flawed and have many things still not functioning well? Things are a hell of a lot better, but do not think for one instant that I am perfect, or that I am more than you, or you are less than me. That is nonsense, because we are all equals.
I am feeling happier, clearer, more hopeful now than ever before.
And I want to tell you why, in closing.
It has always been my inner understanding that I am special in a mystical, religio-spiritual way. I have always been a mystic. Always. It has caused great discontent in my life, high melancholy, great loneliness and homesickness.
But I understood that I had to make my way, I could not sustain myself, this lifetime, in the land of Spirit. Although I was still exploring nunneries and convents and will always have a physical need in me to live apart, I know this is a metaphor.
I came in wanting, needing, craving this knowledge.
Above writing and my disdain for nursing, above and running through all of it, is my need, my need to understand. I want to know it all. I want to know what happened in Lemuria. What is Mu? When did that one planet that is now the asteroid belt, when did that happen? How do you activate your merkahbah, or is there such a thing? How does it feel to be a tree, or a leaf, or a cat, or a president, or a poet, or a space alien, or a creator god?
Why am I here? Why is everything here? Who am I? Who or what is all this other stuff? Does any of this have meaning? If so, what is that meaning?
These are not questions thought infrequently by me. I have had periods, my desert years, when, really, my function was to implode within physicality, lose myself within it so completely, that when the time came to start pulling myself out with simple common sense understandings, I misinterpreted these are signs from God. My Angels were “protecting” me. Even The Teachers took on an unnecessarily messianic position in my life. Everything non-physical, when I was waking up, was holy, sacred, profoundly and unmistakably so.
As it is. And as it should always be seen. The fervor with which I envisioned it all was, in retrospect, necessary but no longer so. I consider myself an excellent pupil. And I know myself to be an excellent teacher.
I am very exited about the adventures in consciousness on which I am about to embark. The world is full of paradox, the kind of paradox that can only make you laugh out of shocked joy, surprised delight, new wonder and deep appreciation for the high absurdity in all this benevolence. I think a high absurdity factor is extremely important in my life. I appreciate the absurd the way most people appreciate a good wine, or a really good BM. I love irony, paradox, but absurdity, ooh, baby, it hits the spot every single time.
So, things are different, and I yearn for that feeling again. Much like I long for the spin, a full-on spin, I want that again too, but this lighting up from the inside, feeling apart and so fully integrated with ---- there are no words. Unfortunately, I have found a place I cannot translate well.
And I have been calling it to me, but it hasn't come back.
I worry I may never feel it again, but I remember, when in the moment, understanding that this is indeed my natural state, and one I will attain consciously, uninterrupted. That's sort of the goal, you see. If indeed that state of consciousness is my natural state, and where I CAN live all the time, then I really want it now. It is beyond words, the beauty, the grace, the love. Such love. I understood to my depths that Jerry and Sam and I are in each other's lives because we love each other. The appointments are all love based. Everything is love. The hardships, the lessons, the restrictions, the fears, the unmet goals and highest aspirations, all of it, every stitch of it, is love. Benevolence. It's why we show up. And the love, in this state, is so vibrant, physical, animate and alive.
With this knowledge, imparted me in just a couple minutes while riding jump-seat in my ex-husband's truck of Christmas Eve, I have accelerated my understandings. My comprehension is different. I see things differently, and I understand things in new, fresh, fun ways. I am no longer embarrassed to point out sheer nonsense in thinking, and very lovingly explain why I will not comply with x or y.
An aside – as an example – my son gets bullied, called “fag” and other words, on a daily basis at school. Today, finally, someone with some authority called me up and wanted to talk about it. I explained my frustration, that this has been going on since day one, that he was spat on and called fag and had to go home for the day right before Christmas break. It's awful, and it's been super hard.
She is actually someone with some clout, and she and I are going to be implementing the HRC safe-class program there. She heard me, has not fallen into an apologetic heap, has acknowledged there is a problem and she has the ability to address it, and, by God, she is! When she heard some of the specifics of Sam's suffering these last six months, she told me that we should consider filing a lawsuit. When I declined politely, she warned that mediation is the only sane response to such harassment.
Here is what I said, “I will not be pursuing legal action, and I will not allow that to occur in relation to son. I would much prefer to use my native creativity and intelligence and drive toward actual structure change. I will not comply with complaining about the system to the system when it is the system that is the problem. I refuse to believe that punishing somebody is going to solve anything. I want, instead, to apply our desire for a better experience by actually doing things to change the experience.”
She agreed that this made a lot of sense.
Is that new agey? Buddhist? Psychotic? Crazy? Hippie-ish?
No. It's just good, common sense.
If the system is fucked, it makes no sense to bring that to its attention. I mean, this particular system is so spectacularly fucked. Breathtaking.
But so is medicine.
So is the legal, the “justice” system.
For that matter, so is banking, retail and the corporate world.
And how did it get so fucked? So fucked that a 12 year old who identifies as gay is given the gift of daily having to remember how to rise above the poison of others. I mean, the kid is on a crash course of spiritual weight-lifting, but couldn't we make it a little easier on the guy? Our way of life, the way we see things, has allowed us to do many pretty inhumane, short-sighted, dumb things to ourselves and to each other. The thinking is, of course, alive and well within the halls of our schools. Not so much with the kids anymore, but the teachers have it in spades. But so do most grown-ups...
But it is not that we are evil, shadows incarnate, and that we have to “ascend” through the “darkness”. That is part of it, and the spiritual quest is an inclusive one. There are angles and demons abounding currently, because they are believed in. In many ways, I think we have transferred many of the attributes older generations attributed to God onto our corporate lords/government/banking.
They are all powerful. Work has become something of a personal God to us, hasn't it? It is that which gives, and that which takes away. It's a judgmental and temperamental God, a god of the old testament, ruthless, punitive, a God of retribution and aggression.
Interesting the parallels.
And then, within this government/corporate entity is evil, the reptilians, the Illuminati. It is our metaphor to remind us that external wealth, largesse, seeking good without, is fraught with dangers. Just look up Alex Jones, watch Icke, and you will see the metaphor in motion. The Gods and the Devils within the machine.
It is all highly dramatic, very messianic, but they are clues to a bigger truth, that the truth, and all good, lies within, and from within is manifested outwardly. That we are very good at scaring ourselves, teaching ourselves with fear. Seems to be the preferred method right now, really.
What we are made of, our reality is made of, is mysterious, looming, amazing thoughts and possibilities. With our visual disturbances, some of these mysterious things look, act, appear to be dangerous. Funny how creative we are. And how energy, distorted, takes on some very interesting shapes.
This is all I know. I am the first to admit this is nothing but a rambling blog entry. No artistry in this one. God, none at all. No really structure, no sense of purpose, lots of asides. But that is where I am today, and it is pleasurable to allow my mind to go where it will.
There is something big brewing. A change is in the air, I can feel it. I cannot sustain this level of integrity without some sort of expansion in ability. Does that make sense? I feel a storing up of possibility, of joy and exhilaration, and I know this will take a good and fun form in my life soon. I will perhaps prod and poke at it a bit, just to make sure I get my two cents in, sort of like letting the kid pick her wallpaper when you move houses.
Something is on its way. I want that illumination again. I want to live within it forevermore. I want spin and I want ancient knowledge and I want it to all come together. And because I want it, I am going to get it. I am getting it, bit by bit.
I close with that thought. I think that it is only in the last week that I have finally, fully given myself the permission to inhabit these understandings, of which I have always been sure, but never spoke of for fear of not fitting in. That just because not a lot of people know about this stuff, that doesn't make it unreal. It doesn't invalidate it. Just because you haven't had a matrix-y thing happen to you doesn't mean that it did not happen for me.
And this great freedom, breaking with the herd, I know that lots of people have that sort of freedom, at least socially, or maybe they give themselves that freedom physically. I give it to myself by allowing the writing to progress, I think, maybe. But just breaking away completely, choosing to discard full blocks of belief systems and structures, this is the fun part.
And socializing is made easier now, because by word and deed I can now see a person's level of understanding. I don't push the river, don't offer too much, have more mercy and patience, most of all with my patients. Harder to do with those closest to me. I am working on that.
But the authority thing, that one is solved for me. No one is my authority, although many people have many clever and interesting things to impart. Everyone is just as awesome as me, and some know it. They are fun to play with. The most fun of all.
That is what has changed.
I no longer want to fit in with most of the people I encounter. I mean, until people are more interested in playing with reality, talking about reality, inhabiting this expansive place, then, anymore, I am really nice and pleasant and kind with people. I enjoy giving love, helping by reminding people of their own strength and intelligence and creativity.
So I can fit in anywhere.
But each of us knows that deliciousness of not having to hold back and not being misunderstood while in the act of expansion. Each of us knows how constricting it is to constantly deal with people who've tricked themselves into dramas they then rail against. I am a master at that, am I not? I am great at it, and it really only takes a flick of the wrist to pop into that framework, where everything is struggle and oppression and sadness. But this mindset holds fewer interests, fewer wonders, and it is sort of monochromatic and sterile. We spice it up with tales of demons and evil corporations and Illuminati pop singers who are secretly brainwashed and victims of ritual sexual abuse. Yeah, whatever. I don't even know what that could be a symbol or metaphor for. It's pretty weird. But it is only one of a veritable cornucopia of things you can peruse on the internet. Gods and demons, heaven and hell, sinners and saints, ascended masters and the great unwashed flock.
Who knows where it will wind up, but I hope we can move into that illuminated place. I think if each of us had a few minutes of that, maybe even just once in a lifetime, it might be enough to stop some of the nonsense. Maybe not all of it, but, when you know that everything, absolutely everything, including your body, your thoughts, your emotions, your desires, the things you have never been able to accept about yourself and reality, everything, absolutely everything is made of love, of benevolence, of creativity, of expansiveness, of permission, such absolute and utter trust implicit in how we have been endowed with this life force, are one with it, are it... maybe if every single person had a hit of that in waking consciousness, things would ease up a little.
People would be nicer to each other. They'd have to be, after a dose of that. Because you understand, comprehend in an undeniable way, a way you can never un-know, that we are all unique and we are all made of the same stuff, all at once. And everything has, at its base, as the prime instruction, the only understanding, the one truth, love. And there are many rays to this love. Respect. Adoration. Joy. Power. Integrity. Intactness. Completion. Curiosity. Safety. Desire. Sacredness. Reverence. Deep and holy reverence.
Now, I think what that was that I experienced was a gift to myself. I think I gave the gift of seeing, for a few moments, my reality through the eyes of something bigger than me, the thing from which I sprang, knowing my now personality to be a grand thought, written with a dramatic flourish, alternatively bold and soft pen strokes, written with a fine antique Mont Blanc pen. I am a novel, a paragraph, a word. Thought of, then uttered, then written by benevolence itself.
So are you, my dear friend, and I am not able to forget that now. I cannot comply with requests to see you or me or anyone else as small. Yes, I have crappy mental habits, we all do, and I make mistakes. I am no messiah, I'm just a frumpy 52 year old nurse from Denver. If I can have a glimpse at the light in the projectionist's booth, so can you, see? And until you get a hit, probably as unexpectedly, maybe in a way-low moment such as I was in at the time, BAM, you will see that what I say is not crazy, and that most of what I did in my life makes perfect sense when looked at through eyes that are lit up like so. At least it does for me now.
So, there you have it.
I started out thinking I would just be mourning having not experienced that feeling again, and maybe equating it with the elusivity of my merkahbah spin. But something else happened. It think I was able to bring that lesson home in a way I'd been struggling to but hadn't managed before.
I want to live in that electric matrix-y beauty of unconditional benevolence. But I no longer feel bad about having experienced it, or sad, and that is because I hold no fear about the experience now, and writing through it helped me attain that. So thank you for reading along, if you still are, ha ha. I understand, mainly from reading Seth and thinking a lot, and doing a lot of meditating (and sleeping, tons of that!) that that was indeed a TASTE of what is occurring even now.
It is not to be seen in messianic terms, of right, wrong, up, down, master/guru/christ. It is to be seen as a fact of life. And to want more of it is right and good. It is smart to want more of it. But the longing is unnecessary now, because I know, I just understand and know that this state is my birthright.
It is as I am, and no one can separate me from it but me. It's all on me, how I choose to see things, how I decide to interpret things. And this interpreting things, it is important. Really important. But can only be done well once the ground rules are understood.
I hope this helps you on your way. All, for me, for a few moments, was illuminated. I hope that I have been able to turn into a celebration the complexities and innate mercy keeping all of our hearts pumping, the winds circulating, the trees nourished, people with their exaggerated beliefs in good and evil, right and wrong, blame, crime and punishment safe and far from the harm so desperately fascinating them.
If you find you no longer fit in, and it no longer bothers you that you do not fit in, can I join your club? I wonder just how many of us there are now.
Story
7 Feb 2013 - 1:24pm
a message from Kara Schallock
Wednesday, 6 February, 2013
It seems like life is a series of ebbs and flows. Do you feel this? One day you feel very connected to Source and the next day you feel very lost and disconnected. If you will observe your life as a spiral, you see that you continue to rise and yet come to the same spot on the spiral each time, and it feels a little different; a little lighter when we meet up with certain patterns that continue to surface, showing us a different perspective each time. This is how Ascension works; it’s almost like taking two steps forward and one step back, only we never truly take that one step back; it just seems so because our intellect still resides in the finite world of 3D; that world of “it’s either this or that.” In the New, it never is either/or; it is a continual movement forward and upward in an ascending spiral. Can you shift your perception to that, or are you attached to the old, limited way of looking at life? The spiral is of the Divine Feminine; the energy of Ascension. There is no moving backward only upward, no matter what the outer life may look like. It calls for us to detach from the outer life more and place Power on the inner knowing; that of Heart-knowing.
Some of you are still experiencing many Ascension physical manifestations and may think that you’re going backward. You’re not; you have just come to that spot on the spiral when you revisit old patterns for a more thorough release. Some of what you may be experiencing again is sleeplessness (or really knocked-out sleep), a return of digestive issues, not finding the right words to express yourself, feeling energized one minute and completely exhausted the next (or both at the same time), vertigo, a dry mouth, disorientation (not feeling like you’re in your body), headaches (especially around the Third Eye) and an anxiousness or irritability. Most of these don’t last more than a day, as compared to the last two years, when they were ongoing. Also realize that solar energy is a constant now and serves to help us dissolve old patterns, even while they can exacerbate some physical manifestations. So, focus on the positive of what you’re feeling, rather than on the discomfort, which attaches to it and thus it continues longer than it has to. This Awareness helps you move through them more quickly.
Most importantly, do know that we truly did enter a time of great expansion; a new paradigm; with the 12th and 13th Gateways of December 12th and 21st of last year. We are fine-tuning. Take a look; a close look; at your life and while there is still much release occurring, do not leave your focus there. See how much quicker you transition from the old to the New. Notice the energy within you and all around you. Notice the deep Joy you feel and notice the Freedom you have in making the choices that resonate with your Soul. (These feel like a huge expansion around your Heart Chakra). Notice how you can see right through a person’s words into the Truth. See that each moment and event brings a deeper Understanding and Clarity within yourself. And as you do, you help others do the same, for we’re all One. And that’s the biggest thing you can do; take care of yourself, for then you take care of others in a bigger, more Compassionate way.
Realize that as a carrier of great Light, there will be many who are drawn to you…some will want to acknowledge and share with you; others may want to take from you in order to raise their own vibration. This is why it is essential to check in with yourself to see who you allow in your space. As Lightworkers, there are no supposed-to’s and certainly no-one to rescue, for everyone is on their own Path. Have boundaries so that you freely give of yourself without the ego-need to save another or because you're "supposed to." It is up to you as to who you allow into your life. Pay attention to how you feel around a person. If you are energized, chances are that you are vibrating similarly and there is no taking; only giving and sharing. Just by keeping your vibration high is enough to whole (heal) everyone, for in this space of Love; that Love goes out in waves to bless all.
Be in Integrity and Discernment with everyone and everything. As you are, you will see others for who they truly are and they will see you. In other words, you feel beyond their words. It may take some time and as you are always in your own Integrity, you will eventually see if they, in actuality, are clinging to the old or are moving into the New. There is no judgment in this; yet there is Discernment and Observance. Remember, you’re not here to save; you’re here to serve. Feel the difference? By sympathizing with those who tell the same sad story again and again, you actually are not helping them at all to break free; you add energy to where they are. Do not worry about them (this also energizes their story); just be clear about who you are. You don’t have to point out another’s faults either; we all are very aware of them; besides it doesn’t help. The best thing to do, as you’re guided to, is be true to you and let others go and be who they choose to be. Keep moving forward and upward.
Because so much is in flux right now, there may be confusion about what to do or what’s next. There may be so many choices and yet, no clear direction as to which path to take. This is a time when making no decision may be best. If you can let go of the addiction to doing and allow yourself to Be, you can simply be in the energies as a Compassionate Observer and allow things to unfold. Realize that it wasn’t that long ago when we felt we had no choices; it was as if we got stuck on one path and that was it. Now, many are feeling an end to what they’ve been doing, yet the New Path hasn’t manifested yet. This requires Patience and Heart-knowing that there is much work behind the scenes going on that eventually leads to New ways of Divine Service. You don’t have to be a rock-clinger (from the book Illusions by Richard Bach), afraid to let go of what you know, and instead, be carried by the current of Grace to new vistas. A lot of what you know and what you do is no longer applicable. And even for those of you who stay on the same Path, know that there will be many shifts and upgrades to that as well. For as you shift, doesn’t everything need to shift as well to match your new vibration and consciousness?
We are stepping more and more into our Power. We’re done playing games or being what others want us to be in order to belong or keep the peace. Empowerment is often silent and still, for true Power comes from a deep knowing of Who you are. There is nothing to prove, nothing to get; it is like the Redwood Tree, who stands tall, rooted and whose branches sway gracefully in the breeze with a knowing that all comes in Divine Time and Divine Order. Consciousness is your only advertisement or marketing tool. As you stand in your own Power, all is given unto you. Gone are the days of doing in order to get. Now are the days of “I serve the Divine Will by being my Authentic Self.” As you stand in your Power, you don’t have to convince anyone of who you say you are; your energy speaks for itself; and since we all have moved more into feeling, rather than thinking, people will know you by your Essence; your energy.
For the last few years, our Solar plexus and Heart Chakras have slowly been merging as One. This is one of the reasons we have been strongly encouraged to let go of old wounds and beliefs, which mostly reside in our Solar Plexus, so that the two Chakras may merge. Once they merge, the Heart becomes the Power Chakra from which all is created in finer and finer Awareness. I know many of you feel this already. It comes in the form of Heart-knowing, deeper Compassion and a detached sort of Love, with no fear and certainly no agendas, manipulation or control. You know it by the quiet Power and Joy you feel, even while you are facing and releasing old energies. This Power Heart is you merged with Soul and is expressed mentally, emotionally, spiritually and physically: your Authentic Self…Love.
Copyright: Feel free to share any portion of the Ascension Notes. I would appreciate being credited.http://www.soulsticerising.com
Story
7 Feb 2013 - 1:21pm
Thursday, 7 February, 2013
As we take each step into this uncharted territory we are learning more about ourselves. This month what we will discover is about love; how much we love ourselves.
Most Lightworkers came into this lifetime with the final soul lesson of learning how to love themselves. The life setup usually involved something like this:
~ Being born into a family where you felt out of place / the black sheep of the family
~ Having one or both parents being emotionally abusive or distant
~ Sexual and / or physical abuse
~ Feeling a strong need to help others with their issues, pains
We didn’t choose these situations to go through lightly. As souls, we knew what we needed to learn to make sure this was our last lifetime here. And for that to happen, we needed to have this lesson of loving ourselves. The way 3rd dimensionally to learn to love ourselves is to make sure there was not a lot of love given to us; especially when we were young.
The great news is that we are no longer in the 3rd Dimension! Now we can learn our lessons of loving ourselves so much easier. We can open up to having higher and greater love experiences.
How do we do that? Forgive the past. Just let it go. You will eventually do this so why not bless your life by doing it now? Consider clearing any lower feelings out of your heart. (I have a great video on my YouTube page called “Angelic Help with Forgiveness” if you would like a powerful, easy way to finally let go of the past.)
I have talked with and helped many people cross over and after their life review not one of them held onto any anger or judgment about what happened to them in this life; no matter how horrific. This life is like a grand play of which we are the main stars. The other actors in our life play have a copy of this script and they follow that script with some lee-way on how well they play their role. But they do have to stick to our script. When we cross over, we see this so clearly!
Everything in our lives is now being filtered by our hearts. The more clear our heart is, the more love, money, success, joy, etc. can come into our lives. If we hold onto the lower energies of un-forgiveness, judgment and anger towards someone, it doesn’t affect them; it only hurts us because it blocks the energy that can flow into our hearts. That is why we can be lacking in some areas of our lives.
This month, we will find ourselves around people telling us that we are not worthy, that we can’t have love or be rich, etc. This is a test. Let me repeat. This is a test. Don’t get sucked into this energy. See it for what it is; a scene in your play where the night has descended.
Do you remember what happens after every night? The sun comes up. The light shines and the darkness fades away to be a distant memory. Do you know what happens after this scene in your play? Your light shines through your clear heart and you receive what you are seeking for your life. You wrote this script! And it has a great next scene. You have been writing that next scene for the last few years with your affirmations, prayers and speech. You are in control so when someone crosses your path and tries to show or tell you that you are not worthy of these dreams, bless them. If they are in your life now then this scene of darkness is ending soon and you are moving onto the next scene and into your blessings.
I love,
Christina
Copyright 2013 © Christina Lunden ~ Creator Mediator ~ All rights reserved. Although these messages are copyrighted, you are invited to share them, send them to friends, add to your newsletter, post on your blog, etc. including the Source: www.ChristinaLunden.com
video
7 Feb 2013 - 11:35am
Published on 7 Feb 2013
For a long time I've had a vision of what I believe is possible in romantic relationships. I don't have all the answers; and I'm not sure of all the how-to steps. All I am able to share is my vision and tell the truth about what I've experienced when I have shared that vision with individuals with whom I thought I could bring that vision into manifestation. So far, every attempt has failed. Still, I haven't and won't give up. I'm firmly convinced that what I see is no idle dream. However, there are many challenges to be faced by those choosing to make the effort to go beyond old paradigm relationships. Much healing is required, since virtually everyone has been deeply wounded in our sexual=spiritual nature; and this can have devastating effects that inevitably surface whenever two people decide to co-create a romantic relationship that heals and transforms each, both and all involved. Let me share what I think, feel and see happening.
Blog entry
7 Feb 2013 - 12:36am
Had myself an interesting experience this morning. Today is my birthday and I've long considered my birthday
as the beginning of my new year, not when the calendar says. Usually on my birthday I sit quietly and do some
considering about what the coming year may bring. I don't make resolutions or anything like that. No point
in setting myself up for failure. Been there and done that...still smoke, still drink sugary coffee, still
hold a champion rating in procrastination...just gave up on the whole idea. Mostly what I do is try to see
how I feel about the coming year, just sorta taste the energy of the year or something along those lines.
Most years there's something that comes up, some sorta idea or project or something like that. Like this
year I'm gonna plant fruit trees, or this year I'm gonna start a new garden, stuff like that. Not things
I have to rush into or make a whole lotta effort to complete. Slow. over the year, kinda stuff. Then
each year I sorta look back and see if I've accomplished what I planned...and usually I do...no matter
how long it takes me. As I look over this past year I'm pretty comfortable that I completed what I set
out to do. I probably fudge a bit, cause I usually choose things I like doing in the first place. Last
year my goal was new veggie garden to become even more self sufficient, and getting chickens, same reason,
got alla that done and the fruit planting is well under way. All in all a satisfactory effort.
So this morning I did my usual thing. Got a nice quiet mind and tried to take a look at the coming year.
NUTHIN. There was nothing there. It's like the future no longer exists. I know that sounds strange but
that's how it feels. No matter how much I tried, nothing came. Nothing at all. Just a big blank. Sorta
surprised me. This has never happened before. Until now there's always been this sense of...I dunno what
to call it...remote viewing or something along those lines. No physical details or anything, just this
sense of being able to cast my mind, or perhaps my imagination, forward into the coming year and get a
sorta 'flavour' of what's ahead. It was like the future was already there and I could get a sneak peek
or something. That always made perfect sense to me because I believe in the whole all time is now business.
Imagine my surprise when this time there IS NO FUTURE. There's a past. It's way different than it used to
be. Once it was like a very large burden I carried around with me wherever I went. Then, after a whole
lotta that clear and release business, it just became more like an old photo. Yeah, I remember that, but
no emotion or feeling attached to it. Snapshot sorta past 'pictures' rise up in my head quite often, but
it's like taking a box of old photos down from the closet shelf kinda remembering. What used to be my
burden has just become my box of old photos.
I'm not too sure what this is all about. A blank where the future used to be. It doesn't feel frightening
or anything, just different. I'm not sure if it means all time IS NOW, and the future has lost its relevance
or something, or if now just got so big it encompasses what I once saw as the future. I guess that was a
redundant sentence...but it's hard to understand this myself, let alone try to explain it.
There are little futures, like later on today and tomorrow, but I can't see beyond that. Always in the past
I had this feeling that you could 'visit' the future just as easily as you can visit the past because on
some level, on some D or another everything IS now. This kinda throws a monkey wrench in my thinking. What
happened to the future? Where'd it go? Why isn't it there anymore? I'm not feeling any sense of loss, it's
not like OH NO, I've lost my future what now? It's more like ho hum, no future huh? Wonder what that's about.
It doesn't actually feel like I'm coming up against a blank here. I know I've been saying it that way, but that's
not exactly right. It's more like there's this continuous flow of time and there is no longer a 'border line'
between now and the future. Pretty much like how I see the past. No great division between then and now, everything
just feels part and parcel to everything I AM. Along with this 'missing future' feeling comes with this kinda
knowing there's no longer a border required. Does that make any sense?
It's not the same as thinking the future is already happening and I just have to get there to experience it. It's
more like the future is pending. Like it's just there waiting to be experienced, but with no predestination. It's
just free and open and available. Sorta like a blank timeline or something. I can sense that there IS what once
felt like a future that was separate to me, it just doesn't feel separate anymore. Almost as if I could go back
and forth freely if I could just remember how. Like we go back and forth in our memories to the past.
Now maybe this means I've already, on some level, chosen, or decided on, a particular timeline. I don't know
that on a conscious level, but it sorta feels that way. Maybe the reason I can't actually see into the future
is because there have to be options and possibilities in a future you can 'see'. Perhaps the futures I could
see into were a whole series of potential timelines, and I had to choose as I went along. Now it seems like that
has narrowed down to just the one timeline. I can't 'foresee' what that timeline is, but the idea feels kinda
comforting. Like I mighta accomplished something I'm not consciously aware of. A job done sorta thing, and
because of that there simply aren't a whole buncha possibilities or potentials to choose from. Like that part
has been completed and the future is simply a series of more nows.
That made me stop and think. Now is all there is? Yeah, we all talk about that, but when you stop and think
about it it's a bit daunting. You gotta look around at who at where you are now and ask yourself is this
good enough? If all the future just turns out to be a whole series of being what I AM right now a good thing?
Does this mean my spiritual growth stops? I stop learning, growing, expanding? Would I be happy to just
carry on with a whole lifetime of what I have/am right now?
Yes and no. No, spiritual growth and expansion doesn't stop. Why would it? It's a big factor in now. Yes,
if the rest of my days rolled out the way they are right now I'd feel content with that. There used to be
a sorta 'bucket list' of things I always dreamed I'd do in this lifetime. Mostly concerned with travel.
There are places on this planet I'd really like to visit, but somewhere along the line it stopped feeling
important. Those dreams seem to have disappeared off my horizon these days. Maybe it's because the world
is in such upheaval and it's simply not safe to travel the world these days. Maybe it just stopped being
part of my 'life plan'. I dunno. I don't feel like I've lost anything, or missed anything. Maybe I'm
just in my right place at the right time and simply don't desire to be anywhere else. Or maybe it's that
now has just become so flexible it can encompass what used to feel like the past and future.
There's this expression around the place that life is what is happening while you're making other plans.
That sorta suits how I'm feeling. Like reaching a new level of acceptance of that. Like there's no
point in trying to arrange things to suit old dreams and desires. Just go with the flow and trust that
flow to carry me exactly where I need to be exactly when I need to be there.
Don't think it's about being futureless. It's more like knowing the future is somehow settled and it's
gonna be an easy road from here onward. Or maybe it's Mother Earth whispering in my ear that all will
be well. I read Annie's blog today about Sophia making her correction...maybe that's what this is about.
I like that idea a lot...
yarra
Blog entry
7 Feb 2013 - 12:30am
Written by Wes Annac
Right about now, I’m reaching a place of realizing that everything, in every moment, is alright. Perhaps some of you could find it strange that it has taken me this long to reach such a point and I would say that it hasn’t; rather, I’ve been realizing more and more every day that everything is great and that neither I nor we have anything to worry or be concerned about.
One of the main reasons this is so is because we’re undergoing a temporary and finite human existence. We are spiritual beings who are now dipping into realms far beyond what humanity would expect to be possible and as we realize the brimming higher realms waiting to be accessed by us, we will be able to look at everything that happens in our Lives in an increasingly-understanding Light.
We will begin to realize that events manifesting in our Lives are not meant to bring us down, put us in fear or apprehension or lower our vibrations in any way. For most of us, this is not what we were taught as children. We were taught that if we stepped out of line or misbehaved, we had a just punishment coming to us and personally, I can remember the anxious and anxiety-ridden feeling of waiting to be “punished”.
As adults, we are seeing that we now have the power to carve our own paths and Create our own destiny, as our ability to do so was perceived to have been assumed by the parents and guardian figures who were trying to pave a good path for us and teach us basic laws for us to Live by in this world.
Now, we are seeing that we have the power to Create, do and experience what we wish to and for me personally, the strong awakening that has accelerated exponentially since the 21st and the beginning of this year is helping me to realize that fear, pain and apprehension are aspects of the past.
Even aspects of my Life I’d dare not tread previously are opening up for me now as I realize that I am treading a path of dignity, honor, respect and most important of all – Light. I am treading a path of the highest and purest Light and so are you, but we have to realize it is so and we have to use the tools of awareness now available to us, to tread our paths with the purest intent.
We can flourish in this time now. Some of us are not; some are depleted, tired and wishing to take a few turns off of the Earth ride for a while and recuperate and at times, I’m a part of that crowd. At other times, I’m a part of the crowd of flourishing, awakening souls who are finding personal revolutions within themselves as we collectively begin to find the realization that negativity of any kind will no longer be a part of our experience.
Another thing I’ve noticed about negativity fading is that I’m now able to understand every negative situation still manifesting, in a much clearer light than I did before.
I can see when my feeding of negativity garners negativity for me and I can see that when I allow myself to be dragged down and feel the resulting heavy feelings, it’s not because of the external circumstances I have allowed to bring me down and convince me to feel as a victim. It’s because the part of my ego that has thrived on negativity, depression, stress and anxiety knows no other emotion, feeling or way of being and it is latching itself onto me in a last-ditch attempt to reinforce its feedings.
This is similar to what’s happening on the world stage with the cabals. Whose left of them are fighting endlessly to maintain their grip and influence on a world that has clearly found the Light and is ready to move into the new paradigm. They are finding themselves unable to maintain such a grip and, much like our egos at this time, are finding themselves less and less in the spotlight as again, we are moving on from them and their influence as a planet.
Their influence has been fed by scary stories and disinformation pieces claiming they were about to do this or that and while raising awareness is crucial, the fear and melodrama surrounding the cabals that can be found on certain alternative news websites has only enforced the very energies they have wanted us to feed. I’ve noticed as well that this is the aim of those who are paid to spread negativity on the internet. (1)
I used to think that those who I’ve called “disinformation commenters” were solely fulfilling a specific agenda of shaping and influencing public opinion and while what’s left of them will attempt to do so, their main goal is to spread and feed negativity; to cause infighting amongst members of various websites and to bring down and twist up the positivity that is meant to be expressed at this time.
Though it may sound strange, those souls are actually assisting us in our growth by playing the roles of catalysts, representing in many cases, the “other side” of the beliefs of whomever they would fight with.
I do not wish to feed even their influence by putting them in the spotlight; I only wish to point out that the jobs of various people who are paid to post onto forums and websites strongly involve fighting and causing negativity and separation. I point this out to return to the fact that those very energies are no longer being fed and expressed in the collective consciousness in the manners they once were, because of the potent individual and collective awakenings taking place at this time.
No soul except ourselves can influence our opinions or emotions now, and while there are still those some would consider unawakened who are allowing themselves to be shaped and molded according to the image of another, the rising vibrations and the awareness that comes with such vibrations is garnering full consciousness and understanding in humanity and along with it, the endless positivity and happiness that has always been ours to experience is unlocked once again.
Can you imagine how great things will be when we find we’ve all individually unlocked the never-ending happiness, joy and bliss of the higher realms? Truly, nothing will inhibit us in rebuilding our world and seeing to it that our surface reflects the vibrations and emotions we’re beginning to re-access and run with.
If you have not yet found this positivity and wholeness, you are strongly encouraged to do so! Even beyond all of the spiritual material that can be absorbed or the various perspectives of matters we can receive, the essential element of retaining a state of positivity is what will always bring you back to those good feelings and emotions we all enjoy so much.
Wes Annac – Energized with positivity and wanting to pass it along.
WesAnnac.com
AquariusParadigm.com
Footnotes:
(1)-Again, it is probably best not to expend our energy worrying about actions being funded by the cabals such as this, but for those who would like to know a little bit more about the active campaign to spread negativity, infighting and shape public opinion, here are a couple of links to confessionals of people who’ve been paid to do so.
“I was a Paid Internet Shill” at:
http://www.abovetopsecret.com/forum/thread826545/pg1
“I was a Paid Internet Troll” at:
http://www.abovetopsecret.com/forum/thread738780/pg1
Story
7 Feb 2013 - 12:28am
TRANSMISSIONS FROM THE ARCTURIAN MOTHERSHIP - CONNECTING REALITIES I
~ By Suzanne Lie – February 4, 2013
www.suzanneliephd.blogspot.co.uk
Mytre Speaks:
This time when Mytria and I entered our “Holoschool” we saw the Arcturian again in front of the “Transmissions to Earth Screen” which appears more like a membrane. The Screen revealed a group of Earthlings who we instantly recognized by their energy fields as Pleiadian and Arcturian in nature. However, they were all wearing their human Earth vessels. We could see their third dimensional bodies sitting in a circle, as well as their higher fourth dimensional bodies with whom the Arcturian would be communicating.
It appeared that the Arcturian had already introduced Itself, and one of the fourth dimensional bodies was standing and about to ask a question. Mytria and I quietly stood behind the Arcturian knowing full well that It was teaching through example how to answer some of the many questions that we would be asked. Thus, we said nothing and observed as the question and answer session began.
The standing Ascending One was actually the Earth expression of one of our friends with whom we had laughed just last night. Or, perhaps that was a lifetime ago? We felt such joy that our friend’s grounded expression was able to communicate directly with an Arcturian.
“Dear Arcturians” asked our friend in a human disguise, “We have some questions to ask you. However, first we want to thank you for all the assistance you have given us. We do not know how we would have tolerated third dimensional reality without your guidance.”
“Dear Ascending One” spoke the Arcturian, “We want you all to know that we, your Galactic Family, are YOU. Hence, there is no question of whether or not we would be of assistance. When you merged your great Essence with this expression of your Self, we promised that we would help you.
We assured you that we would call you as soon as your consciousness was expanded enough for you to hear us. Your answer to our call set your life into a completely different direction. In actuality, your answer to us, your Higher Expression, set you into a new Path of Realty.
There are many Paths of Realty, and the smoothest Path is the one forged by your Higher Expressions of SELF. In this manner, you, the grounded Ascending Ones, can always have access to the Higher Perspective of your journey. Within this Higher Perspective is a direct line of communication between the YOU who has volunteered to enter Earth during this Timeline of Planetary Ascension and the you who is a Higher Expression of your SELF. With meditation and practice, the link between you and your Higher Expressions of SELF will become a constant source of support and guidance.
Dear Ascending Ones, would you like to ask your first question?”
Another person stood, who was an old friend from our Homeworld. We so wanted to say hello to her, but her human expression could only see a very, vague image of the Arcturian.
“Dear Arcturian, I am so happy to speak with you. I have been chosen to speak for all of us. We have several questions that we would like to ask. For starters, we would like to know why we have been feeling so very tired. We know that this fatigue must be another symptom of transmutation, but more information would be greatly helpful.”
The Arcturian warmly replied, “We are equally pleased to speak directly with one of our Ascending family members. We understand the difficulty of limiting your immense Being into a small Earth vessel. Your fatigue is largely because your consciousness operates at a much faster rate than your physical Earth vessel.
Often your Earth vessel appears to be completely still while your consciousness is processing realities that are invisible to the senses of your 3D Vessel. This condition is much like keeping your car in neutral while you press down the accelerator. The car is ready to go, but you are not in a gear for movement.
Your Earth vessel is much like an automobile. This auto has a 3D body and operating system that is in the process of adding a new computer program. However, your 3D vessel is unable to read this new Operating System. Largely computers run the newer cars, but you cannot ‘trade in’ your current vehicle.
Hence, you must find a way to convert your old car into a format in which it can respond to the directions of your new computer system. This transition of operating systems causes great fatigue for your 3D earth vessel. The fact is that there are inherent limitations in your physical form that will never be able to read all the information that is now available to your consciousness.
Therefore, your brain is working overtime attempting to make sense of information that is entering your consciousness via your the new Operating System. However, due to the inherent flaws of your Earth vessel, this system cannot be totally connected to the body you are wearing. For this reason, it is best to allow your grounded self to relax into the guidance of your Higher Expression of SELF. Then your Higher Expression can ‘tow’ your Earth vessel. All you need to do is to put your vessel/car in neutral and make sure the brake is off.
Fear is your braking system. If you try to surrender into the guidance of your SELF, but your ego puts the brakes on with its fear, the resistance will create great fatigue. However, we are NOT saying that all your fatigue is due to this dynamic. There are many of our Ascending Ones who have gained great mastery of their fear, but their Earth vessel is simply not equipped to move as fast as their minds.
The consciousness of these Ascending Ones is hungrily accepting the higher cosmic light and speeding into higher and higher frequencies of reality. However, they are still anchored to the physical realm. Hence their mind, which has accepted the guidance of their higher consciousness, is ‘pulling on a boat that is still attached to the dock.’
Therefore, fatigue arises from the constant resistance of your body that cannot accept the acceleration of your consciousness. Fortunately, your bodies are also going through a transmutation process, but the physicality of the body creates a much slower transition than the flexibility of the consciousness.
This situation is more difficult for the Ascending Ones wearing an older model of Earth vessel. Fortunately, the extended years on Earth have awakened enough wisdom that these Ascending Ones do not judge their body and allow it adequate rest. The Ascending Ones who entered their Earth vessels decades ago have also had the challenge of many, many years in which they had to keep their true SELF a secret.
Consequently, the constant constraint of ones true expression often causes physical conditions that forces the older version of Earth vessel to move more slowly. Fortunately, patience is often gained through decades of experience. Furthermore, the guidance of their Higher Expression has often led them into a reality in which their responsibilities to the 3D illusion are greatly diminished. Hence, they can take on their well-earned status of Mentors.
Furthermore, these Mentors’ wisdom has taught them to unconditionally love themselves so that they can more easily and completely unconditionally love others. This freedom from judgment regarding the age of their current vessel allows them to make the appropriate decisions regarding the care and maintenance of a ‘vintage vehicle.’
On the other hand, our Galactic Family is entering more young Earth vessels. These infants, children and teens have instincts that allow them to access many of their innate, multidimensional abilities and information. These young Ascending Ones are too often born to parents who cannot understand or assist them. However, as your society continues to awaken there will be more support for these Ascending members of Ascending Earth. These ‘children’ will be the leaders of your new reality.”
“
Would like to ask us another question?”
“Thank you so much dear Arcturian,” said the spokesperson. “Yes, we would like to ask you about the dizziness that many of us have been experiencing. Is that dizziness another symptom of transformation?”
“Yes,” answered the Arcturian, “Dizziness is another symptom of transmutation, but it is because of a slightly different reason. The dizziness you are experiencing is because you are beginning to consciously experience more than one reality at a time. In fact, ‘time’ has shifted from an element of stability and structure in your life into yet another changing dynamic, to cause even further confusion. You are confused about the erratic nature of time and about the myriad thought, sensations, pictures and/or memories that waft in and out of your mind.
Those of you who have created a solid link between your current Earth vessel and a Guide or higher frequencies Expression of your Multidimensional SELF often have less confusion, but more dizziness. In this case, the dizziness comes from that fact that you are currently running two diametrically opposed operating systems. Your Third Dimensional Operating System is telling you that you are limited to your clay shell, that there is only one reality.
In fact, your Third Dimensional System tells you that you are “hallucinating” if you are experiencing a different reality. This old System tells you to ignore those stimuli, as it is NOT real. Only that which you perceive with your five physical senses is real, and everything else is just your imagination. At the same time, your Multidimensional Operating System is telling you that everything that you perceive with your five physical senses is an illusion and only your imagination is REAL.
Meanwhile, the circuitry of your physical brain is overloaded with conflicting information and too much stimuli to effectively compute. Your brain is like a computer in which you have opened too many windows and now the entire system is freezing up. Whereas your computer would likely stop functioning, your brain makes you feel dizzy.
Is the outside world real, or the inside world real? Is that memory or passing vision from the corner of your eye real, or the clear vision in front of you real? What is real? To what can you attach your anchor and your sense of SELF? These questions confuse your 3D brain even further. Your overloaded brain desperately tries to separate and sequentially file multidimensional sensations that are neither separate nor sequential.
Hence, your mind begins to spin and you feel dizzy. The solution to this issue is to fully download and integrate your Multidimensional Operating System. However, in order to do so you will have to ‘upgrade’ your biological computer by bringing the 97% Ascension DNA fully online. Many of you have already completed this upgrade.
However, once the Ascension DNA is fully operational you have an even greater challenge, which is connecting this 97% Ascension DNA with your 3% Earth vessel DNA. This process is the cause of the greatest dizziness because you have to connect two totally opposite systems of operation.
Your human brain tells you that:
ALL life is outside of your body
Everything is separate from everything else
Your imagination is not real
You must work very hard and long to create anything
You are better or worse than others
Time rules your world
You cannot go faster than the speed of light, etc. etc. etc…
On the other hand, your Multidimensional Operating System tells you that:
Life is everywhere and infinite
You are all ONE
Surrender into that which you wish to create
Your imagination is fifth dimensional thinking
You are ALL equal, Multidimensional Beings
Time and Space are an illusion of the physical world, etc. etc. etc…
Attempting to contain so many opposite and opposing concepts and versions of reality makes you lose your external focus. Do you remember when you were a child and you would spin yourselves around again and again until you were so dizzy that you fell down? You became dizzy because your external touchstone was gone. You were like a dancer who goes into a spin without maintaining their ‘spot.’
Then, just as a car may sputter and stop, your biological brain spins and shuts down. To deal with this dynamic, your body becomes “sick” to create a good reason for your dizziness. Then you go to bed and go to sleep, which is a very good solution. While you are adding a new operation system to your computer, you cannot open any programs or do anything with the computer. You have to wait until the new system is totally downloaded. Then, when you restart your computer it appears to be much the same. However, there are subtle differences that you do not recognize until you use your computer. Your brain is a biological computer and runs in a very similar fashion.
Many of you are trying to download a new Quantum Operating System into an old computer. For this download, you will definitely need the assistance of your Higher Expressions of SELF. Your Higher Expressions are your Guidebook. They will assist you to understand your new version of SELF, just as we will.
Do you have a final question for us?”
This time the group conferred before the spokesperson again stood to speak,
“Thank you for your information. It appears to us that the greatest challenge of all would be to somehow connect the advanced operating system of our Multidimensional SELF with our third-dimensional thinking. Is this similar to connecting our third/fourth dimensional reality to the fifth dimensional world of New Earth?”
Mytria and I wondered if the small group would catch the glint in the Arcturians aura that had become so familiar to us as It said, “You are very correct. Your consciousness and more of your reality than you realize is already fifth dimensional. However, you cannot compute much of the higher stimuli that fills your new world because your 3D brain cannot yet recognize this data. Your 3D brain is simply refusing to accept these perceptions as real. Hence, they never travel through the reticular system of your brain.
The neural network of your reticular system acts as a ‘firewall’ that screens out data that your ego self deems is unimportant. On the other hand, once your Multidimensional Operating System is fully online your Multidimensional SELF will determine what information is important. Then you will be able to consciously perceive, integrate and understand how much your reality really has changed.
If you can believe in your SELF, as well as any stimuli which activates the feeling of unconditional love and/or joy, you will gradually calibrate your primary perception to the higher frequencies of reality. However, remember that your physical sensations of hearing, vision, touch, smell and taste will not be adequate to fully register higher dimensional sensations. You will have to trust what you THINK you hear, see, touch, smell and taste.
You are accustomed to sensations and information coming from the outside of you, such as through your eyes or ears. When you perceive the higher frequencies of reality, you will perceive them from within your core. To best understand this multidimensional information we suggest that you run these perceptions through your High Heart and Third Eye. Your High Heart and Third Eye are your Heart-Mind, which is your primary sensory receptor and processor of multidimensional input.
Also, remember that you will not experience the fifth dimension in the same manner that you interact with your physical world or even your fourth dimensional dream world. Your sense of touch will be attuned to experience auras, as will your vision, hearing and even your smell will respond to the more ethereal messages. You will not experience hard edges, spaces of separation or any fear-based emotions.
We have given you enough information for now. However, please remember that your new realities will appear different. If you had always lived near the ocean all of your life and moved to the desert, you would have many new sensations to compute. Therefore, can you imagine how many more new sensations you will experience when you resonate to a new reality of a different dimension?
Fortunately, more and more of you will be sharing this journey, so please remember to create groups in which you feel safe enough to share and discuss your new experiences of reality. Most of all, please remember that you are NOT alone for we, your higher expressions of SELF, are always with you.
We close this communication, but please know that you can personally continue it within your higher states of consciousness.”
Blessings to you all, The Arcturians
Story
6 Feb 2013 - 4:19pm
Greetings my fellow travelers on the journey of life! Since last I shared with you, we have completed the tumultuous year of 2012 and embarked on our all new era and all new year of 2013. What a ride! I’m sure every one of us has plenty of stories of our own unique experiences and “growth opportunities” that the much hyped year of 2012 offered up to us. Personally I was extremely happy when the calendar shifted us into 2013, and while January was still a bit of a bumpy ride, it did begin to smooth out towards the end of it and February was welcomed with open arms and a far more upbeat feeling state than has been the norm for quite a while.
These last few years I’ve let go to immersing myself in my own experience of the journey of awakening consciousness, and so while my communication with the nonphysical friends who visit me has continued, I haven’t felt drawn to do much sharing publicly as so much of the content that came through was very similar to what was being shared by others and easily accessible to everyone via the internet. Like so many others, I’ve been engaged in my own exploration of Who I Am and how I can creatively express my own authenticity with joy and passion, which has required me to release any and all preconceived notions of what that is or what it might end up looking like. There has been some frustration with what seemed like nothing happening and very little forward movement occurring, and yet I have come to accept that that was simply the way of the times we were in and I know I was not alone in my feeling of being stuck in Limbo Land for far longer than was comfortable or desired.
Things began feeling different for me as I approached my last birthday. I turned 57 when my 4:44pm birth time rolled around on 12-12-12. I had long felt that I set this birth entry numerology in place for myself as a milestone marker that I wouldn’t easily be able to miss once I started waking up spiritually. All the “12” energy of those numbers had to signal a culmination of some sort and indeed I feel as if I’ve reached a turning point in my own experience that my natal chart astrologically set the blueprint for. I am ready to embrace the new in my own life now in a way that I recognize the energy alignments were simply not there to support prior to this rather auspicious birthday. We have all just passed some incredible markers as a collective and the alignments that have come about as a result of this are ready to support everyone who has chosen to walk the way of the new energy path.
During the birthday visit I had from several of my closest nonphysical friends, St Germain assured me that I could not miss what was coming my way in the new energy of 2013 because I had set it up for myself and therefore I didn’t need to “do” anything to set it in motion as it was already on its way to me. Allowing the natural unfolding and being receptive to it are all that’s required.
This seems easier now that 2013 is here. I feel that what St G told me personally is true for all of us and Brigid seemed to affirm this in her Imbolc message when she said that each of us has made a choice on the soul level for our new personal direction that the December alignments are now supporting.
Imbolc is the cross quarter day between December’s Solstice and March’s Equinox. It is Brigid’s feast day in the Celtic calendar and it celebrates the returning of the light to the Northern Hemisphere that is occurring as we move beyond the longest and darkest days of winter. Celtic celebrations go from sundown to sundown and so as dusk set in on Friday, February 1, with a roaring fire and candles lit on the windowsills in invitation, Brigid came in for her visit. She stayed for quite a while so the shared conversation was lengthy. All of it seemed very relevant to the now moment, but for the sake of ease of reading I am condensing parts of it and adding some words of my own for explanation. This feels appropriate to the changes that the new energy of 2013 is ushering in.
Brigid began her visit with her traditional Cead Mile Failte greeting, which means 100,000 Welcomes in Gaelic. According to her, this Imbolc of 2013 is more special than she could convey to us in words as it is the first Returning of the Light since we closed out the old 26,000 year cycle on the December Solstice, and WE are the Light that is returning as we birth the New Golden Era that we are now in the place of consciousness to truly bring forth. We are the Light because we carry the Christ Consciousness and we have stayed the often arduous course as we opened to embodying our divinity and the love that we are. She used the phrase “an exciting time” numerous times throughout her discourse, saying it was not just exciting for us here on Earth, but also for those nonphysical beings who have been watching our journey unfold and supporting and cheering us on along the way.
The changes we have long waited for are underway, and this will bring joy to some and challenge to others, but it is happening and we are past the point of no return now. Even some who have long been on the path of awakening will find that they are required to let go at even deeper levels than ever before, as some of the patterns and programmings of the old energy are subtle and insidious and they must be cleared right down to the core for one to fully engage in new energy living. But the encouragement being offered is that all who have sincerely chosen the path of awakening have made great strides forward in embracing their true nature, and conscious choice to continue will also reap grand rewards in the fullness of new energy living.
Each of us is working in communion with our souls and from the soul perspective, one can see much farther and with far greater clarity than from the human one alone. It is from the level of soul that we each have made choices for our new directions, and all we need do is stay in close communication with our inner Self in order to receive the guidance that will lead us into the wonderful and magical new futures we’ve up until now only dreamed about living. The unusual solar activity that has been occurring for quite a while now and which will continue is assisting our expansion, and while our present science may not be able to explain for quite a while exactly what is happening, eventually there will be a much greater understanding emerging of how the solar energies and the other energies active in our universe and Milky Way Galaxy are working in conjunction with our own DNA to evolve our biology. As we do this we will gradually allow in the full spectrum of Who We Are as divine beings and this will merge and meld with our human physical biology.
There is no “How To” guide that will give us clear directions as to what to do next to continue moving ourselves forward because this isn’t the way of new energy living. Brigid says that what is the way is to be in “constant intimate communication and communion with your own divine inner being and soul, and when you are in this continual place of connection you will find that the worries about what is to come will evaporate. They disappear for they are not real. What is real is your now moment, and when you are focused on your now and living in your now, you will find that everything that is required for what is next in your life with appear with ease and grace. It is more important now than ever to follow your feeling state and to be in alignment with Who You Are. You will know when you are in alignment and when you are not by how you feel.”
And while this is not new information, she says that we are going to find that much of what we have learned previously will be coming back into our awareness to be understood and acknowledged and lived at deeper and deeper levels as we move forward in our new energy lives. This means that as we create the lives we’ve been dreaming of living, we have to know and trust that what we desire is coming into manifestation for us, even when we don’t yet see outer evidence of this or know exactly how it will come about. We create our outer reality first in our energy field and we will go in the direction that we desire to go when we continue to follow our own heart and its guidance.
There is a “science” to this guidance. Kryon through Lee Carroll has explained that one of the layers of our DNA that science does not yet understand directly connects us to our divinity. It is from this connection that we get our guidance. Brigid says, “You are each here with soul purpose. Each of you has made a choice on the soul level that took the alignments of what occurred in December to fully come in to prominence in your cellular structure, in your DNA. There is interface at all times between Who You Are on the soul level and the human level that bypasses your biological brain and mental functioning. You are continually in alignment with your soul Self through the very DNA of your biological structure. You may not be aware of this on the human mental level but as you choose to go deeper into your heart space, as you choose to open your heart wider and live transparently and in integrity, you will find that you become far more aware of the subtle energetics of what is taking place in your biology. This will allow you to have greater interaction between different levels of Self. When you are in harmony with all parts of Self, including the expandedness of your soul Self and the parts of you that are present in multiple realities, you will find that not only will things align in your outer world with ease and grace, but that this is actually how your biology leads you forward. Long dormant gifts and abilities from the multiple realms and realities you have lived in will begin returning to your conscious awareness. I encourage you to tune in at a very deep level to Who You Are and the guidance and direction that you desire will make itself known to you.”
This is a time to re-examine our principles and beliefs to be sure that they are in alignment with the new energy. Brigid used the example of health and diet to make her point. Like many others, I did not make this transition from 2012 to 2013 without being challenged by an issue in my biology. My lungs have been my own particular weak spot physically, for a variety of reasons that I have come to be aware of and thought I had dealt with over the course of my journey of awakening. Just before my birthday I began having all too familiar old symptoms of shortness of breath and difficulty breathing in the easy and relaxed manner I have come to enjoy since clearing old grief issues (grief is associated with the lungs) and cleaning up my diet to remove foods that provoked allergic reactions in my body. I’ve felt good eating as a vegan with an emphasis on raw foods for quite a while now so this latest episode surprised me. I worked with a number of different modalities to release whatever residual grief might still be remaining in my energy field and though I felt successful at having done this, my symptoms continued. I did a lot of research on what might be causing them from a physical perspective and what resonated the most with me was what I read from a standpoint of Traditional Chinese Medicine (TCM), a modality that is energy based and in which food is considered medicine. Foods are classified according to their warming, cooling and other energetic properties from the perspective of how they affect the body once consumed. I was quickly able to see that in my own system I had an excess of “yin” energy (the female/moon energy that is cool and damp) and I was deficient in “yang” energy (the male/sun energy that is warm and dry). I had embraced eating a vegan diet because it was in alignment with my own principles of not killing in order to sustain and nurture life, and because I felt inclined to eat lighter and lighter as I felt my own vibration getting lighter and lighter as I expanded in my awakening. Yet without the knowledge of how my food choices were affecting me energetically, I had inadvertently set myself up for a systemic imbalance.
I found this somewhat symbolic of the overall dynamics of what has been called the ascension journey. The journey was about bringing back the Divine Feminine after all the years of her exile and degradation. It made sense to heavily embrace the yin during that part of the journey. But now it’s time for the Divine Feminine (yin) and Divine Masculine (yang) to come back into balance with each other. My body was letting me know that I needed to do this personally as well. Many of the sources of yang energy are animal based and I had consciously chosen not to consume animal products because of my own principles and ethics and also the belief that a vegan diet was ultimately the healthiest. Now my body was very loudly declaring that I needed to change what I had been doing previously in order to bring myself back into balance. After all my research and a lot of soul searching, I added royal jelly, a bee product, to my diet and began consuming organic eggs again, both very yang in nature. I immediately saw an improvement in my breathing and since then have been doing more research and experimentation on how I can eat in a manner that both nurtures my body and is in alignment with my ethics. I’ve had to make some shifts and look at things from different perspectives than I had previously.
Brigid said the imbalance in biology is assisting in a huge transition and is an opening to the new that cannot yet be understood on the human cognitive level. She said, “There is more to take into consideration than just the nutritional values of food from a scientific perspective. You are on the right track with the energetic properties (as designated in TCM) but I wish for you and for all to know that there are energetics that you do not as yet understand that also come into play.” She pointed out the example of red wine and how some (not all!) on the ascension journey have found it quite beneficial (yours truly included) to drink it in greater quantities than they ever had before due to an energetic component in it that science has yet to identify but which smoothed out the jolt to the system that was frequently experienced on this journey. This could explain why in some ancient cultures red wine was known as the “nectar of the gods!”
As Brigid acknowledged that I was a bit challenged by feeling drawn in the direction of consuming animal products after thinking this was something I would never do again, she addressed this in this way:
“At this point in time you are tapping into something that goes beyond your previous beliefs and understandings. It is important for you to follow your inclinations for in many ways you are tapping into soul memories of what you might call past shamanic experiences that you have had in other lifetimes in which you were very conscious and spiritually connected. There are energetic dynamics and elements coming into play that you do not understand. So I would encourage you, if you feel inclined to partake of animal food at any time, do so. Honor the food. Be in gratitude of that which has offered itself to you. But do not deny it on the grounds of your own principles of previous understanding for there are energies that will be gifted to you by your following your feeling state and not denying it based on what your head thinks.” Just as with red wine, she says there are energies from animal foods, such as a juicy red steak, that will be beneficial to certain people at certain times, though not at all times. So once again one must follow one’s own inner guidance and to do so means being tuned in to that guidance through feeling state. Occasionally craving a food is a very different scenario than that of food addictions so a person must be discerning as to which is driving their desire.
Science doesn’t have all the answers and sometimes things that have no legitimate scientific explanation cannot be proved according to scientific parameters. For those who understand that as we move into realms that have not been explored before, accepting that there is more to “reality” than science can prove means accepting, not on faith, but on feeling state the experiences we have that go beyond the known and the proven. Brigid says to us, “You are the ones who must stand firm in your own knowingness that reality is not limited by what science can measure and prove. As you allow yourselves to have every experience that you create, you will find yourselves expanding out into multidimensionality. It will take science a while to catch up, but it will catch up. Eventually science and spirituality, which includes multidimensionality, will come into balance with each other. It will be through this balancing and merging that humanity will move into a new understanding of what science is and what spirituality is, and in essence they will find that they are one and the same. You are leading the way towards this and it will continue.”
Then Brigid surprised me. She said:
“I would like to segue a bit into a topic that is of interest to just about every one of you. I would like to talk about money. I would like to talk about money in the context of your human reality here on Earth.”
This was new territory in my communication with Brigid. I was excited by what she had to say, so I will conclude with this and share this part in its entirety. She continued:
“So many of you have found that while you have let go to the process of transformation that has been taking place, you have wholeheartedly released so much of the old and stepped into the uncertainty of living in the new with no firm footings. There often seems nothing to hold onto that is familiar. Those anchors of your own experience of reality that you were used to in the past are gone. For many, abundance as you call it has been a huge issue. And while so much is changing around you, there is still at this point in time the need for at least a bit of the sustenance of the energetic flow of what you call money to be present in your lives in order to continue living the human reality as it has been. What I desire to put across to those of you who have been struggling to keep your balance with this is that your human reality is indeed changing. It will not change overnight. It will not change immediately. And yet there is going to be an entirely new stream for you, a flow that breaks off from the mainstream. Think of how that word applies in your reality. Think of what mainstream means. It means the conventional way. It means the way of the masses. It means the way of 3D.
Those of you who have had the courage to allow yourselves to jump off the cliff of conventional 3D living and who have not walked the beaten paths of how one makes a living, those of you who have listened to your heart and followed it’s call, even when the money in 3D was not flowing to you, I say to you that you are the ones who have been carving a new stream bank, one that will allow an entirely new flow to soon be coming into your reality.
There is a shift coming in how you manifest abundance. Many of you, I know, have had the experience of feeling that what you needed, let alone what you desired, was simply not easily flowing into your reality once you did jump off that cliff. And yet you are still here and while your outer circumstances of living may have changed, sometimes drastically, from when you were living a conventional lifestyle, you are still walking this path of awakening. You have managed to maintain living, even if you have not lived in a way that you would consider to be 3D abundant. You have managed to meet your needs and as you have allowed yourselves to be sustained from this place of letting go of the reality around you that most of conventional society lives, THIS is what has impacted All That Is and enough of you have done this now and are continuing to do this that you are carving an entirely new channel. And so abundance is going to flow to you in entirely new ways. This will be happening gradually but it will begin happening this year. And so I would say to those of you who still feel that you are struggling to stay afloat and treading water to keep from going under, the trickle that is beginning will build momentum so that as it continues its current will continually become stronger and more powerful.
You must continue to have patience as you move forward in this. The hardest part for you will be not knowing how and when this shift will make itself manifest in your particular personal experience. But I am here today as your dear friend and one who loves you so much to say that the shift is underway, which means that this next bit of time in your experience, particularly from now until your March Equinox, is very much about feeling the reality of what is coming within yourself before you see evidence of it in your world and outer reality. Not only trusting, but knowing and feeling. You must feel it energetically within yourself. This is what will bring about this beautiful abundance of the new stream that is flowing towards you.”
A question was asked about the present condition of the global financial situation and if this new stream would affect the world’s financial institutions. Brigid replied:
“This change is underway but it is not underway for all. It is underway for those who are leading the way and for those who have had the courage to jump off the cliff. So you see there are going to continue to be different realities, very different realities being lived dependent on a person’s own choices. And so again, the time for fence sitting is over. One must choose which reality they are going to live in. And while it is human nature of course to keep a finger on the pulse of world economics and the economy of the nation one resides in, this is only one’s reality if one chooses it to be so. The world financial condition will have no impact whatsoever on those who have reached the place of understanding that their source of abundance is within.
Not all have done this. But there are many who have. As far as the mainstream and conventional wisdom, there are many who are living lives that are simply not understandable to those who have no idea of the inner resources that are available to all. And so I will say that those who have released their faith in 3D conventional wisdom and economics will be the first to embrace the abundance of the New Golden Era that is coming and this new stream that these ones have been the ones to create by their moving beyond conventional ways of being and living. So this is a shout out of encouragement to those who have often times stood in a place of not knowing how they would do what was required of them to do next on their path of expansion. It is a shout out of encouragement to those who have released their dependence on traditional means of economic well being and who have seen that somehow, often magically and miraculously, what is needed and required manifests for them. To these I say, you shall reap the benefits of this new energy abundance first. And it is rightfully you who deserve to do so.
This will catch on with others and there will be a trickledown effect. For others will see that while science and conventional institutions may not be able to preach the wisdom of this way of living, the reality will be that many will have completely cut their ties with the old ways of living, earning a living, and storing away abundance in the way of money. All of that old conventional wisdom will not matter as people begin choosing to follow their own hearts, to be happy, to know that as part of that which has been called God they are their own source of abundance. And as this happens, many, many will begin to live more abundantly than they ever would have or could have while they were tied into the 3D ways of conventional living.
Many who have had difficulty fitting into mainstream society and its ways, like those square pegs trying to fit into round holes, will greatly benefit from this coming change. Many of these are the young ones who have never fit in or accepted the 3D ways. It has been extremely challenging for those young ones who came in bridging both realities. They were more of the new and the new had not yet truly kicked in. And so there will be much transitioning as this change begins to come about. It will get easier for their soul-connected free-flowing unconventional natures to find their niches and to be able to express who they are in a way that is supported by the world around them rather than negated as it so often has been and this will be a joy to behold.
The time of the old ways is coming to an end and there will be some kicking and screaming by those who have made this their reality and do not desire to see it change. Certainly the abundantly wealthy of the 3D world will not immediately be losing all of their wealth, and yet the old ways of sustaining and expanding that wealth will be coming to an end. There is a new world and a new reality being born and the ways of the old will not be supported in it. Those who have clung to those old ways of being in the world will find themselves in for a bit of a rude awakening if they refuse to make the changes that are required. Things are indeed changing and this is what you have brought about. This is why you are here. You are the Changemakers. You have done well. You have done very well.
There is so much movement about to happen. The undercurrent is beginning to swell and will be bursting forth much in the way that Spring bursts forth into full and glorious bloom after a long and dreary Winter. This will be a very special Spring in your lives as it is the first in the new era you are embarking upon. You are beginning anew. It is so beautiful to observe. There is so much light shining upon this planet now and that will continue to grow. The light will get brighter and brighter. This will be an amazing Spring in the lives of those of you who have walked this path and this journey and who have steadfastly stayed the course. There is so much more to come! You are do dearly, dearly loved!
Welcome to the New Golden Era!”
Indeed!
http://maureenquinn.blogspot.com/
Story
6 Feb 2013 - 3:52pm
The Federation of Light through Blossom Goodchild
February 05, 2013
Blossom: Hello … and as White Cloud always begins … A very warm welcome to you my friends! Without question these new energies are playing havoc when mixing with the old! Yet I do clearly see now what is happening regarding removing the old that keeps hitting you in the face until you do. Within me there is a KNOWING that the Divine Plan is working out just fine as we prepare to burst forth through into the New Earth ... into the glorious sunshine. Care to comment?
The Federation of Light: Welcome to all. Indeed this is very much what is taking place. As one is aligning the self with a Higher aspect of the self it is necessary to let go of that which no longer serves. Many times have we expressed this, yet when it is taking place ... it is not nearly so pleasant to experience as when simply reading the words.
On the other hand … let us say that when this HAS taken place … the words in which we have expressed NEW LIFE and a NEW AGE … will be so much more pleasant to experience than when just reading the words! This you have to look forward to.
Yet at the same time … if you so choose YOU CAN HAVE IT NOW!
For this which we speak of is a FEELING. You can choose within this moment to experience the KNOWING and the LOVING that IS YOU … or you can choose to indulge in the lower vibrations that are clawing at your heart … holding on for dear life for they have remained with you for so long that they will do their upmost to stay. Yet YOU KNOW they cannot. It is not the easiest of tasks to let go of circumstances ... or indeed souls ... that you have outgrown and yet it is a necessity if one desires to progress. In fact we would say not only is it necessary … it is essential!
The more you recognise your NEW SELF … the more you KNOW that the old has to go … and as ‘the switch’ is taking place it can leave ones energies swimming around aimlessly unsure of what is what .
AGAIN WE STRESS THE FACT … GO BY YOUR FEELINGS.
What makes you FEEL GOOD?
Blossom: I Truly am FEELING such a mixture of emotions, yet I DO FEEL/KNOW on a level that is new to me that ‘a change is coming’.
The Federation of Light: A Change has already come dearest Blossom. The Change has shifted much that was cemented within your world and released it from bonds of darkness. Yet it is for you to accept and realise that as these negative aspects that were deeply rooted are released from your Earth’s atmosphere … they are bound to have an effect as they mingle with the new … on their way out .
Blossom: Yet this has been happening with every shift we have been told of ... has it not?
The Federation of Light: Of course.
Will there be a time when there are no more shifts?
The Federation of Light: No. Yet understand that as you and your planet rise into Higher vibrations … one will experience LOVE on a greater level of itself for the self. Leaving behind that which has done its duty and allow it to dissolve. So ‘shifts’ in days ahead … as one emerges into THE GOLDEN AGE will not be unpleasant for there will come a time when there is nothing unpleasant to be left behind. One will just continue to move on up into a Higher understanding of the self. Which can only bring joy.
People of Earth … For those of you who are experiencing the FEELING of BEING LOST within thoughts of what is actually taking place … FEELINGS of ‘has anything taken place?’ … FEELINGS of ‘Losing hope and faith’ … we ask you to search deep inside of yourself and KNOW …
THAT INDEED THE HIGHEST TRANSFORMATION IS OCCURRING RIGHT NOW!
RIGHT HERE AND NOW!
You wanted change upon your planet did you not? And you have it ... yet many of you are choosing to push it aside because it is not how you expected it to be. Did we not say to you to expect the unexpected?
Blossom: Yes. We accept all that. Yet … for many of us THE CHANGE we were ‘expecting’ … involved assistance regarding healing the planet, healing souls upon it, new technology in which to do so … a sign of some sort for us to KNOW we are not nutters …. You know that kind of thing! … and yet it is interesting to see that so far … there is none of that … yet there is this change within side of us … a BIG CHANGE … if we choose to recognise it and stick with it!
The Federation of Light: And therefore dearest friends … do you not see? Do you not get it? Do you still have your eyes closed?
This change as you recognise ‘THE DIFFERENCE’ within yourself ... is exactly that! Exactly all these things that you thought THE CHANGE would be. For as YOU unfold … as YOU become … as YOU lift yourselves up … as YOU let go of old … as YOU KNOW WHO YOU ARE … ALL THESE THINGS THAT YOU LONG FOR … YOU will bring about.
Blossom: I am assuming that we WILL bring this about … even to go as far as ‘meeting you ‘ or at least having a massive display of craft etc … due to US raising the vibration enough for it to happen? Much has been spoken of by others about this. Yet to be honest … why then give us all the promises in the past when YOU KNEW we were not yet of the correct vibration for it to take place?
The Federation of Light: There is the simple understanding of NOW and the misunderstanding of TIME. We do not live in time. We live in NOW and we KNOW what is to come about and what IS TO BE.
Blossom: Yet … just before Dec 21st and at other times your words to us have reached a peak as if something is about to take place … and we all get so excited … and then … whoop! … It all dies down again … and once more we carry on as normal … that to me doesn’t make sense.
To us … it makes total sense. For the ‘hype’ that we build up concerning many things is OUR TRUTH of what actually is to happen.
Blossom: Well … ok … yet … for instance … before Christmas you talked a lot about THE EVENT … THE HAPPENNING … You talked about it over and over … and it came across to us that it was about to happen any minute … i.e. Dec 21st . NOW … you hardly mention it at all. That’s the kind of thing I mean. That’s what I don’t understand … and I am not alone in this I am sure.
The Federation of Light: Dearest Blossom … dear ALL … It is our desire to get you ‘hyped up’ as you say … for when you are ‘hyped up’ about anything … you are raising your own vibration. Imagine what the affect is en masse when you are all getting hyped up together. Imagine how the vibration of yourselves as ONE is lifting the planet and your consciousness.
Blossom: Yes … yet then … when nothing transpires … surely that does not serve ... for indeed … do we not all come crashing down again … bringing everything around us with it?
The Federation of Light: Not at all.
Blossom: How so? Is not that like two steps up, five back?
The Federation of Light: We would not consider this so. For within each rise and fall … your strength …your KNOWING… becomes more deeply seated with inside your heart.
Blossom: I’m not so sure about that. Many would say that it becomes less!
The Federation of Light: We would question that. For yes … one may question it all … and one may indeed have moments of losing that which they know to be Truth … yet only for such a short moment in ones BEING . Yet would you not say Blossom that you always come bouncing back … with a stronger placement of that KNOWING within your heart?
Blossom: I guess as time has gone on … after all these years … after all we’ve been through … my KNOWING that one day ‘all this’ will make sense and that I will be so so so so satisfied within myself that I kept on hanging on … if at times only by a thread … will make it all just Tickety Boo!
The Federation of Light: Imagine this … Imagine that in your sleep this following night … you dreamt that you were in a class room ‘somewhere’ … There were many in this room that were familiar to you … Some on a very close level … others just familiar faces … Some not familiar yet you knew them. You were then instructed of what was to take place whilst you were living an existence upon Planet Earth at this auspicious time. As you were informed of happenings … ones excitement grew.
One’s KNOWINGNESS that one simply had to BE ON EARTH ... TO BE THERE … TO BE PART OF THIS GREAT CHANGE … filled ones Being with such honour and LOVE .
As you sit there … being informed of THIS DIVINE PLAN … you cannot wait to get to it.
Think about this.
THINK ABOUT THIS FEELING OF BEING CHOSEN OUT OF SO MANY TO BE ON EARTH AT THIS TIME.
YOU … THE STRONGEST OF THE STRONG!!!
Then … you get to the part of this dream … where you are told that ALL THIS YOU HAVE JUST BEEN TOLD … YOU WILL NOT RECALL. Do you suddenly decide to back out? Do you decide that you are not the one for the job? NOT AT ALL! You are not fazed by this information at all ... For you KNOW it is part of the plan!!!
You are then told … that as each ‘phase’ reveals itself to you … your recall … your remembrance shall return … And that YOU SHALL RECOGNISE THIS KNOWING BY THE LOVE YOU FEEL INSIDE YOURSELF. For it is drawing you ever closer to the LOVE that YOU KNOW there in that class room within that dream.
YOU ARE SHOWN THE DIVINE OUTCOME .
As you are told of this … THE BRIGHTEST LOVELIGHT encompasses the room. No longer can you see those familiar faces … you can see nothing … for YOU ARE THAT LOVELIGHT and in that instant YOU UNDERSTAND EVERYTHING!
You FEEL those familiar faces because they are you. In that moment of EVERYTHING … EVERYTHING IS KNOWN.
The Light dissipates and you are back in the classroom. Remembering an experience that shall remain within you … and shall reveal itself to you … when the DIVINE PLAN plans to.
You awake in the morning from a beautiful sleep. You KNOW you had a dream … like many … you can’t quite grasp it all … just vague images and FEELINGS here and there.
And now our most Beloved Family … we say to you with deep LOVE and KNOWING:
THIS WAS NOT A DREAM!
We choose to finish here this day … It may seem a little abruptly … yet we KNOW the significance of such a decision.
WE LOVE YOU!
Blossom: And we LOVE YOU. In Love and thanks!
Webpage: Blossom Goodchild
Bulgarian
Chinese
Chinese Traditional
Croatian
Dutch
English
Farsi
French
German
Hebrew
Hungarian
Italian
Japanese
Norwegian
Polish
Portuguese
Romanian
Russian
Spanish
Swedish
Story
6 Feb 2013 - 2:23pm
Thursday, 24 January, 2013 (posted 6 February, 2013)
Finally the intense uncertainty and anticipation that was building for the prophetic dates of 12/21/2012 has past, and we have entered into a new beginning that is a merging of our physical body with our spirit. The world did not end in horrific cataclysms; nor was there an ecstatic rapture into paradise. A fleet of UFOs didn't come to save us either. If you were hoping that the world would shift in an instant without getting up out of your "easy" chair, I am sure you are disappointed right now. Yet I know the sensitive ones of this world are now breathing a deep sigh of relief as the energy bubble, overflowing with crushing ambiguity and expectation, burst, and a more balanced, peaceful and harmonious energy has emerged to the Earth plane.
Now what? It is time to get really friendly with the unknown that is out in front of us now. The world is going to change, and so are we. There are going to be some surprising changes in the directions in our physical and spiritual lives. Being perplexed by all the myriad of choices will be our constant workmate. We are struggling to get clear about what is next for our lives and our usual guidance is now coming from multiple directions at once . . . and to make to more confusing, all of this guidance feels to be true. We are learning to be multi-dimensional beings and think and live in multiple realties. This wrestling for clear guidance is going to stretch us and help us discover new frontiers of reality.
It is time to quit expecting to be saved or rescued. We have now graduated into multi-dimensional grownups. It is time to re-claim our God given, divine potential, physically and spiritually. It is time to face life full on regarding the work ahead of us; to be responsible human beings and embrace the uncertainty and change in the enviable matrix of possibility ahead, and use it as a vehicle for our growth and awakening. Adversity and challenge will come to us when we fight the changes in direction and hold on to our rigid belief systems.
I love the raw courage exhibited by author Elizabeth Lesser in her book "Broken Open". She wrote . . .
"Adversity is a natural part of being human. It's the height of arrogance to prescribe a moral code or health regimen or spiritual practice as an amulet to keep things from falling apart. Things DO fall apart. It is in their nature to do so. When we try to protect ourselves from the inevitability of change, we are not listening to the soul. We are listening to our fear of life and death, our lack of faith, our smaller ego's will to prevail. To listen to the soul is to stop fighting with life, to stop fighting when things fall apart; when they don't go away, when we get sick, when we are betrayed or mistreated or misunderstood. To listen to the soul is to slow down, to feel deeply, to see ourselves clearly, to surrender to discomfort and uncertainty, and to wait."
We have entered a new beginning that has blasted us into a higher frequency. It was an explosion of spirit and evolution. Any negative ego driven program must and will go extinct. The past is quickly becoming a dinosaur. With patience, we will learn to understand and integrate the new higher frequencies that we are now learning to navigate. We may flip flop between the many choices out in front of us until we can hold and maintain a multidimensional perspective. We have the task of unpacking all that transpired during the powerful time of 2012. We have just come from a fever pitched and frantic ending of a huge cycle. Be patient with yourself now, as new cycles always begin slowly and deliberately. Each decision and choice will be made from great intent and deep contemplation. We have lots of time to think things through now. No need to rush. We didn't miss the boat; we are on it and sailing along with the spirit of the wind. Let us see where it takes us.
Maya pilgrimage update…
Those of us that were in sacred areas of the Earth, over the 12/21/2012, were downloaded with powerful new codes of life and nature. We will assimilate what is coming quickly as long as we listen to our hearts. We will share these new codes with others, and it will spread across the Earth. Whoever and where ever you are right now, you are a part of this transformation. We will continue to understand these codes further as we travel through the remainder of the dark rift in the Milky Way. By 2016, we will be free and clear of the Dark Rift and its highly, transformational and awakening effects. The light is already shining brightly at the end of the tunnel, and we can see it even though we are not sure what it means just yet.
We were in the Maya World over the 12/21/2012 dates. We traveled through the five elements of the Maya world, in five sacred temple sites and in three different countries. This pilgrimage was one that was just as unique as the times that we are moving into. We experienced wide ranges of human and spiritual experiences all at the same time. The intensity of this potent time created everything from jubilant celebration to varied body issues as we traveled through our two week pilgrimage.
I know many of you want to know what happened on our 2012 Maya pilgrimage. So I am going to make an attempt to share a little bit about our experiences, and then post the recorded messages in the weeks to follow. Nothing I can say will truly touch the truth of our experiences, and I just hope that by sharing this that some of the energy will transfer to you by resonance and osmosis.
Palenque - the Element of WATER and Knowledge
On December 21st, we were in the amazing site of Palenque. It has always been my favorite place on Earth. The energy was electric and highly charged. The energy was also quite frantic. It was hard for us to hold our focus as the energy shredded up and spit out the last of our old selves. Many groups, from new age to indigenous, were in Palenque for ceremony, celebration and closure of an age, a time and an era that we will never forget.
We did not go through this day without our tests from spirit. We were tested to choose one or the other . . . the world of illusion and comfort, or the world of truth and commitment. As we boarded the bus, our local guide (that we were legally responsible to have for a group of our size) said that the traffic into Palenque was backed up for miles, the gates were shut, and they were not letting anyone into the site. He also shared rumors that the police were all out in force, with barricades everywhere, because a group had threatened to walk into Palenque the night before and take over the site. In his eyes, Palenque was shut down for the day. End of story.
Enrique and myself were dumb founded as to what to do, and our local guide was frantic, fearful and no help at all. After a few minutes of talking about plan B and C, etc…, Enrique and I realized that our local guide was the source of the problem. Enrique and I know that Spirit always gives us space, because Spirit can see our hearts. Enrique looked at me and said . . . "Well Aluna, I guess we have to do it our way." So we did!
We both stepped out of the fear projected on us, and returned to the present moment. We decided that we would simply take the bus to the gate, and let Spirit take care of the rest. As we drove the few miles to the site, we encountered no traffic jams and no police barricades, and took our really big bus up to the back entrance just as we both foresaw! No problem. We walked into the site up a jungle trail into old Palenque, which is the most sacred way to enter the city.
We stopped about half way up the back trail into Palenque. In this area of Palenque, there are myths and memories of Jeshua giving baptisms in the water falls. Here we were asked to let go of our past. We were asked to die and bury our old ways. We could feel the assistance of the guardians with us. Here the rebirthing and rebuilding of ourselves was beginning. The entire time that we were doing this, a parade of other groups were coming up the back trail as well. Some wore elaborate costumes, and others were simply clothed with light shining from their eyes (the full message coming soon).
Then we entered the main area of Palenque. We were called to stop at the ball court where the Star Elders taught the lessons regarding time, space and dimension. I used my body as a dousing rod to find the right spot. We gathered under the pouring rain and quickly stuffed our valuables under our rain ponchos. Here I downloaded the message for the day that just gushed out of me like it was under some kind of cosmic pressure. It felt like it was waiting a long time to be uncovered. I was relieved of a great pressure (the full message coming soon). See Palenque in the pouring rain here We didn't take many photos on this day. You can guess why. YES?
The Star Elders instructed me to make a sacred site essence that came from the sky. They said that this new sacred site essence would embrace a higher octave of divine intuition and the purest realm of living knowledge. They wanted this to be a cosmic essence that was created from the new frequencies descending from the great central sun, and not of the Earth at all. I was confused, because they said this site was anchoring the element of water, the foundation of pure creation. But then we got it . . . the water came and came and came. I never saw it rain so hard. The entire site became a huge water fall. It was like standing in the middle of a huge water fountain. It felt like we were pressure washed by God, and purified by new frequencies. The rain was gratefully welcomed by our group, and not resisted. We didn't go run for cover, because we asked for this. We were committed to being there. We stood there deliberately, received the purification and let go of our past. We were born anew. The essence was made from the falling rain water that had yet to touch the Earth . . . rain filled with the new frequencies of this new age that we had just entered.
Later that in the afternoon, there was a huge flash mob of all kinds of people singing about peace and love. See the LOVE FILLED Video here. This kind of ceremonial activity is not allowed in sacred sites in Mexico, yet the guards stood by and enjoyed the energy as well. Let's face it; there was nothing they could do anyway. Then the sun came out! The purification and rebirth was complete. It appeared that only spiritual groups would tolerate the torrential rain on this day . . . a day that could have been a very crowded mob. Spirit gave us space once again.
Yaxchillian - The Element of the EARTH - Balance and Equilibrium
When we boarded our bus to Yaxchillian on December 22nd, we could already feel a new peace being restored to the Earth. The uncertainty of 2012 was already fading into hope, and the anticipation was shifting into self-empowerment. We took a boat down the Usumacinta River to the earth element site of our pilgrimage. It was time to anchor the water to the earth. Yaxchillian means forever young, forever green, new beginnings, or a place of green stones. The green represents the new full bloom of our evolution, where one is totally integrated, mature, vibrant and fully alive and conscious.
Today, Yaxchillian was in the first day of a new era. It was Baktun 13.0.0.0.1. When we entered the site, there was a sharp contrast to the energy that we felt in Palenque the day before. Palenque was buzzing with the culmination of an entire age. Yaxchillian was soothing and deeply calm and peaceful, like a new born baby. We could only whisper as we entered this site. The energy was that holy and pristine. We could feel the heart of the Earth mother cradle us in this new energy. We were being bathed in the first day of a new age inside the most remote and energetically pure sacred sites in the Maya world. It was like a new part of us was coming home to Earth. (the full message coming soon).
When I planned this pilgrimage, I knew that we were to be as un-plugged as possible from the modern world. We were as far out as we could get without catching a ride on a burro. That afternoon, we crossed our first border into Guatemala on the other side of the Usumacinta River. It is a border very few cross, as it is in the middle of nowhere. We traveled the rest of the day and early evening to Tikal. The hotel staff was so kind to keep dinner waiting for us. It was a long day.
Tikal - The Element of FIRE - Authentic Power and Intellect
By this point, our group had already absorbed so much energy that the pilgrimage began to blur into a field of experience that had no time or space attached to it. We lost track of the days, and memories of prior days felt like it was months before, or maybe a weird dream that we had. We felt rudderless; like no one was steering the ship. We were guided solely by the new energy that we were being bathed in, but had yet to understand. Yet we were all OK with this extraordinary new dream-like space that we were in.
Tikal holds the element of fire and teaches authentic power. But Tikal had shifted greatly and now holds a higher octave of peace and heart that was not present before. This heart energy was palpable. It became very evident that Tikal had evolved into a new realm. It was now emanating a sophisticated and complex new octave of divine authentic power that brings about a deeper understanding of the new laws of nature. We didn't know what to think or feel about the changes that we felt . . . after all, we were new borns.
Our dear brother, Maya Elder Rigoberto had cancelled his Kiche fire ceremony with us due to health reasons. Enrique and I wondered what to do. Maybe we would do our own type of Maya Ceremony. But by chance, the local Itza Maya Elder, Filfido Chayash, was available to join us. He was very pleased to join our group, and welcomed us with a great open heart. He performed a beautiful fire ceremony at the base of Temple #5 in Tikal. We made a sacred site essence during the ceremony that embraces a higher octave of divine authentic power from the element of fire and brings about deeper understanding over new laws of nature.
That night, the staff at the Jungle lodge prepared an awesome Christmas dinner for us. The lodge was decorated with Palm fronds. Love filled the room, and we gave them a standing ovation for their efforts. Afterwards, some of our group got rowdy (those Aussies are always trouble) and danced aboriginal dances and sang in the lobby. Our trouble maker Aussies and a few followers did an aborginal dance to Hunab Ku in the lobby - See it here.
On Christmas Day, we boarded our Christmas bus that we had decorated with Guadalupe flags and Christmas garland. We traveled toward Livingston, Guatemala. The only way to get to Livingston is by boat. We took an amazing boat ride on the Rio Dulce that was so beautiful that I felt like my soul was renewed. The canyons that we traveled through were breathtaking. In Livingston, the staff at our little Caribbean hotel offered us a Garifuna celebration with lively dancing and drumming. It was a beautiful day for integration . . . and at this point, we really needed the down time. We were already so full with energy and experience.
By this point in our transformation, it became apparent that the energy was beginning to manifest in some strange body issues which we rarely see in the Maya lands Many right hip issues in the group came up . . . possibly from a perceived fear of nothing to move forward to, as most seers could not see past 2012 into 2013. Some people had stomach issues and nausea that was the new energy coming in which our bodies didn't know how to deal with it yet. A few had energy fevers that came from the intense downloads of energy which we were absorbing. There was just so much to process that we had to let go, and just allow the process.
Quirigua - the Element of AIR and Heart
On December 26th, we traveled to yet another favorite sacred site of mine, Quirigua, the element of the air. It is known for its amazing living Stele. The feeling here is very ethereal and airy. This site was built for inter-dimensional travel. Maya Elders confirmed a memory that I had which was that this was the last known site where the Star Elders were still in human-like form. The site was built with a lot of quartz crystal, maps to other dimensions and cosmic locations, and directions on how to make the journey.
Today the living stones really shared with us. This was new to me as the Stele, in the past, would not speak to me until it was time. They do not give up their wisdom easily. It was obvious that this day was in fact TIME! We received a bit of transmission from them. Each of the Stele in this site hold different keys to the new world, and many were already transmitting and planting seeds into us (full message coming soon).
We were being called to give back to the Earth, at this powerful convergence on the Maya grid. We offered a heartfelt ceremony in Quirigua's small plaza. We sent our love and blessings to the earth, to the sky and to all living beings. Here we made a sacred site essence that embraces a higher octave of limitlessness in a human form, from the element of air, and holds the codes and map of the physical voyage between dimensions.
Copan - The Element of ETHER and Emergence
After our visit to Quirigua, we crossed yet another border into the country of Honduras, and landed for the night in the peaceful little village of Copan. The Copan Marina is the only hotel I will stay in while in Copan, because it has such a nice spirit about it. But we slept restlessly that night as we were already in the energy field of Copan the temple site. It was intense.
Copan represents the element of Ether, and I find it to be the most powerful site in the Maya world. We entered the sacred site on December 27th and on the 28th. We like to take 2 days for this site, because the energy is so intense that we cannot stay in the site very long. The energy was SO strong the first day that it rocked us all. I felt my tummy do a flip flop before we even got to the front gates . . . like morning sickness. We were being invited into a new temple that was much larger than who we were in that moment. It was sort of like when you get an enormous offer from someone you truly respect, but you have that little negative voice inside yourself saying that you didn't earn that position. It was humbling and empowering all at the same time. Yet here we were, being invited into this temple site. We were out of our comfort zone for sure. It was like the holy grail of Maya energy. We were walking into the etheric record of a new world. There is no category in which I can place this feeling. This is the place where we can birth a new world, and we could really feel it.
First we went to the living Stele on the left hand side of the site. This is where we received a download . . . a message from the standing stones who had not given up their wisdom easily in the past. Today they were quite open and sharing. It was time (full message coming soon).
Then we were asked to move to the hieroglyphic stairway. This stairway is a dimensional doorway where trained initiates ascended, with great care, into the great central sun. This story was told to me by a Maya Elder back in 1996, when the comet Hyakutake was visible in the night sky over Copan. The Maya Elder's name was Eusebio Leon Chebo Leon, and he lived in Copan his entire life. He was so old that his eyes had turned blue. He was a just child when the famous archeologist, Sylvanus Morley was in Copan excavating the site. Every single day, he would travel to Copan's temples. When I met him, he had picked me out of a crowd of tourists to tell me this story. The story changed me in ways I still do not understand.
As we approached the hieroglyphic stairway, we could feel the energy rush down the steps. We sat there for a while absorbing the energy. Some of our group had to move away, because it was too powerful. It is always good to listen to your heart and not burn yourself out. It is good to receive energy in stages. We knew that we would return back to the site the next day for more.
The next day we entered the site again. This time we could stay longer. We noticed that another stairway to the right of the hieroglyphic stairway was also activated. On top of this stair way, was a huge, old, split Ceiba Tree. The Ceiba Tree is sacred to Maya cosmology, and represents the tree of life. This was the very tree that Eusebio pointed out to me back in 1996, as one of his favorites. He said "It was only this high when I was a boy". He held his hand out about chest high. Today, I finally got why it was so important.
The tree has split in two which marks a place where there is an earth acupuncture point or vortex line. Instead of the tree growing up toward the sun, it bowed down as if to pay respect to the temple which it was shading below. I stood at its base for a bit. Then I noticed a couple from our group had positioned themselves dead center between this stairway and the hieroglyphic stairway in the plaza below. They began to do a ceremony. This is not allowed in public sacred sites . . . yet the guards decided, after a bit, to look the other way and let them do what they came there to do.
I climbed down to the base of the stairway and took the usual tourist photos and discovered an apparition of a spirit descending the temple steps. (See Photo) Here I was called to make a sacred site essence of the element of ether that embraces the next higher octave of living mastery / emergence, from the element of ether, and it brings about the culmination and birth of all five newly evolved elements needed to manifest the new codes of life on Earth. I made this essence between the base of the stairway and a living stele (Estela N). The guards were distracted by the girls doing the ceremony (thanks to Janie, Linda, and Carmel), so I was able to cross past the roped off area and begin the process of making the essence at the feet of the living stone stele. We all stayed in the site as long as we could and we left little by little as we felt complete.
We had our closing circle that evening in a yoga palapa at the Hacienda San Lucas with breath taking views of the Copan valley below. We shared our experiences and said our goodbyes. We had our final dinner in candle light at the Hacienda. The corn soup is legendary.
Now, as I write this, our pilgrimage feels like a dream to me. What took two years to plan and manifest, was over in a blink of an eye. What we gathered, learned and discovered could take the rest of our lives to unravel, unpack and integrate. The next morning, we all began another journey . . . the journey back to where we came from . . . home. I know that we didn't return home in the same recognizable form, but altered and distinctly refined, purified and prepared for the new that is coming. What this will be, no one knows in this moment. But I do know this . . . it will be what we make of it.
Copyright © 2012 - Permission is granted to copy and redistribute this article on the condition that the content remains complete, full credit is given to the author(s), and that it is distributed freely. Aluna Joy Yaxk'in, PO Box 1988 Sedona, AZ 86339 USA Web: www.AlunaJoy.com
Story
6 Feb 2013 - 2:18pm
Sunday, 13 January, 2013 at Boulder, CO (posted 6 February, 2013)
Greetings, dear ones, I am Kryon of Magnetic Service. As many times as we do this, there are those who would wonder, "Is the man still in his body?" [speaking of Lee] Of course he is, but his consciousness is split. Now, some would say, "I knew it! This makes him a candidate for a psychologist." [Laughter] But it is not that kind of split. Each of you has the ability to do what you see here, but it does not have to be in this form. There is a new energy beginning to form on the planet and we are starting to discuss it gradually. If you have arrived on this page, it would be good for you to review the last channelling [Phoenix]. There is information there that ties into this message.
One week ago, we gave you information regarding what to expect in this new era. Some weeks before that, we told you some of the inventions to look forward to. But in the process of Human evolvement, it is inevitable that some of you will channel. This kind of channelling does not have to be in public or in front of other Human Beings. It can be done only for yourself. It can be what some have previously called "automatic writing," but different. By the way, there's nothing automatic about it. It's not something that just happens. It is you stepping aside, and in the privacy of your own existence, finding the sacred part of you and being able to channel that which is inside you. Some of you will not find an entity with a name at all, but rather you will start channelling pieces and parts of your own divinity. You will call it channelling but it's really communications to the Higher-Self. It's you getting in touch with the core soul that is also you. But it will look like channelling and it will be.
The next step in Human evolution is inward, not outward, for the evolvement of the Human species will be concerning what the brain is able then to do collectively with all of the DNA in the body. Within your own bodies, there's more than a hundred trillion pieces of DNA, and they're all identical and unique with your imprint. They're all bonded or entangled as one. They all present one common field together, as the soul that you are [your Merkabah].
Review
You are finished with the old energy and everything is recalibrating. We told you last week what to expect right now. But there is a release going on and you're starting to feel it. This release will have some anomalies to it and you're going to start to see it soon. We have told you that among the anomalies of the release are the darker energies of the earth realizing they're losing the battle. It's a last gasp, if you wish, to some older energy processes that will raise their heads and pretend they're in charge, but they won't be. You will watch them be dismissed through population non-support, probably for the first time in Human history.
The Toolkit for the Old Soul - 2013
Today we're going to give you potentials and we're going to tell you some things that we see on the horizon. In addition, we are going to point out some potentials that are not necessarily the strongest, but which are indeed there. This is new, for it shows you what is "cooking" in the background that might or might not influence humanity at this moment. By doing this, you can see free choice in action.
I would like to start by echoing and continuing last week's channelling. Today we would like to give you a five-point 2013 Old Soul Toolkit. That is to say, we will give you five points to look at. These will be things that some of you will need and others will not. We also know that we have more listening and reading than there are in the room before us. So we have said this many times: If you tuned into this, it doesn't matter what your clock says or your calendar says, we know who you are. We know the potentials of your evolved soul listening to this message and that that potential is right in front of us. We are in contact with your Higher-Self and we know your plan. We are in contact with that which you would think is a predisposed attitude you might or might not do something. We know that, too. So if you're listening to this message, or you're reading it, you're right where you belong.
Clearing The Way
There are many things scheduled to happen that have always been scheduled to happen as soon as the marker was passed [2012]. The 2012 energy contained a great deal of fear and this has now passed. So there is a clearing, you might say, of the playing field of energies. When you take a look at those things, some of which may be esoteric to you, certain attributes of the shift are being honored. Right now that would be the precession of the equinoxes and the midpoint. So you are actually now in the middle of the transition, and so we present five items that you need for your toolkit, as you experience the transition to this new energy.
Tolerance
Number one is tolerance. Now, I'm going to talk to old souls, and when I talk about tolerance, I'm talking to old souls specifically. Old soul, you have been very tolerant for a long time. You've been tolerant of the old energy and have had to co-exist with many things that you have nothing in common with. Now I'm going to ask you to be tolerant of one another because some of you are not going to like what takes place next. Some of you are going to depart from tradition and irritate the others.
The best way to explain this is to give an example: Let's say, for instance, that you have been a healer for thirty years, and you have a process that works. You have energies you've dealt with, and you know what you're doing. Suddenly the very attributes of the energy around you starts to rewrite itself. Some of the things that are the core essence of what you've been doing and what you've been taught, are beginning to change.
But you're going to disagree that they are changing, since certain things have worked for you for years! You won't want to believe there are any changes for something so correct and comfortable. The bias that you are going to have as an old soul will be obvious. You will say, "No, that cannot be right. You always have to do this or that. I've been doing it this way for years, and Spirit has always honored me in the way these things work."
So how do you know? What is it that will show you that there are shifts? The first thing is to have tolerance in all things you used to believe were a certain way, for these are the things that are changing first. The next is to turn to new, intuitive powers.
The intuitive signals that you receive in your spiritual work that tell you what to do in a process and that you have been working with for years continue to be the signals that you should depend on. Even the channeller may have new paradigms before him that he must work with. For with new energy, the relationship between the Human corporeal body and that which you call the intelligent body and the Higher-Self body will start to shift [a recalibration of how these communicate with each other]. But many won't listen to anything new. They will still go to what worked before and not "tune in" to anything that might be different.
Pathways that you may call neural will start to be built that are quantum between the corporeal self and the intelligent self. That is to say, some of you are starting to get a concept of being able to talk to your own cellular structure and get good feedback. For instance, there might be those who are invested in kinesiology who would say, "No, no. You have to do it a certain way. We've done this for decades. This is how it's done." A younger Lightworker may say, "Well, I can do it different, and without any process you have done in the past." So some of you are going to have to be more tolerant and open-minded toward new processes or ones that rewrite the old processes that you have survived by. If you don't, it's going to slow down the evolution of planet Earth, for then there may even be a split in the old souls and what they believe... into "old and new" metaphysics.
So for those who are part of processes, procedures, learnings and systems that you have used for years, we ask you for tolerance. Before you would judge or speak in a critical way about what you believe is your truth, look at the beauty of an evolving Earth. Look at the beauty of an old soul, who can now start to claim the things we always said you would be able to do. For 23 years, my partner has been telling you what might be possible. Now you stand at the cusp of actually doing it. That was number one.
Patience
We're going to state it again just as we did last week: Patience. The attributes that we speak of are going to take awhile. Last week, we gave you the story of the amateur farmer who plants the seeds of his crops and runs outside the next morning to watch them grow, only to discover that growth is too slow to be seen. That is the way it's going to appear - too slow. You'll watch your news, you'll watch your government, you'll watch the Earth, and some of you will say, "Well, I don't really see much that's different." It's just like the seeds, and you can't really see it. Instead, there's a slow, methodical, consistent change in consciousness. Some of it cannot be obtained until older energies die. Some of it will not be realized until some of those in charge of old energies are no longer in charge of them. Some of them will not reveal themselves until youth takes the position of leadership, and right now some of you are saying, "That's just too long, Kryon."
What we need you to do, dear one, with your toolkit is to understand that your being here as an old soul is the food and light for the plants to grow. You can't just check out and say, "I've waited long enough and I don't want to go through another 18 years." Picture it like this, dear ones: You now have the water can for the seeds, yet before 2012, there were no seeds! The older energies are diminishing, and not only do you now have the seeds, you now have the water can! So every morning you wake up and water, and water.
Listen: Those who come after you will begin to see full crops. This is the next thing in your toolkit - understanding and tolerance for things you don't understand. In a new paradigm, there are going to be things you didn't expect, and you may look at them and say, "No way," not understanding this was the way of it all along.
Attitude Adjustment
Let me talk about number three, attitude adjustment. Some of you are starting to put together some things that Kryon has said in the past. Years ago, I channelled information that has now come to fruition and now you can begin to understand it, but then, you did not. We gave you this phrase: "When everyone can talk to everyone, there can be no secrets." In your current Earth society, this has now become something called social networking. Even before this term existed, I told you about it. There would be a time on the planet when all could talk to all, instantly. Can you see how that would disarm old paradigms of communication? Do you see how that might disarm information that was incorrect? Do you see how that might disarm drama and untruth? When everyone can talk to everyone - this is what is happening!
So, technology has given you the beginning of something that some of you, especially the older ones, look at and don't want anything to do with. You say, "It's a fad of the young people." I want you to adjust your attitudes toward this. Let a young person show you what they can do and how many friends that they can talk to all at once, instantly. Let them show you what happens when they want to communicate something so they put it in a certain place and, suddenly, hundreds know instantly. It is a new paradigm of the way Human Beings are going to communicate.
I wish to tell you where that's going to eventually lead, for social networking has no borders. What happens when a young Israeli is talking to a young Iranian or a Palestinian about something they saw on their networking devices? The ideas fly across the borders in a way that they never could before. What happens to the intermingling of friends in a technical paradigm where hundreds talk to each other instantly, perhaps in a land where they never did before? The result? It will continue to create understanding about those they only have heard about or have been told about. Now they can see and hear them, and will know they all want the same thing! This is a new paradigm of communication, but more than that, it becomes the way of the future, where everyone can know everything accurately and almost instantly. It will be one of the catalysts for peace on the planet.
There is more here than meets the eye, dear ones, and your attitude is everything. For if you look at all this and say, "Well, this is a fad, and is just for the young," if this is you, then you're missing it totally. Let a young person explain what they can do and let the light bulb go on in your mind, for the evolution of the Human species is here and this is never going away. If you don't like all this, then social networking is only going to get worse for you! We say that in a humorous and facetious way.
There will come a day when this will be the way of it in all things. It will be impossible to be a hermit. You'll always have more friends than you thought possible. These are the things we are asking you to look forward to, but it's going to require you to look at them differently and adjust. That was number three.
The Physical Body
Number four is your physical body, for in this new energy, it has to recalibrate. So it's going to do so no matter what you want. You gave intent to stay, dear one. So you have given permission for physical chemistry changes to occur in you. For some of you, that's called illness, but it isn't. It's simply temporary imbalance of chemistry. So what we're going to say next is that some of you will go through what you would think are physical trials. There are some of you hearing and reading who are already going through this. So if that's you, now you understand what it's about.
This is going to be a faster evolution in certain ways than you think. For it's going to affect the ones who have chosen to stay and move into this next paradigm. Moving into this new energy is difficult. It may actually put stress on the chemistry of the body as it recalibrates. So when this takes place, you'll know what I'm talking about, and when it takes place, do not fear it. So we give you a challenge: Celebrate imbalance! Whether it's in your muscle structure or in your intestine or any of those places where you don't know where it came from, I challenge you to say, "Thank you, God, that I'm recalibrating, for I'm evolving and I know why." You're supposed to stay, dear ones, and water the plants. You'll see what I mean, for there will be some unexpected things soon.
The Change in the Way Things Work
Now I'm going to be very cautious with number five, and I'm going to change a paradigm of the way we channel. For 23 years, we have given you information in the soup of potentials that we read around you as the highest probable potential that exists. These things eventually become your reality because they are your free choice, and we know what you're thinking. We know what the potentials are because we know what the biases are, and we see all of humanity as a whole. Potentials are energy, and it gives us the ability to project your future based on how you are working these potentials. We have done this for a long time. Twenty-three years ago, we told you about many things that were potentially going to happen, and now they are your reality.
But now I'm going to depart from that scenario and I'm going to give you a potential on Earth that is not the strongest. I am going to tell you about a Human Being who has a choice. This potential is only about 50 percent. But I'm going to "read a potential" to you that you didn't expect. It's about a paradigm that is starting to shift.
Let's talk about North Korea. There's a young, new leader there. The potential is that he will never, ever hear this channel, so I can talk freely about him. He is facing a dilemma, for he is young and he knows about the differences in the energy in his land. He feels it. The lineage of his departed father lies upon him and all that is around him expects him to be a clone of this lineage. He is expected to continue the things that he has been taught and make North Korea great.
But he's starting to rethink them. Indeed, he wants to be a great leader, and to be heard and seen, and to make his mark on North Korea's history. His father showed him that this was very important. So he ponders a question: What makes a world leader great?
Let's ask that question to someone in an older earth paradigm from not that long ago. He will be an expert and a successful one. So this is a valid exercise, asking someone from the past who knows. We will ask that question to a man who you know and whose name is Napoleon. For us, this was yesterday and some of you were there.
If you asked Napoleon, "What makes a world leader great?", he will say, "the size of the army, how much area can be efficiently conquered with a given amount of resources and men, how important the leader appears will then be based upon how many citizens call him emperor or king, the taxes he can impose, and how many fear him." Not only was that Napoleon's reality, but he was right for the energy he was part of at the time. So Napoleon went back and forth between world leader, general and prisoner. He accomplished almost everything he set out to do. His expertise was obvious, and you remember his name to this day. He was famous.
What makes a world leader great? What I am showing you is the difference in thinking between then and now. There are some choices that this evolving young Human Being has that could change everything on the planet if he wanted. His father would tell this boy that what makes a world leader great is the potential of his missile power, or how close he can get to having a nuclear weapon, or how he stands up against the power of the West, or how he continues to aggravate and stir drama as a small country - getting noticed and being feared. His father would tell him that this is his lineage and that is what he's been told all his life. His father did it well and surrounded himself with advisors who he then passed on to his son.
Now, there's a 50 percent chance of something happening here, but this is not a strong potential, dear ones. I'm bringing this forward so you can watch it work one way or the other. For if the son continues in his father's footsteps, he is doomed to failure. The energy on the earth will see it as old and he will be seen as a fool. If, however, he figures it out, he could be the most famous man on the planet... which is really what his father wanted.
If Kryon were to advise this man, here's what I would tell him. He could be the greatest known leader the current world has ever known, for what he does now will be something the world will see as a demarcation point from the old ways. Not only that, but what he does now will be in the history books forever, and because of his youth, he has the potential to outlive every other leader on the planet! So he's going to have longer fame than anyone ever has.
I would tell him this: Tell the border guards to go home. Greet the south and begin to unify North and South Korea in a way that no past prophet ever said could happen. Allow the two countries to be separate, but have them as two parts of a larger Korean family with free trade and travel. Start alliances with the West and show them that you mean it. Drop the missile programs because you will never need them!
This will bring abundance to the North Korean people that they never expected! They will have great economic sustenance, schools, hospitals and more respect than ever for their amazing leader. The result would be fame and glory for the son, which the father had never achieved, something that the world would talk about for hundreds of years. It would cause a United Nations to stand and applaud as the son walked into the Grand Assembly. I would ask him, "Wouldn't you like that?"
Doesn't this seem obvious to most of you? He could achieve instant fame and be seen as the one who made the difference and started something amazing. But watch him. He has a choice, but it's not simple. He still has his father's advisors, but one of which he's already dismissed. He may get it, or he may not. There is a 50 percent chance. But I'll tell you that if he doesn't do it, the one after him will. Because it is so obvious.
We show you this to tell you that this is the evolvement of the Human species. It is the slow realization that putting things together is the answer to all things, instead of separating them or conquering them. Those who start promoting compromise and begin to create these energies that never were here before will be the ones you're going to remember. Dear ones, it's going to happen in leadership and politics and in business. It's a new paradigm.
And so that particular tool is this: the realization that the reality you think works may not anymore. You don't know what you don't know. But you can still plan for things that are coming that you don't know if you know what the energy shift is.
It's like driving on a road that you've been told is going to widen up and the traffic is going to flow soon. You believe it and you know it and you prepare for it. You don't know when it's coming, and you don't know how it's going to happen, but when it comes, you're ready, and you breathe a sigh of relief and you say, "I knew that would happen."
So we close with that. Now you can watch as the world watches to see what this young man does. If he's smart enough to see the new energy the way he has the ability to, he will become perhaps one of the world's most beloved leaders. He will be seen as wise beyond his years, with fame that no one else could achieve. But the old energy is strong, and drama and fear beckon as well.
Slowly there will be those who start to understand and see that unification is the answer to all things. As hard as it is for enemies to unify with enemies, it will be their survival, for to continue the way they have been will mean they will die on the vine. The old energy is no longer going to support the old ways. Watch for it. It's going to happen sooner than not.
We'll close with the same thing we closed with before. Human Being, do not fear what you are about to see, for the old energy will flail and die hard and it's not going to go easily into the sunset with its head down. It's going to fight. I give you this as a metaphor. You'll see it, and you'll know it when you see it. So understand it, don't fear it.
There will be a period of recalibration and adjustment as this Earth moves slowly to an energy, as if coming into the sun from the shadow. The city on the hill is slowly being revealed.
The New Jerusalem.
And so it is.
Kryon.
The information is free and available for you to print out, copy and distribute as you wish. Its Copyright, however, prohibits its sale in any form except by the publisher.
Lee Carroll
Blog entry
6 Feb 2013 - 1:44pm
The Parasitic Factor by whatever name....
Is Being Uncreated...
BY YOU
Snips From:
http://www.taroscopes.com/highwindowsar … arius.html
The Origins of Evil
I have long desired to explain how humankind’s penchant for sadism, cruelty and injustice came into being. In the course of the book I advanced the rather controversial theory which involves the intervention of alien beings from distant galaxies who, upon their arrival to our planet, engaged in several genetic hybridization experiments. As a result of their pernicious transgenic experiments, homo sapiens inherited a divided biology and divided psyche. These illegal and immoral invasions into the biological sovereignty of our ancient ancestors caused man to be perpetually at war with himself. His schizophrenic nature has given rise to schizogenic societies infested with injustice, crime, delinquency and perversity.
As I advocate in my other works, there can be no hope of positive change in our world until the true origins of the high malfeasance are understood, and until men take proactive responsibility for their corrupted inner psychic condition.
In fact, it is this author’s belief that we are now in the last days of the old paradigm. The time is coming soon when both protagonist and antagonist are going to have to face the legacy of the past and face the celestial forces which enter to restore balance and justice.
Our adversary is both a mutilator and a scavenger. It is a virus within the ailing body politic. It is literally a cunning alien force which has infected us with its own nature. It is within us as much as it is out there in our world. We are its prey and also its carriers. We are also its enemy by default. It hates us and, therefore, we are either of its kind and under its power, or we are its sworn opponents. In light of this, my study is not for everyone. It has been composed for the new generation of Opposers imbued with an ardent and unquellable Spirit of Rebellion. It is a manifesto for those who will, in their time, see the demise of the agents of evil, and the expiration of their control. It is not for those who cannot, at this time, comprehend the severity of the infamy in their world, or who lack the spirit of contradiction.
History, as we know it, will cease to exist, and the lives we have been living will be over, once and for all. The approaching revelations concerning our origins, history and destiny, together with the exposure of the roguery of clerical, academic and political demagogues, will occur because of changes occurring within the psyche of human beings, which is itself mapped in the stars. It is because of subtle, yet radical, inner changes within our hearts and minds, that the collective changes, visible to us on the external stage, are going to take place. It is this fact that must be remembered while we remain observant of the course of external events upon the world’s omni-directional stage.
These beings of strange birth certainly had the high scientific intelligence of their alien masters, but they also possessed of a different kind of wisdom that was wholly unknown and quite incomprehensible to their alien masters from distant stars. Homo Atlantis, had soul – the ‘Violet Ray.’ They had an umbilical connection to the Earth-Mother, and direct access to the Universal Intelligence. They operated from the Whole Mind, and knew themselves to be unique, under the stars. And so, after an undisclosed sojourn, Homo Atlantis decided to vacate the gardens of Atlantis, and after their subsequent exodus, they founded their own advanced civilization upon the continent of Oceana. There, where the Pacific is today, they founded the civilization of Lemuria.
In our own ‘Race Memory’ we still contain the engrams (encoded imprints) of this period. We all contain deep ancestral memories of the destruction of continents, civilizations, and of all the subsequent phenomena that resulted from this monumental upheaval. We also contain within us the memory of previous times, when life was harmonious and pleasant, and in which there was no evil, no slavery or disease.
As a result of the prolonged and intense genetic experimentation, all living humans contain within their biology human and alien DNA. Moreover, it was this transgenic experimentation which caused what we know as evil to come into the world and into our consciousness. Evil does not come into being due to the flawed mechanics of nature. Nature is in perfect harmony from the largest neutron star to the smallest quantum particle. Nature would, therefore, not be likely to so blunder as to create a proclivity in her highest species so lethal as to undermine her own sublime order. The human beings who believe this fiction are laboring under one of the greatest of all fallacies, and will inherit perdition as a result of this chronic misapprehension. No, evil does not come into the world because of any organic failure in nature’s laws, but from constant tinkering with, and violation of, nature’s inviolate ordinances.
The truth concerning the themes that I deal with (of alien visitation, the origins of evil and of secret societies, etc,) could not be wholly or lucidly revealed to humankind during the past centuries because the “time” was not right. Specifically, the “astrological” time was not right. In the present millennia, however, the time is right and, as a result, many secrets are going to be revealed to the human race which will alter perceptions more drastically than the advent of Darwinism, Freudianism, or Marxism succeeded in doing. Upon close investigation we discover that Darwinism, Evolutionism, and even Materialism have no logical authenticity whatsoever. Recent findings from top scholars and scientists of the world, (Allan and Delair, Michael Cremo, Otto Binder and Max Flint, Richard Milton, etc) help us prove that there were indeed highly advanced civilizations in the ancient world, and that our true origins are very different from that which have been indoctrinated into us from official sources.
The Rebel, the Cause & the Age of Revealing
In this age of ‘Solution-Think,’ we will be given the chance to dispel the ideological lies and fallacies by which we have been mentally and spiritually enslaved. As the Maya prophecies inform us, we have been, since the year 1999, in the so-called ‘Age of Revealing.’ This is a time of literal “Apocalypse,” when the masks of the false begin to come down. This period of catabolic action, and collective catharsis, will be deeply threatening to those morally unhygienic souls who have long profited from the ruin of their fellows, and to those consummate narcissists who have advanced at the expense of others around them. The approaching end-game is especially threatening to those connoisseurs of power whose insatiable penchant for destruction and deception has contaminated the world. The voices of their innumerable victims cry out from the deep places, but will soon be quieted and appeased by Lady Justice.
It is the world that once was long ago, which existed once-upon-a-time - pure, effulgent, realized and magnificent - one not of devils, demons, gods, kings, saints or sinners, but of men, FREE inwardly and outwardly, able and willing to holistically and reverently explore the mystery of themselves, and of the planet which has housed them throughout the troubled ages, and which has long preserved the secret of their salvation.
The enemy that we face, and which has haunted our world for millennia, will not concede of its own will. It will not yield, or even give ground. It is in fear, but has combined its fear with occult knowledge and this combination makes it lethal in the extreme. It seeks to humiliate the good, the pure and the true. It is the enemy of truth, and of freedom. It cannot triumph, since the Force it vainly opposes is eternal and self-sustaining. The problem of evil is, however, not solved with a clenched fist, but with an open, receptive and mutable mind.
We seek revelation to prevent revolution, and overcome evil with the force of our example not by the example of our force, by psychological weaponry, and by total conviction in our cause and sovereign power.
It is our mission to assist in the removal of the insinuated theological viruses which infect the minds and hearts of men, and which prevent human beings on this planet from realizing and tapping into their own divinity. Our sharp tool for accomplishing this psychological surgery is DECONSTRUCTION.
Shiva, the Holy Spirit & the Return to Selfhood
The Lord Shiva (Pashupati). Symbol of nature and of the laws of deconstruction, Shiva is the third deity of the Hindu Trinity (Trimurti). His astrological correspondence is Pluto (Scorpio) while his Tarot correspondence is the misunderstood 13th card (Death). Alchemically, he represents dismemberment (Dissolutio, Mortificatio).
It is in accordance with true Gnostic precepts to identify this so-called ‘Holy Spirit,’ (the third spiritual essence and principle within the sacred Trinity) as our own Selfhood. The Holy Spirit idea, which may be traced back to the feminine ‘Sophia’ of the Egyptians, Brahmans, Gnostics and Orphites, etc., was referred to as ‘Wisdom,’ and was equated with Knowledge. This knowledge may extend to the Son of God, and then to God himself, but it must first begin with Self-Knowledge. This is literally what Sophia of the Trinity is - Knowledge of the Self. The conspiring forces which sought to make this Self-Knowledge taboo, and who distorted and complicated our understanding and veneration of the true Holy Spirit, were attempting to blot out the Self from the Holy Trinity and from the spiritual canon. To imagine the Holy Spirit to be some vague presence, or to imagine it to be some indefinable aspect of the Virgin Mary, a white ethereal dove, an abstract metaphysical principle, or an inexplicable mystery, suited the desires of the Christian Priestarchy, but it denied their flock their most valuable key to the gates of salvation. What we were not told is that without the key of Knowledge of the Self, the others keys, should they even come into our possession, are worthless.
The abnegation of Selfhood is tantamount to Self-Murder. It is the epitome of sadism to the Self which is rampant in the world, both East and West. The loss of Selfhood has driven us perilously near to the gates of oblivion and not those of paradise. It is the aim of my work to rectify this, by deconstructing the maze of lies which has captured and bound our sanity and our truth-starved souls. Perhaps, we can now understand why it is that a man cannot be ‘forgiven’ for sins committed against the ‘Holy Spirit,’ that is, against his own HIGHER SELF. And perhaps, we can understand why it was so vitally important for early Judeo-Christian hierarchs and myth-mongers to obscure the identity of this feminine third party in the Blessed Trinity, symbolized by the Gnostic Dove.
Symbolically speaking, we find it more than suggestive that the dove was chosen to represent the third party of the Blessed Trinity, for it is not a Christian emblem. It is a very ancient pagan symbol. The origin of the mystical symbolism of the dove comes from astrology, and from the gnosis of the ancient Stellar Cults. The dove is, in fact, the symbol for the sign of Scorpio, which is one of the two major signs of the zodiac connected to the Spirit of Rebellion. So, we find it more than significant that the symbol chosen to represent the Higher Self - the true Holy Spirit - should relate directly and undeniably to the spirit, and act, of REBELLION, and to the Spirit of Contradiction. Ergo, we find it more than significant that the Bible should proclaim it to be the direst and most irredeemable of sins to contradict or violate the will of this Holy Spirit.
We can learn to rely upon the great Spirit of Rebellion physically, and socially, and we can also learn to rely upon it mentally. We need to become accustomed, even acclimatized, to the Spirit of Rebellion, because it is already moving in the world, and will soon make itself vividly apparent. When the Dove descends into our world, it will, however, don a quite different garb, a different persona than the one we may be familiar with. The Dove is Scorpio, and it channels the energy of Pluto. In psychological terms, Pluto is the ‘Shadow,’ (Jung), nature’s psychic surgeon, her organic hygienist that appears to cleanse the soul of all its toxicity, and repressed debris, so that it may be chastened and virginal enough to perhaps receive the clear elixir of truth. That Plutonic Shadow, the emissary of the Holy Spirit, has already been manifesting in the world, and it will continue to do so for a decade or more. Its presence is the harbinger of truth and above all - Freedom.
In short, the men and women who have done their spiritual homework, and who are psychologically and morally hygienic, have nothing to fear from the times ahead. What many paranoiacs, fear-mongers and doomsday merchants imagine to be the countdown to extinction, is actually the countdown to freedom.
Astrologically, the signs of rebellion are Scorpio and Aquarius. Scorpio is the eighth house of the twelve houses of the zodiac, and Aquarius is the eleventh house. There are many fascinating mathematical and numerological relationships between the numbers eight and eleven, and there are, likewise, many interesting correspondences between Scorpio and Aquarius. One of the fundamental correspondences involves the planet of rebellion, Uranus. Uranus is the planetary ‘ruler’ of the sign of Aquarius and is ‘exalted’ (of greatest power) in Scorpio.
Essentially, the Uranian Fool, is a proverbial Fifth-Columnist, or Agent Provocateur, working to bring down the crumbling and oppressive edifices and ‘dark satanic mills,’ which incarcerate the spirit of man. He is a true servant of the Holy Spirit, even if he does not look like one.
The Spirit of Rebellion, and the return to Selfhood, will be humankind’s salvation in the dark times that are approaching. We have already been feeling, seeing, and experiencing the subtle, and not so subtle, effects of Uranus and Pluto for some time now.
"....tonite's night sky it appears Aldebaran is "lining" up with Jupiter along the Celestial Anchor..."
Peace and love, sensi
video
6 Feb 2013 - 10:53am
Published on 6 Feb 2013
Frankly, if there was ever a day I did not feel like doing a video in the 25 months since I began, today is that day. Yesterday, as I worked on my lawsuit putting together my latest response to the court trying to divert me from the issues they do not wish to deal with, I realized that ignoring those issues is the way of the old paradigm that must pass away. While working on that, I received emails from people with their own issues that seemed to be ignored, one of which was the abduction phenomenon. Another involved two frantic phone calls from a friend I am helping with her legal issues. On top of this, I had one my own issues ignored by a close friend, which is why today's video is one I'd avoid if it were not for my commitment to be real and tell the truth. However, some things must remain private. That's just the way it is if we have respect for those involved, which I do.
